[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
DAILY_MOVIE
PURPOSE:
This procedure supplies a set of standard parameters for the MKMOVIE
procedure to easily make a movie for all of the images in a given date
CATEGORY:
LASCO DATA ANALYSIS
CALLING SEQUENCE:
DAILY_MOVIE, Tel, Dte
INPUTS:
Tel: A string denoting the telescope: 'C1', 'C2', 'C3', 'EIT'
Dte: A string giving the date: '960331'
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
Ndy: The number of days to use in forming the movie. The default
is 1 day.
KEYWORD PARAMETERS:
DIFF: If this keyword is set difference images will be generated
UNSHARP: If this keyword is set unsharp mask images will be
generated, in which the size of the box is set to the value.
CALLS: ***
LASCO_LISTER, MKMOVIE
SIDE EFFECTS:
If a list file in the image directory doesn't exist, one will be
written in the user's home directory.
PROCEDURE:
Performs validity checks on dte and tel inputs.
Determines if a filename of '*list*' exists in the image directory.
EXAMPLE:
To see a movie in difference images for telescope C3 for 1 Apr 96:
DAILY_IMAGE,'C3','960401',/diff
To see a movie in unsharp masked images for telescope C3 for 1 Apr 96:
DAILY_IMAGE,'C3','960401',unsharp=15
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Written by: RA Howard, 21 Apr 1996
@(#)daily_movie.pro 1.3 09/12/97 LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME: DARK_CATA.pro
PURPOSE: Set a catalog of darks in memory
CATEGORY: Preprocessing high level routine
CALLING SEQUENCE: SET_CATALOG
INPUTS: None
OPTIONAL INPUT PARAMETERS: None
KEYWORD PARAMETERS: None
OUTPUTS: catalog list in the screen
Modifies CATA common
OPTIONAL OUTPUT PARAMETERS: None
COMMON BLOCKS: CATA, db_dark, ndarks, drk_name
SIDE EFFECTS:
RESTRICTIONS:
PROCEDURE:
MODIFICATION HISTORY: defined by ALL 6/24/93
SCCS variables for IDL use
@(#)set_catalog.pro 1.0 25/6/93 :LAS
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : DASH_LINE()
Purpose : Turn a line image into a dashed line.
Explanation : To draw a line on an image we need a (1xN) image. This routine
takes such an image and makes it into a dashed line by setting
dashed pieces to 255. An attempt is made to make the dashes
an appropriate size for the particular array.
Use : IDL> dash = dash_line(line)
Inputs : line - an array for a solid line (1 or 2-d)
Opt. Inputs : None
Outputs : Function return value is the dashed line image
Opt. Outputs: None
Keywords : None
Calls : ***
Bell
CALLED BY:
DISPLAY_NIS_WIN
Restrictions: None
Side effects: None
Category : Data_display, Image
Prev. Hist. :
Written : C D Pike, RAL, 21-May-1993
Modified :
Version : Version 1, 21-May-1993
[Previous]
[Next]
Purpose: checks input data for type, ndimension, etc
(uses IDL size function results)
Keyword Parameters:
type - if set, return idl data type (0,1,2..8) from size function
ndimen - if set, return number dimensions (size(0))
orr - if set, return value is OR of all boolean flags (def=AND)
string/struct/undefined - if set, return true if type matches
Calling Examples:
if (data_chk(p1,/type) eq data_chk(p2,/type)) then...
case data_chk(data,/type) of...
if data_chk(data,/string,/scaler) then ...
if data_chk(data,/string,/struct,/undef,/orr)
CALLED BY:
CALC_LOI_ROLL, CLEAN [1], CLEAN_GIF, CUM_SUM, DROT_XY, FILE_STAT [1], FILE_STAT [2]
FIND_FID, FIX_OLD_ATT [1], FIX_OLD_ATT [2], GETV4TYPE, GET_MAP_PROP, GET_MAP_SUB
GOES_TEK [1], GRS_EXTRACT, INDEX2OMAP, ISNUM, Load_Main [1], Load_Main [2], MK_24BIT
MK_8BIT, MK_EIT_MAP, MK_MPEG, PIX2V4, PLOT_MAP
PLOT_MAP2 WARNINGTEMPORARY FIX ONLY FOR 16 bit ZBuffer support
READ_ANALIST, REBIN_FID, RESTORE_LOW8 [1], RESTORE_LOW8 [3], SOHO_XY, SSW_HOT_PIX
STEPPER2 [1], STEPPER2 [2], STEPPER2_s1 [1], STEPPER2_s1 [2], SUB_MAP, TIFF2GIF
TRACE_COPY, TRACE_PREP, V4OK, V4PRINT, V4XFORM, V4XS2SC, VALID_GIF, XPOPUP
XYPLOT__DEFINE, ace_files, ada2str, align_cube_correl, align_label, anahead2struct
arr_diff, cdrom_files [2], centroid, check_compile [1], check_compile [2]
check_log [1], check_log [2], confac, configure_http, cosmic_stat, cube_edit
daily_forecast [2], data2files, decode_gev, difference_movie, dir_since
doc_summ [1], doc_summ [2], eit_catrd [3], eit_file2path, eit_files, eit_fill_cube
eit_fulldisk, eit_fulldiskdb, eit_gt_corner, eit_gt_filter, eit_gt_wave
eit_proton_summary, eitoversxt, esegment, event_movie [1], event_movie [2]
evt_grid, extract_fids, fid2mo, file_purge_sizes, file_stat [3], files2data
files_since [1], files_since [2], fitshead2struct, fl_goesplot [1]
fl_goesplot [2], fl_goesplot [3], fl_suntoday [1], fl_suntoday [2]
fl_suntoday [3], ftp_list_since, genx2html [1], genx2html [2], get_acedata
get_bcs, get_correl_offsets, get_eit_info, get_gevloc_data, get_history, get_infox
get_leak_image [1], get_leak_image [2], get_leak_image [3], get_newsoon
get_solar_indices, get_ssc_best, get_utevent [1], get_utevent [2]
get_ydbhelp [1], get_ydbhelp [2], go_batch [1], go_batch [2], go_ssw_batch
go_sxt_sss2secondary, go_yo_prod_batch, goes_plot [1], goes_plot [2]
goes_plot [3], goes_plot [4], goes_plot [5], goes_value2class, gt2exe [1]
gt2exe [2], gt_tagval [1], gt_tagval [2], gt_yo_station, gtt_info, gtt_mnem
html_basics, html_doc, html_form_addtime [1], html_form_addtime [2]
html_form_addtime [3], html_get_files, html_highlight, html_linklist
html_remove_template, http_names, hxt_impulsivness, idl_server_command
idl_server_control, image2movie, is_bestnode [1], is_bestnode [2], is_member [1]
is_member [2], keyword_db, killold [1], killold [2], lapalma_cat, lapalma_files
last_lc, last_nelem, laststat [1], laststat [2], later, lcur_image, les_archive_info
low_res, low_res_1d, low_res_2d, make_grid_sphere, make_mirror, map2index
map_env2dir, mdi_files, mdi_write_genxcat, merge_genxcat, mk_formt_html [1]
mk_formt_html [2], mk_formt_html [3], mk_lasteit_movie, mk_nar [1], mk_nar [2]
mk_pix [1], mk_pix [2], mk_sff_pair [1], mk_sff_pair [2], mk_ssc [1], mk_ssc [2]
mk_ssc_batch [1], mk_ssc_batch [2], mk_sxh, mk_week_file [1], mk_week_file [2]
mkthumb, mo_check, mo_patch, mreadfits, mreadfits_header, mreadfits_sxig12
mreadfits_urls, mtcmd [1], mtcmd [2], multi_hda2hxi, mwritefits, mxf_decomp_data
mxf_dset_map, mxf_read_data, mxfdset_map, netscape_control, normalize_cube
password_info, plot_ace, plot_goesp, plot_gsn, pr_status [1], pr_status [2]
pr_visible, prcols [1], prcols [2], prcols [3], pref_super, rd_sxg, rd_sxtgoes
read_eits, read_genxcat, read_lapalma, read_soon, read_sooncheck, read_sxt
read_trace, region_mark, reltime [1], reltime [2], rep_logenv, required_tags
res_freq, restgenx, roll_xy, rotate_3d, safe_log10, save_idl_routines, savegenx
search [1], search [2], search_obs, secchi_time2files, set_logenv [1]
set_logenv [2], set_logvms, sfd_comp, show_pix [1], show_pix [2]
show_pix_event [1], show_pix_event [2], show_pix_event [3], sobel_scale
soon_search [1], soon_search [3], soon_search_www, soon_table, sooncat_cadence
spartan_roll, special_movie, ssc_files [1], ssc_files [2], ssc_files [3]
ssw_apkpbar, ssw_build_trace, ssw_check_contrib, ssw_colors, ssw_composite
ssw_conflicts, ssw_contrib_info, ssw_contrib_monitor, ssw_ct2rgb
ssw_expand_times, ssw_fill_cube, ssw_find_transit, ssw_findstuff2html
ssw_findstuff_struct, ssw_flare_locator, ssw_fov_context, ssw_fs_maskdbase
ssw_getapplet, ssw_getdst, ssw_imapcoord2html, ssw_install_explinkages
ssw_javamovie, ssw_jsulr2data, ssw_jsurl2imagelist, ssw_move, ssw_nar2armurl
ssw_packages, ssw_pos2zenith, ssw_post_query, ssw_required_path
ssw_sec_aktxt2struct, ssw_set_instr, ssw_start_rpcserver, ssw_strfind
ssw_strsplit, ssw_subimage, ssw_swmap_bestof, ssw_swmap_uniqinfo
ssw_time2filelist, ssw_time2paths, ssw_track_demo, ssw_track_fov
ssw_unspike_cube, ssw_upgrade [1], ssw_upgrade [2], ssw_upgrade_backup
ssw_url2data, sswdb_files, sswdb_info, sswdb_upgrade, sswloc, sswstruct_fill [1]
str2cols [1], str2cols [2], str2html_anchor, str_subset, str_taginfo
str_tagval [1], str_tagval [2], strarrinsert, strcapitalize [1]
strcapitalize [2], strjustify, strmids [1], strmids [2], strnocomment
strpair2struct, strspecial [1], strspecial [2], strsplit, struct2fitshead
struct2ms [1], struct2ms [2], struct2ssw, struct_where, sun_today [1]
sun_today [2], sun_today [3], sxt2eit, sxt2file, sxt_cba2os1 [1], sxt_cba2os1 [2]
sxt_deleak [1], sxt_deleak [2], sxt_dstreek, sxt_his_info [2], sxt_html, sxt_plan
sxt_prep [1], sxt_prep [2], sxt_prep [3], sxt_sff_composite [1]
sxt_sff_composite [2], sxt_ssc2file, sxt_ssc2sss, sxt_ssc_rationalize
sxt_suture [1], sxt_suture [2], sxt_xsaa, table2struct, tace_time2level1
thumbnail_table_html, time_window, timeavg [1], timeavg [2], timegrid
tr_head_info, tr_wrt_fits_i1 [2], trace_bin_struct, trace_build_mosaic3
trace_cat, trace_cat2cosmic, trace_comsmic_norm, trace_dph2struct [1]
trace_files, trace_get_vignette, trace_index2macrofov, trace_jpeg_dbase
trace_last_movie [1], trace_last_movie [3], trace_last_movie_queue
trace_make_tma, trace_make_tmr [2], trace_make_vignette, trace_movie_context
trace_movie_index [1], trace_movie_index [2], trace_movies_prioritize [1]
trace_movies_prioritize [2], trace_prioritize_um, trace_request_summary
trace_scale, trace_special_movie [1], trace_special_movie [2]
trace_special_movie [3], trace_special_movie2, trace_struct2filename
trace_sub2point, trace_success_file, trace_uniq_movies, trace_unspike_time
trace_wave2point, trace_wavename2num, trace_write_genxcat, ucon_path
update_history, url_encode, v4canon, weeks_in_year [1], weeks_in_year [2]
write_genxcat, write_trace, write_trace_bin, wrt_str [1], wrt_str [2]
wwwidl_server_check, xspr [1], xspr [2], xy_lwa, yo_file_check [1]
yo_file_check [2], yo_index2path, yo_xda2legacy, yoh_orb_interp [1]
yoh_orb_interp [2], yohkoh_legacy_files [1], yohkoh_legacy_files [2]
yopos [1], yopos [2], ys_file_check [1], ys_file_check [2], zcheck_hdr, zintervals
zmovie, zmovify, zstr2utc [1], zstr2utc [2]
History:
27-Apr-1993 (SLF)
21-Mar-1994 (SLF) documentation header
Restrictions:
some keywords are mutually exclusive - for self-documenting code
and reduction of code duplicataion (not terribly speed efficient)
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
data_compress
PURPOSE:
Compress and decompress data using UNIX compress by
write a temporary file.
INPUT:
data - uncompressed data (unless /DECOMP is set in which
case it is the compressed data)
CALLS: ***
CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2], CONCAT_DIR [3], FILE_STAT [1], FILE_STAT [2]
GET_NBYTES, concat_dir [4], curdir [1], curdir [2], diskfree [1], diskfree [2]
file_compress [1], file_compress [2], file_stat [3], file_uncompress [1]
file_uncompress [2], get_logenv [1], get_logenv [2], rdwrt [1], rdwrt [2]
rdwrt [3], write_access [1], write_access [2]
CALLED BY:
RD_SDA_DATA [1], RD_SDA_DATA [2], sav_sda [1], sav_sda [2], sav_sda [3]
OPTIONAL KEYWORD INPUT:
decomp - If set, then the input is compressed data and decompression
is supposed to be performed.
METHOD:
A file must be created in a temporary directory to be decompressed/
compressed. The following logic is used to figure out which
directory to use:
1. If $DIR_GEN_DECOMP is defined and has enough space
2. If $DIR_GBO_TEMP is defined and has enough space
3. If $HOME has enough space
4. The current default directory
5. If /tmp has enough space
HISTORY:
Written 7-Mar-95 by M.Morrison
[Previous]
[Next]
Name: data_paths2
Purpose: use /ydnn links to determine yohkoh data paths
Keyword Parameters
node - string containing remote node to determine paths
link - if set, expands links
top - if set only returns links (default is one level down)
sortl - if set, sort by link name (default sort by low level)
filter - strarry containing 'interesting patterns'
noreformat - if set, do not include the "reformat" directories
gbo - if set, return gbo files (filter forced to gbo9)
CALLED BY:
HXT_AUTOIMG, gbo_paths [1], gbo_paths [2], search_files
History: slf, 2-Mar-1992
slf, 23-Mar-1992 added sort and filter keywords
mdm, 25-May-1992 added "noreformat" keyword
mdm, 28-May-1992 made adjustment for cases where the "ls"
command resulted in a trailing "/"
SLF, 25-Jun-1992 IRIX code to make link listing single column
slf, 15-jan-1993 generalized filter option, added gbo keyword
slf, 6-Jan-1994 sgi additions
mdm, 21-Sep-1994 Added "unalias ls" command to the spawn command
Use /bin/ls instead of ls
Restrictions: unix only for now - sgi code is kludge for now
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME: data_type
PURPOSE: Return the data type code from SIZE
CALLING SEQUENCE: type=data_type(data)
CALLED BY:
CUT_IMG, READ_PS [1], READ_PS2, RESTORE_LOW8 [1], RESTORE_LOW8 [3], RFITS2 [1]
RFITS2 [2], STEPPER [1], STEPPER [2], STEPPER [3], STEPPER [4], STEPPER [5]
STEPPER2 [1], STEPPER2 [2], STEPPER_LP, cam_run_sum, ccd_hdr_info, check_dumps [1]
check_ff_load, check_sci5k_trunc, command_laser, disp_sci160k [1]
disp_sci160k [2], disp_sci5k, do_tr_reformat, dpc_img_summary
exp_scale min_exp max_exp [1], focus_trace [1], focus_trace [2]
get1hk_info [1], get1hk_info [2], get_gbo_pfi, get_linearity sig e_min e_max
go_lasdisk2 golaserdisk, gtt_info, gtt_mnem, hkplot_info, in_fov, ip_que_dmpver
iperr_sea, leak_sub [1], leak_sub [2], leak_sub [3], list_nrt_times, ltc
mk_ascii_list, mk_dpc_image, mk_fits_head [1], mk_fits_head [2], mk_mdi_fits
mk_mdi_iap, mk_obs_str, mnr_frm_fix, monitor_center [1], new_disp_sci5k [1]
new_disp_sci5k [2], obs_summary, perf_vwbin, pfi_loc, plot_fem, plot_fft
plot_img_cadence, plot_lcur [1], plot_lcur [2], plot_pzt_corr, plot_shutter_perf
plott_bda, plott_hda, plott_wda, pr_gsn [1], pr_gsn [2], pr_mdihk_trans [1]
pr_mdihk_trans [2], pr_therm_rs232, quick_hkplot [1], quick_hkplot [2], rd_fdss
rd_hk [1], rd_hk [2], rd_pkt_head [1], rd_pkt_head [2], rd_rdb [1], rd_rdb [2]
rd_sci5k, rd_station_plan, rd_therm_rs232, rd_trace_i0 [1], rd_trace_i0 [2]
rd_week_file [2], read_ltc file, read_mdi, read_mdi16, read_trace, redo_disploi
redo_mon_sci5k, seq_frame_info, seq_run_sum [1], seq_run_sum [2], sxpar2 [1]
sxpar2 [2], sxt_prep [1], sxt_prep [2], sxt_prep [3], tfr_summary, tfr_summary2
timeline, topsdb [1], topsdb [2], tr_build_img [1], tr_decode_head [1]
tr_decode_head [2], tr_head_info, tr_summary_head, tr_wrt_fits
tr_wrt_fits_i1 [1], tr_wrt_fits_i1 [2], trace_rd_jpeg, web_seq, weekid [2]
wrt_fits [1], wrt_fits [2], wrt_fits_bin_exten [1], wrt_fits_bin_exten [2]
wrt_sci160k_img, xanal_emi, xdisp_trace2, xdisp_trace3, xhkplot, xrd_trace
xset_chain [1], xset_chain [2], xy_raster [1], xy_raster [2], xy_raster [3]
ydb_exist [1], ydb_exist [2], ydb_exist [3], ydb_exist [4]
HISTORY: Drafted by A.McAllister, 8-jul-93.
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
DATATYPE
PURPOSE:
Datatype of variable as a string (3 char or spelled out).
CATEGORY:
CALLING SEQUENCE:
typ = datatype(var, [flag])
INPUTS:
var = variable to examine. in
flag = output format flag (def=0). in
KEYWORD PARAMETERS:
OUTPUTS:
typ = datatype string or number. out
flag = 0 flag = 1 flag = 2 flag = 3
UND Undefined 0 UND
BYT Byte 1 BYT
INT Integer 2 INT
LON Long 3 LON
FLO Float 4 FLT
DOU Double 5 DBL
COM Complex 6 COMPLEX
STR String 7 STR
STC Structure 8 STC
CALLED BY:
ADD_ALT, ADD_ANOMALY, ADD_CAMPAIGN, ADD_DATAWIN, ADD_DETAIL, ADD_EXPER, ADD_EXP_COMM
ADD_FLAG, ADD_F_RASTER, ADD_F_STUDY, ADD_GSET, ADD_INST_DLYD, ADD_LASCO_LOGO
ADD_LINELIST, ADD_MAIN, ADD_MISSING_BLOCKS, ADD_NRT_RES, ADD_OTHER_OBS
ADD_PATH [1], ADD_PATH [2], ADD_PLAN, ADD_PROGRAM, ADD_PROP, ADD_RAW, ADD_RESOURCE
ADD_RES_TYPE, ADD_TAG [2], ADD_TEL_MODE, ADD_TEL_SUBMODE, ADD_T_STUDY
ADD_UDP_HEAD, ADD_V_RASTER, ADD_V_STUDY, ADD_WAVECAL, ADJUST_DATE_OBS
ADJUST_HDR_TCR, ANYNAME2STD, ANYTIM2TAI, ANYTIM2UTC [1], ANYTIM2UTC [2], AN_NIMCP
AN_NIMCP_AVG, APPLY_CDS_ADEF, APPLY_LOCK, ARR2GIF, ARRAY_JHUAPL [1]
ARRAY_JHUAPL [2], ARRAY_XOR
Automatic polarization determination with background subtraction
BACKG_MARK, BBSO__DEFINE, BCS_ACCUM [1], BCS_ACCUM [2], BCS_DP_CHECK
BCS_DT_INTERP [1], BCS_DT_INTERP [2], BIN2DEC, BOOST_TAG, BOX_CURSOR, BOX_CURSOR2
BP_SEEK_POS, BSC2BSD, BSC_CHECK [1], BSC_CHECK [2], BSC_FIELD, BSC_TIM2DSET
BUILD_DRM_MER_CONT, BUILD_LASCO_HELP, BYTE2INT, C2_CALFACTOR, C2_CALIBRATE
C2_WARP, C3_CALFACTOR [1], C3_CALIBRATE, C3_WARP, CALC_RAS_DUR, CATEGORY, CAT_FITS
CDD, CDSLOG, CDSNOTIFY, CDS_ADEF_PARSEFILE, CDS_AR_OBS, CDS_COMPRESS, CDS_FILES
CDS_MOSAIC, CDS_OUTPLOT, CDS_PLOT_ERR, CDS_QUASI_FIT, CDS_SIMPLE_FITS
CDS_SNAPSHOT, CDS_STACK, CDS_THUMBNAIL, CDS_UTPLOT, CDS_UTSTRING
CDS_VEL_SLICE [2], CDS_WAVE_CAT, CD_BUILD_CDROMCAT, CD_LOAD_CDROM, CD_REG_CDROM
CD_SEARCH_DBASE, CD_SORT_DBASE, CD_VIEW_DBASE, CFITSLIST, CHECKCDSFITS
CHECK_EXT_TIME, CHECK_FTP, CHECK_INT_TIME, CHECK_KAP, CHECK_KAP_ANOMALY
CHECK_LOCK, CHKARG, CHK_DATAWIN, CHK_DIR [1], CHK_DIR [2], CHK_F_RASTER, CHK_F_STUDY
CHK_LINELIST, CHK_STRUCT_NAME, CHK_T_STUDY, CHK_V_RASTER, CHK_V_STUDY
CH_SYNTHETIC, CLEAN_GOES, CLEAR_STRUCT, CLR_INST_DLYD, CLR_NRT_RES, CLR_OTHER_OBS
CLR_RESOURCE, CLR_TEL_MODE, CLR_TEL_SUBMODE, CNVRT_FILTER, CNVRT_IP, CNVRT_LP
CNVRT_POLAR, CNVT_COORD [2], COMBINE_IMG, COMP_POLY, COMP_PPOLY, CRANGE
CWF_COMPONENT, CWQ_DSPWAV [1], CWQ_IMAGE [1], CWQ_SPECTR [1], CWQ_WINSEL [1]
CW_CHECKBOX, CW_CUBEVEIW, CW_MOUSE, CW_PLOTZ [1], CW_PSELECT, CW_PZOOM [1], DAT2GIF
DATA_PATHS, DATE2MJD [1], DATE2MJD [2], DATE2MJD [3], DBEDIT [1], DBEDIT [2]
DBEDIT [3], DBEDIT_BASIC [1], DBEDIT_BASIC [2], DBEDIT_BASIC [3], DBMATCH [1]
DBMATCH [2], DBMATCH [3], DBPRINT [1], DBPRINT [2], DBPRINT [3], DB_CHECK, DEC2BIN
DEF_INST_PLAN, DEF_STUDY, DELETE_CDS_ADEF, DEL_ALT, DEL_DETAIL, DEL_FLAG, DEL_PLAN
DEL_SOHO_DET, DET_COSINES, DIFBKGND, DIFF, DISCSP_BANDS, DISCSP_EDGES
DISTORTION_COEFFS, DO_EIT_SCALING, DSPEXP, DSP_AUX, DSP_POINT, DSP_STRARR, DSP_WAV
EDGES_HVSPEC, EIS_IMAGE_TOOL [1], EIS_IMAGE_TOOL [2], EIS_ITOOL_PTOOL [1]
EIS_ITOOL_PTOOL [2], EIS_LIST_EXPER [1], EIS_LIST_EXPER [2], EIT_CATRD [1]
EIT_DISPLAY, EIT_FXPAR, EIT_MKMOVIE, EIT_PREP, EIT_SUBFIELD, EPLOT, EVAL_SFIT
EXEC_STRUCT, EXIST_JOB, EXPORT_PLAN, EXPSLICE, FCS, FID2TIME, FID__DEFINE
FILE_OR_STRING, FILT_EVENTS, FIND_CAT, FIND_CDS_STUDY, FIND_CLOSEST
FIND_COSMIC_RAYS, FIND_FILE_DUR, FIND_PROC, FIND_ZDBASE, FIT2GIF, FITS2MAP [1]
FITS2MAP [2], FITSHDR2STRUCT, FITSHEAD2WCS, FIX_DATE, FIX_IAP, FIX_STRLEN
FIX_STRLEN_ARR, FIX_TIME_JUMP, FLAG_MISSING, FLARE_MARK
FRAME ABSTRACT CLASS DEFINITION, FRAMEWORK ABSTRACT CLASS DEFINITION
FREEZE_RAS_DUR, FTP_SYNOP, FUNCTION CRANGE XYZ, FUNCT_FIT, FXKVALUE, FXTAPEREAD
FXTAPEWRITE, GENERIC_MOVIE, GEN__DEFINE, GETBKGIMG, GET_ALT, GET_ANOMALY, GET_CACHE
GET_CAMPAIGN, GET_CDS_ASRUN, GET_CDS_FOV, GET_CDS_GIS, GET_CDS_OH, GET_CDS_POINT
GET_CDS_RASTER, GET_CDS_STUDY, GET_CDS_XY, GET_COMPRESS, GET_DATAWIN
GET_DB_STRUCT, GET_DEF_PRINTER, GET_DETAIL, GET_DFONT [1], GET_DFONT [2]
GET_EXPER, GET_EXP_FACTOR [1], GET_EXP_FACTOR [2], GET_FLAG, GET_F_RASTER
GET_F_STUDY, GET_GEV, GET_GSET, GET_HANDLER_ID, GET_IMG_CENTER, GET_INSTRUMENT
GET_INST_COLOR, GET_KEYWORD, GET_LATEST_IAP, GET_LATEST_KAP, GET_LINELIST
GET_LIST, GET_MAIN, GET_MISSING_PCKTS, GET_NAR, GET_NOAA, GET_OBJECT, GET_OBS_DATE
GET_OCC_ONDAY, GET_PLAN, GET_PLAN_FUNCT, GET_PLAN_ITIME, GET_PLAN_SCI
GET_PLAN_TIME, GET_PLAN_TYPE, GET_PROC, GET_PROGRAM, GET_PT, GET_QLDS, GET_RASTER
GET_RAW, GET_RAW_FIL, GET_RECENT_EIT, GET_RES_NAME, GET_ROLL_OR_XY, GET_SEC_PIXEL
GET_SID, GET_SOHO_DET, GET_SOHO_INST, GET_SOLAR_RADIUS, GET_STUDY, GET_STUDY_PAR
GET_SUMER_FILES, GET_SUMER_FLAT, GET_SUMER_POINT, GET_SUN_CENTER [1]
GET_SUN_CENTER [2], GET_SUN_CENTER [3], GET_TAG_INDEX, GET_TAG_VALUE
GET_UDP_HEAD, GET_UNIQ_LIST, GET_UVSP, GET_VDS_SLITPOS, GET_VDS_STATE, GET_WAVECAL
GET_WIDTH_CORR, GET_XWIN [1], GET_ZDBASE, GE_WINDOW [1], GE_WINDOW_SIM, GFITS_R
GHOST_BUSTER, GHOST_MOVE, GIF2PICT, GRID_CURSOR, GRO_POINT, GRS2UTIME
GT_BDA_MODE [1], GT_BDA_MODE [2], GT_BSC_CHAN [1], GT_BSC_CHAN [2]
GT_BSC_WAVE [1], GT_BSC_WAVE [2], GT_EXPTIME [2], GT_FPOINT, GT_IIMAGE, GT_MIRRPOS
GT_NUMEXP, GT_NUMWIN, GT_POINT, GT_SCANP, GT_SCANT, GT_SCANX, GT_SCANY, GT_SLITNUM
GT_SLITPOS, GT_SPECTRUM, GT_START, GT_VALID, GT_WINSIZE, GT_WLABEL, GT_WLIMITS
GT_WNUM, HAVE_EXE, HEAD2STC, HEL2ARCMIN [1], HEL2ARCMIN [2]
HESSI Create FITS Binary Table, HESSI FASTRATE CLASS DEFINITION
HESSI Packet Read [2], HESSI Packet Write, HESSI SOHDATA CLASS DEFINITION
HESSI_FILTERS, HESSI_FLARE_SPECTRUM, HESSI_MODEL_COUNTS, HEX2DEC
HSI_ANNSEC_COORD [1], HSI_ANNSEC_COORD [2], HSI_ANNSEC_MAP [1]
HSI_ANNSEC_MAP [2], HSI_ANY_SOHDATA, HSI_CALIBEVENT_PROFILE [1]
HSI_CLOCK_DRIFT, HSI_CSPECTRUM_DIST, HSI_CURRENT_QLOOK_VERSION
HSI_CW_EVENTLIST_HANDLER [1], HSI_CW_EVENTLIST_HANDLER [2]
HSI_DO_QLOOK_PLOTS, HSI_FILEDB_2_FILE_TABLE, HSI_FILEDB_COMBINE
HSI_FLARE_LIST_DATA_COMBINE, HSI_FRONT_DECIMATION, HSI_GAUSS2
HSI_GET_CLOCK_SYNCH, HSI_INPUT_MODEL, HSI_LIVETIME_SIM, HSI_LOAD_STRUCT
HSI_MAP2GAUSSIANS, HSI_MODUL_PATTERN_CLOSE, HSI_MODUL_PATTERN_OPEN
HSI_PACKET2SCORE, HSI_QLOOK_ASPECT, HSI_QLOOK_SUMMARY_PAGE__DEFINE
HSI_RAND2DGAUSS, HSI_RD_PACKET_TIMES, HSI_RESORT_ADPPAK, HSI_SAV_SCORE_ASPECT
HSI_SCORE2FILE, HSI_SCORE_BPROJ, HSI_SCTIME2ANY, HSI_SSR_FILL_PER_ORBIT [2]
HSI_TIME_N_ORBITS, HSI_VCFILE_PACKET_RATE, HSI_VCFILE_TIMES, HSI_WRITE_LEVEL0
HTML_SPLAN, Hsi_contact2fits [1], Hsi_contact2fits [2], Hsi_daily_catalog [1]
Hsi_daily_catalog [2], Hsi_monitor_rate_read, IAP2STC, IDL5TO4, IMAGE_TOOL
IMG2DNPERSEC, INDEX2MAP, INT2UTC, IPRINT, IS_COMPRESSED, IS_DIGIT, IS_LINK, ITOOL2MAP
ITOOL_COMPOSITE, ITOOL_DIFF_ROT, ITOOL_GET_TIME, ITOOL_INSIDE_LIMB
ITOOL_MAKE_FH, ITOOL_MODIFY_FH, ITOOL_PTOOL, ITOOL_RD_FITS, ITOOL_RD_GIF
ITOOL_SET_CSI, ITOOL_WRITE_FITS, Intervals [1], Intervals [2], JOIN_STRUCT [2]
JSMOVIE, JSMOVIE2, JUSTIFY, KANZ__DEFINE, KAP_DATE, KAP_VERS, KPNO__DEFINE
LASCO_FITSHDR2STRUCT, LASCO_MK_HTML_HELP, LASCO_READFITS [1], LAYOUT, LIST_ALT
LIST_ANOMALY, LIST_BSC [1], LIST_BSC [2], LIST_CAMPAIGN, LIST_CDROM
LIST_COM_TIMES, LIST_DATAWIN, LIST_DETAIL, LIST_DLYD_TIMES, LIST_DSN, LIST_EXPER
LIST_FITS, LIST_FLAG, LIST_F_RASTER, LIST_GSET, LIST_HDR_SUM, LIST_INST_DLYD
LIST_LINELIST, LIST_MAIN, LIST_MDI_M, LIST_NRT_RES, LIST_OTHER_OBS, LIST_OTHER_RES
LIST_PATH, LIST_PLAN, LIST_RAW, LIST_RESOURCE, LIST_SOHO_DET, LIST_TM, LIST_V_RASTER
LIST_V_STUDY, LOAD_TP_STRUCT, LOAD_WAVECAL, LOCK_ZDBASE, LOC_FILE [1]
LOC_FILE [3], LZPLOT, MAKE_DAILY_IMAGE, MAKE_GIFS, MAKE_IMAGE_EIT img hdr
MAKE_MAP, MAKE_STRUCT, MAKE_VHS_GIF, MAKE_VTRANGE, MAP2FITS, MAP2GIF, MAP2JPEG
MAP2MPEG, MATCH_STRUCT, MERGE_BATSE, MKLOG_LIST, MKMOVIE
MKMOVIE0 obsolete version of mkmoviepro, MKMOVIEM, MKMOVIEWLC, MKMOVIE_kpd
MKQUERY, MK_AGIF, MK_BSC [1], MK_BSC [2], MK_CDS_ANALYSIS, MK_CDS_GIF, MK_CDS_MAP
MK_CDS_PLAN, MK_CDS_STUDY, MK_DAILY_C1_MED, MK_DAILY_MED, MK_DAILY_MIN, MK_EIT_MAP
MK_GIF, MK_HEAD_CAT, MK_HELP_STC, MK_HXI_MAP, MK_IMAGE, MK_IMG, MK_IVM_MAP
MK_MONTHLY_MIN, MK_MPEG, MK_PLAN_CLONE, MK_PLAN_CONV, MK_PLAN_COPY, MK_PLAN_CUSTOM
MK_PLAN_EXIST, MK_PLAN_PLOT, MK_PLAN_POINT, MK_PLAN_PRIV, MK_PLAN_READ
MK_PLAN_SEND, MK_PLAN_SHIFT, MK_PLAN_XY, MK_POINT_BASE, MK_RASTER, MK_SOHO
MK_SOHO_CUSTOM, MK_SOHO_EDP, MK_SOHO_EXTPLAN, MK_SOHO_TARGET, MK_STUDY
MK_SUMER_DBASE, MK_SXT_MAP, MK_WAVECAL, MLO_FITSHDR2STRUCT, MODE_VAL, MOD_CAMPAIGN
MOD_EXPER, MOD_GSET, MOD_LINELIST, MOD_MAIN, MOD_V_RASTER, MOD_V_STUDY, MONITOR_EXP
MONO_SPEC, MOVIE_MAP, MVI2FRAMES, Modify_Merge_list [1], Modify_Merge_list [2]
NAME [1], NANCAY__DEFINE, NDSPSPEC, NEAR_PC_RESP [1], NEAR_PC_RESP [2]
NEAR_PIN_RESP [1], NEAR_PIN_RESP [2], NEW_EDIT_ITEM, NIS_CALIB, NIS_ROTATE
NLINE_DISPLAY, OBT2TAI, OCCLTR_CNTR, OCC_AVG, OFFSET_BIAS, OPEN_KAP, OPEN_MSP_FILE
OPLOT_ERR, OPLOT_NAR [1], OPLOT_SPLAN, OPS_POINT, OP_ADD_SPECIAL, PAIR_STRUCT
PB_INVERTER, PICKFITS, PICK_LINE, PIX2WAVE, PLOTBATSE_QL, PLOTMAP
PLOT_CDS_POINT [1], PLOT_CDS_POINT [2], PLOT_DELTAT, PLOT_DEX, PLOT_ERR
PLOT_EXP_FACTOR, PLOT_HKLZ, PLOT_MAP
PLOT_MAP2 WARNINGTEMPORARY FIX ONLY FOR 16 bit ZBuffer support, PLOT_OCCS
PLOT_SPEC [2], PLOT_SPLAN, PLOT_VDS_BIAS, PLOT_WINDOWS, PQLPROFILE, PQLZOOM
PRINT_GEV, PRINT_NAR, PRINT_STR, PR_SYNTAX, PULSE_SPREAD, PURPOSE, QLDS_CHECKIN
QLDS_INVENTORY, QLDS_MANAGED, QLDS_STORE, QLDS_STORE_CURRENT, QLMGR, QWAVECAL
RASTER_DUR, RASTER_SIZE, RD_CDS_POINT, RD_DMP, RD_NEAR_PIN [1], RD_NEAR_PIN [2]
RD_PLAN, RD_RESOURCE, READCALFITS, READCDSCOL, READCDSFITS, READCOL [3], READSUM2CDS
READSUMCOL, READ_CDS, READ_CONT, READ_EIT_FILE, READ_GDFILE_GD, READ_KAP
READ_MSP_FILE, READ_NIMCP_CAL, READ_RESULTS2, READ_TM_PACKET, READ_TRACE_FOV
REBIN_GIF, REDUCE, REDUCE_IMG_HDR2, REDUCE_LEVEL_05, REDUCE_LEVEL_1
REDUCE_STD_SIZE, REG_CDROM, REMOVE_CR, REMOVE_PATH, REM_ANON_TAG, REM_DUP_TAG
REM_SEQ, REM_TAG [2], REP_PROP, RESET_XY [1], RESET_XY [2], RESTORE_ANALYSIS
RESTORE_CDS_ADEF, RESTORE_QLDS, REST_MASK, REV_SWAP [1], REV_SWAP [2], RM_LOCK
RM_PATH [1], RM_PATH [2], ROTXYZ, ROT_CDS_XY, ROT_SUBIMAGE, ROUND_OFF, ROUND_TIME
ROUTINE_NAME [4], ROUTINE_NAME [7], RSTRMID, RTMOVIE, RTMVI [1], RTMVIPLAY [1]
RTMVIPLAY [2], RTMVIPLAYPNG, SAME_DATA [1], SAVE_ANALYSIS, SAVE_WAVECAL
SBT_HXT_DATA, SCANPATH, SCONV_TAGNAMES, SDC_VERIFY, SEND_MAIL, SEND_PRINT
SETENV [1], SETENV [2], SET_CDS_FITS, SET_POINTER, SET_QLDS, SFITSLIST, SHIFT_HXT2P
SHOW_DATAWIN, SHOW_LINELIST, SHOW_PLAN, SHOW_RASTER, SHOW_STRUCT, SHOW_STUDY
SID__DEFINE, SIG_ARRAY, SITE__DEFINE, SMART_FTP, SMART_WINDOW, SNAP_MOVIE
SOHOFILE2TIME, SOHO_CAMPAIGN, SOLAR_NORTH_UP, SORT_WINDOWS, SPEX_DATA_GENX [1]
SPEX_DATA_GENX [2], SPEX_HANDLES [1], SPEX_HANDLES [2], SPEX_HANDLES_FIND [1]
SPEX_HANDLES_FIND [2], SPLIT_QKL, SPLIT_TAGS, SQL_QUERY, SSEL_DATCOL, STDIMGPLOT
STORE_WND, STR2FILE, STR2LINES, STR2UTC [1], STR2UTC [2], STR2UTC [3], STRIP_ARG
STRIP_DIRNAME [1], STRIP_DIRNAME [2], STRIP_DOC, STRIP_WILD, STRUNF, STR_CHOP
STR_CHUNK, STR_DEBLANK, STR_EXPAND, STR_SPACE, ST_SUMER, ST_SUMER_WIN
ST_UPDATE_FIELD, SUBFIELD_EV, SUBTENSE, SUMER_CALIB, SUMER_POINT_STC
SUM_GET_LINELIST, SUM_IMAGE_HEAD, SUPPRESS_MESSAGE, TAI2OBT, TAI2UTC
TELESCOPE_POINTING, TEXT_ANOMALY, TIFF2GIF, TIME_AVERAGE, TIMING, TJD2YMD, TKI_CALL
TRACE_PREP, TRIM_CAMPAIGN, TRIM_TAGS, TWO_PHOTON, UNDEFINE, UNLOCK_ZDBASE
UNPACK_LZ_SCIENCE, UPDATE_DEX, UPDATE_HDR_ROLLXY, UPDATE_KAP
UPDATE_SOHO_TARGETS, UPD_CDS_POINT, UPD_PLAN, UPD_SOHO_DET, URL_GET, USE_VAX_FLOAT
UTC2DOW, UTC2DOY, UTC2INT [1], UTC2INT [2], UTC2INT [3], UTC2SEC, UTC2STR, UTC2TAI
UTIME [1], UTIME [2], VALIDCDSHEAD, VALID_GIF, VALID_JPEG, VALID_PNG, VALID_POINTER
VALID_QL, VDS_CALIB, VDS_DEBIAS, WAS_CALLED, WAVE2PIX, WBDA [1], WBDA [2]
WCS2FITSHEAD, WCS_FIND_SYSTEM, WCS_PARSE_UNITS, WCS_RECTIFY, WHAT_USES
WHERE_STRUCT, WHERE_TIMES, WHERE_VECTOR, WIDG_HELP, WIN2PS, WINDOWNO, WIN_SPAWN
WLISTER, WLOAD, WLOADINFO1, WPLOT_NONOP, WPLOT_SUBHTR [2], WRITE_CAP, WRITE_DD
WRITE_DISK_MOVIE [2], WRITE_IAP, WRUNMOVIE [2], WRUNMOVIE4, WRUNMOVIEM
WRUNMOVIEM3, WRUNMOVIEM_RT, WR_MOVIE, WSAVE_PS [2], WTITLE, X2GIF, X2JPEG, X2PS, XACK
XANSWER, XCALENDAR, XCAMP, XCAT, XCDS_ANALYSIS, XCDS_BOOK, XCDS_SNAPSHOT, XCHOICE
XCLONE_PLAN, XCOR_CDS, XCPT, XCRON, XDOC, XGET_UTC, XGHOST, XIAP, XINPUT, XKILL, XLIST, XMAIL
XMANAGER_COM, XMANAGER_COM_OLD, XMANAGER_RESET, XMATRIX, XMESSAGE, XPL_STRUCT
XPOPUP, XPORT, XPRINT [2], XPRINT [5], XPROGRAM, XPROGRAM_ADD, XPS_SETUP, XREPORT
XREPORT_EDIT, XSELECT, XSELECT_EIT, XSEL_ITEM, XSEL_LIST [1], XSEL_LIST [2]
XSEL_PRINTER, XSET_COLOR, XSET_VALUE, XSHOW, XSHOW_HELP, XSHOW_RASTER, XSTRUCT
XSTRUCT_BUTTONS, XSTUDY, XTEXT, XTEXTEDIT, XTEXT_RESET, XTEXT_RESET_ID, XTKI, XVALID
XVALIDATE, XWIDUMP, XYPLOT__DEFINE, XZOOM_PLAN, Y2KFIX, YYDOY_2_UT, YYDOY_2_UT TIME
YYMMDD2UTC, ZONE_DEF_ID, ZONE_DEF_LABEL, anytim [1], anytim [2], anytim [3]
anytim [4], anytim [5], avsig_1 [1], avsig_1 [3], avsig_1 [4], avsig_1 [6]
batse_file_search [1], batse_file_search [2], bcs_dtfac [1], bcs_dtfac [2]
bcs_trange, bits2, bsc_bin2w, bsc_bincor, bsc_spec_plot [1], bsc_spec_plot [2]
ch_ss, chktag, cw_plotz [2], cw_pzoom [2], cwq_dspwav [2], cwq_image [2]
cwq_spectr [2], cwq_winsel [2], db_gbo, dirpath, eit_degrid, eit_flat, eit_flux
eit_norm_response [1], ethz_XCHOICE, fitshead2struct, funct_val, get_bsc_anno
get_daily_list cam dte QLql FILTERfilter, get_uniq, get_wind, get_xwin [2]
ghandle, gt_exptime [1], gtt_orbit, has_overlap [1], has_overlap [2]
hsi_1orbit_allpak, hsi_bad_pak, hsi_create_filedb, hsi_do_catalog
hsi_eclipse2filetimes [1], hsi_eclipse2filetimes [2], hsi_endfileinfo_fill
hsi_ephemeris__define, hsi_ephemeris_concat, hsi_filedb_filename
hsi_filedb_fxbr, hsi_flare_flag_fill, hsi_flare_id_assign, hsi_flare_id_check
hsi_flare_list__define [1], hsi_flare_list__define [2]
hsi_flare_list_data_concat, hsi_get_file_verno, hsi_get_orbit_info
hsi_mod_variance__define, hsi_mod_variance_concat, hsi_mod_variance_fill
hsi_mult_filedb_inp filedb_dir filedb_dir, hsi_mult_filedb_otp
hsi_new_obs_summ_soc, hsi_new_qlook_obj, hsi_obs_summ_allrates [1]
hsi_obs_summ_bck, hsi_obs_summ_fill [1], hsi_obs_summ_fill [2]
hsi_obs_summ_flag__define, hsi_obs_summ_flag_concat, hsi_obs_summ_fxbh
hsi_obs_summ_fxbr, hsi_obs_summ_fxbw, hsi_obs_summ_rate__define
hsi_obs_summ_rate_concat, hsi_obs_summ_soc__define, hsi_obs_summ_soc_concat
hsi_obs_summary_concat, hsi_orbit_flags, hsi_packet_time_test [1]
hsi_packet_time_test [2], hsi_params_2_top_struct, hsi_particle_rate__define
hsi_particle_rate_concat, hsi_particle_rate_fill, hsi_qlook__define
hsi_qlook_concat, hsi_qlook_monitor_rate__define
hsi_qlook_packet_rate__define, hsi_qlook_pointing__define
hsi_qlook_rate_per_det__define, hsi_qlook_roll_angle__define
hsi_qlook_roll_period__define, hsi_qlook_spin_axis__define, hsi_qspec [1]
hsi_qspec [2], hsi_rd_ct_edges, hsi_rd_orbit_files, hsi_rd_ph_edges
hsi_save_subrm, hsi_set_flare_flag, hsi_show_flags [2], hsi_sim_flare
hsi_ssr_fill_per_orbit [1], hsi_subrm_init, hsi_test_bad_file, is_number [1]
load_bytarr, load_struct, mdi_link, mk_sumer_map [1], mk_sumer_map [2]
mk_sumer_map [3], phoenix_filedb_get, phoenix_spg_get, plotman, pr_fdss
printx [1], printx [2], ptim, rapp_get_spectrogram, rd_asc, rd_bsc, rd_sxs_pha [1]
rd_sxs_pha [2], read_4_spex [1], read_4_spex [2], sgt_bin, sgt_column
sgt_compress, sgt_delta, sgt_det_y, sgt_detector, sgt_dettime, sgt_dims
sgt_exposure, sgt_exptime, sgt_refpix, sgt_refval, sgt_slit, sgt_solar_x
sgt_solar_y, sgt_spectrum, sgt_tagname, sgt_time, sgt_wave, spectral_ratio [1]
spectral_ratio [2], spex_current [1], spex_current [2], spex_intervals [1]
spex_intervals [2], spex_merge_control [1], spex_merge_control [2], st_merge
sumer_ffdb, sxt_clean [1], sxt_clean [2], sxt_images2ps, sxt_imgtypes
sxt_scatwings, t_utplot [1], t_utplot [2], temp_redo_catalog, trace_euv_resp [1]
trace_uv_resp, tvscl_image, wrt_sumer, wsave1, wsave2
x_new hsi_set_file_vernofilex verno
COMMON BLOCKS:
NOTES:
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Written by R. Sterner, 24 Oct, 1985.
RES 29 June, 1988 --- added spelled out TYPE.
R. Sterner, 13 Dec 1990 --- Added strings and structures.
R. Sterner, 19 Jun, 1991 --- Added format 3.
Johns Hopkins University Applied Physics Laboratory.
Copyright (C) 1985, Johns Hopkins University/Applied Physics Laboratory
This software may be used, copied, or redistributed as long as it is not
sold and this copyright notice is reproduced on each copy made. This
routine is provided as is without any express or implied warranties
whatsoever. Other limitations apply as described in the file disclaimer.txt.
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name :
DATATYPE()
Purpose :
Returns the data type of a variable.
Explanation :
This routine returns the data type of a variable in a format specified
by the optional flag parameter.
Use :
Result = DATATYPE( VAR [, FLAG ] )
Inputs :
VAR = Variable to examine.
Opt. Inputs :
FLAG = Output format flag as explained below. The default is 0.
Outputs :
The result of the function is the either a string or integer giving the
data type of VAR. Depending on the value of FLAG, the result will be
one of the values from the following table:
FLAG = 0 FLAG = 1 FLAG = 2 FLAG = 3
UND Undefined 0 UND
BYT Byte 1 BYT
INT Integer 2 INT
LON Long 3 LON
FLO Float 4 FLT
DOU Double 5 DBL
COM Complex 6 COMPLEX
STR String 7 STR
STC Structure 8 STC
Opt. Outputs:
None.
Keywords :
HELP = If set, then a short explanation is printed out.
Calls :
None.
CALLED BY:
ADD_ALT, ADD_ANOMALY, ADD_CAMPAIGN, ADD_DATAWIN, ADD_DETAIL, ADD_EXPER, ADD_EXP_COMM
ADD_FLAG, ADD_F_RASTER, ADD_F_STUDY, ADD_GSET, ADD_INST_DLYD, ADD_LASCO_LOGO
ADD_LINELIST, ADD_MAIN, ADD_MISSING_BLOCKS, ADD_NRT_RES, ADD_OTHER_OBS
ADD_PATH [1], ADD_PATH [2], ADD_PLAN, ADD_PROGRAM, ADD_PROP, ADD_RAW, ADD_RESOURCE
ADD_RES_TYPE, ADD_TAG [2], ADD_TEL_MODE, ADD_TEL_SUBMODE, ADD_T_STUDY
ADD_UDP_HEAD, ADD_V_RASTER, ADD_V_STUDY, ADD_WAVECAL, ADJUST_DATE_OBS
ADJUST_HDR_TCR, ANYNAME2STD, ANYTIM2TAI, ANYTIM2UTC [1], ANYTIM2UTC [2], AN_NIMCP
AN_NIMCP_AVG, APPLY_CDS_ADEF, APPLY_LOCK, ARR2GIF, ARRAY_JHUAPL [1]
ARRAY_JHUAPL [2], ARRAY_XOR
Automatic polarization determination with background subtraction
BACKG_MARK, BBSO__DEFINE, BCS_ACCUM [1], BCS_ACCUM [2], BCS_DP_CHECK
BCS_DT_INTERP [1], BCS_DT_INTERP [2], BIN2DEC, BOOST_TAG, BOX_CURSOR, BOX_CURSOR2
BP_SEEK_POS, BSC2BSD, BSC_CHECK [1], BSC_CHECK [2], BSC_FIELD, BSC_TIM2DSET
BUILD_DRM_MER_CONT, BUILD_LASCO_HELP, BYTE2INT, C2_CALFACTOR, C2_CALIBRATE
C2_WARP, C3_CALFACTOR [1], C3_CALIBRATE, C3_WARP, CALC_RAS_DUR, CATEGORY, CAT_FITS
CDD, CDSLOG, CDSNOTIFY, CDS_ADEF_PARSEFILE, CDS_AR_OBS, CDS_COMPRESS, CDS_FILES
CDS_MOSAIC, CDS_OUTPLOT, CDS_PLOT_ERR, CDS_QUASI_FIT, CDS_SIMPLE_FITS
CDS_SNAPSHOT, CDS_STACK, CDS_THUMBNAIL, CDS_UTPLOT, CDS_UTSTRING
CDS_VEL_SLICE [2], CDS_WAVE_CAT, CD_BUILD_CDROMCAT, CD_LOAD_CDROM, CD_REG_CDROM
CD_SEARCH_DBASE, CD_SORT_DBASE, CD_VIEW_DBASE, CFITSLIST, CHECKCDSFITS
CHECK_EXT_TIME, CHECK_FTP, CHECK_INT_TIME, CHECK_KAP, CHECK_KAP_ANOMALY
CHECK_LOCK, CHKARG, CHK_DATAWIN, CHK_DIR [1], CHK_DIR [2], CHK_F_RASTER, CHK_F_STUDY
CHK_LINELIST, CHK_STRUCT_NAME, CHK_T_STUDY, CHK_V_RASTER, CHK_V_STUDY
CH_SYNTHETIC, CLEAN_GOES, CLEAR_STRUCT, CLR_INST_DLYD, CLR_NRT_RES, CLR_OTHER_OBS
CLR_RESOURCE, CLR_TEL_MODE, CLR_TEL_SUBMODE, CNVRT_FILTER, CNVRT_IP, CNVRT_LP
CNVRT_POLAR, CNVT_COORD [2], COMBINE_IMG, COMP_POLY, COMP_PPOLY, CRANGE
CWF_COMPONENT, CWQ_DSPWAV [1], CWQ_IMAGE [1], CWQ_SPECTR [1], CWQ_WINSEL [1]
CW_CHECKBOX, CW_CUBEVEIW, CW_MOUSE, CW_PLOTZ [1], CW_PSELECT, CW_PZOOM [1], DAT2GIF
DATA_PATHS, DATE2MJD [1], DATE2MJD [2], DATE2MJD [3], DBEDIT [1], DBEDIT [2]
DBEDIT [3], DBEDIT_BASIC [1], DBEDIT_BASIC [2], DBEDIT_BASIC [3], DBMATCH [1]
DBMATCH [2], DBMATCH [3], DBPRINT [1], DBPRINT [2], DBPRINT [3], DB_CHECK, DEC2BIN
DEF_INST_PLAN, DEF_STUDY, DELETE_CDS_ADEF, DEL_ALT, DEL_DETAIL, DEL_FLAG, DEL_PLAN
DEL_SOHO_DET, DET_COSINES, DIFBKGND, DIFF, DISCSP_BANDS, DISCSP_EDGES
DISTORTION_COEFFS, DO_EIT_SCALING, DSPEXP, DSP_AUX, DSP_POINT, DSP_STRARR, DSP_WAV
EDGES_HVSPEC, EIS_IMAGE_TOOL [1], EIS_IMAGE_TOOL [2], EIS_ITOOL_PTOOL [1]
EIS_ITOOL_PTOOL [2], EIS_LIST_EXPER [1], EIS_LIST_EXPER [2], EIT_CATRD [1]
EIT_DISPLAY, EIT_FXPAR, EIT_MKMOVIE, EIT_PREP, EIT_SUBFIELD, EPLOT, EVAL_SFIT
EXEC_STRUCT, EXIST_JOB, EXPORT_PLAN, EXPSLICE, FCS, FID2TIME, FID__DEFINE
FILE_OR_STRING, FILT_EVENTS, FIND_CAT, FIND_CDS_STUDY, FIND_CLOSEST
FIND_COSMIC_RAYS, FIND_FILE_DUR, FIND_PROC, FIND_ZDBASE, FIT2GIF, FITS2MAP [1]
FITS2MAP [2], FITSHDR2STRUCT, FITSHEAD2WCS, FIX_DATE, FIX_IAP, FIX_STRLEN
FIX_STRLEN_ARR, FIX_TIME_JUMP, FLAG_MISSING, FLARE_MARK
FRAME ABSTRACT CLASS DEFINITION, FRAMEWORK ABSTRACT CLASS DEFINITION
FREEZE_RAS_DUR, FTP_SYNOP, FUNCTION CRANGE XYZ, FUNCT_FIT, FXKVALUE, FXTAPEREAD
FXTAPEWRITE, GENERIC_MOVIE, GEN__DEFINE, GETBKGIMG, GET_ALT, GET_ANOMALY, GET_CACHE
GET_CAMPAIGN, GET_CDS_ASRUN, GET_CDS_FOV, GET_CDS_GIS, GET_CDS_OH, GET_CDS_POINT
GET_CDS_RASTER, GET_CDS_STUDY, GET_CDS_XY, GET_COMPRESS, GET_DATAWIN
GET_DB_STRUCT, GET_DEF_PRINTER, GET_DETAIL, GET_DFONT [1], GET_DFONT [2]
GET_EXPER, GET_EXP_FACTOR [1], GET_EXP_FACTOR [2], GET_FLAG, GET_F_RASTER
GET_F_STUDY, GET_GEV, GET_GSET, GET_HANDLER_ID, GET_IMG_CENTER, GET_INSTRUMENT
GET_INST_COLOR, GET_KEYWORD, GET_LATEST_IAP, GET_LATEST_KAP, GET_LINELIST
GET_LIST, GET_MAIN, GET_MISSING_PCKTS, GET_NAR, GET_NOAA, GET_OBJECT, GET_OBS_DATE
GET_OCC_ONDAY, GET_PLAN, GET_PLAN_FUNCT, GET_PLAN_ITIME, GET_PLAN_SCI
GET_PLAN_TIME, GET_PLAN_TYPE, GET_PROC, GET_PROGRAM, GET_PT, GET_QLDS, GET_RASTER
GET_RAW, GET_RAW_FIL, GET_RECENT_EIT, GET_RES_NAME, GET_ROLL_OR_XY, GET_SEC_PIXEL
GET_SID, GET_SOHO_DET, GET_SOHO_INST, GET_SOLAR_RADIUS, GET_STUDY, GET_STUDY_PAR
GET_SUMER_FILES, GET_SUMER_FLAT, GET_SUMER_POINT, GET_SUN_CENTER [1]
GET_SUN_CENTER [2], GET_SUN_CENTER [3], GET_TAG_INDEX, GET_TAG_VALUE
GET_UDP_HEAD, GET_UNIQ_LIST, GET_UVSP, GET_VDS_SLITPOS, GET_VDS_STATE, GET_WAVECAL
GET_WIDTH_CORR, GET_XWIN [1], GET_ZDBASE, GE_WINDOW [1], GE_WINDOW_SIM, GFITS_R
GHOST_BUSTER, GHOST_MOVE, GIF2PICT, GRID_CURSOR, GRO_POINT, GRS2UTIME
GT_BDA_MODE [1], GT_BDA_MODE [2], GT_BSC_CHAN [1], GT_BSC_CHAN [2]
GT_BSC_WAVE [1], GT_BSC_WAVE [2], GT_EXPTIME [2], GT_FPOINT, GT_IIMAGE, GT_MIRRPOS
GT_NUMEXP, GT_NUMWIN, GT_POINT, GT_SCANP, GT_SCANT, GT_SCANX, GT_SCANY, GT_SLITNUM
GT_SLITPOS, GT_SPECTRUM, GT_START, GT_VALID, GT_WINSIZE, GT_WLABEL, GT_WLIMITS
GT_WNUM, HAVE_EXE, HEAD2STC, HEL2ARCMIN [1], HEL2ARCMIN [2]
HESSI Create FITS Binary Table, HESSI FASTRATE CLASS DEFINITION
HESSI Packet Read [2], HESSI Packet Write, HESSI SOHDATA CLASS DEFINITION
HESSI_FILTERS, HESSI_FLARE_SPECTRUM, HESSI_MODEL_COUNTS, HEX2DEC
HSI_ANNSEC_COORD [1], HSI_ANNSEC_COORD [2], HSI_ANNSEC_MAP [1]
HSI_ANNSEC_MAP [2], HSI_ANY_SOHDATA, HSI_CALIBEVENT_PROFILE [1]
HSI_CLOCK_DRIFT, HSI_CSPECTRUM_DIST, HSI_CURRENT_QLOOK_VERSION
HSI_CW_EVENTLIST_HANDLER [1], HSI_CW_EVENTLIST_HANDLER [2]
HSI_DO_QLOOK_PLOTS, HSI_FILEDB_2_FILE_TABLE, HSI_FILEDB_COMBINE
HSI_FLARE_LIST_DATA_COMBINE, HSI_FRONT_DECIMATION, HSI_GAUSS2
HSI_GET_CLOCK_SYNCH, HSI_INPUT_MODEL, HSI_LIVETIME_SIM, HSI_LOAD_STRUCT
HSI_MAP2GAUSSIANS, HSI_MODUL_PATTERN_CLOSE, HSI_MODUL_PATTERN_OPEN
HSI_PACKET2SCORE, HSI_QLOOK_ASPECT, HSI_QLOOK_SUMMARY_PAGE__DEFINE
HSI_RAND2DGAUSS, HSI_RD_PACKET_TIMES, HSI_RESORT_ADPPAK, HSI_SAV_SCORE_ASPECT
HSI_SCORE2FILE, HSI_SCORE_BPROJ, HSI_SCTIME2ANY, HSI_SSR_FILL_PER_ORBIT [2]
HSI_TIME_N_ORBITS, HSI_VCFILE_PACKET_RATE, HSI_VCFILE_TIMES, HSI_WRITE_LEVEL0
HTML_SPLAN, Hsi_contact2fits [1], Hsi_contact2fits [2], Hsi_daily_catalog [1]
Hsi_daily_catalog [2], Hsi_monitor_rate_read, IAP2STC, IDL5TO4, IMAGE_TOOL
IMG2DNPERSEC, INDEX2MAP, INT2UTC, IPRINT, IS_COMPRESSED, IS_DIGIT, IS_LINK, ITOOL2MAP
ITOOL_COMPOSITE, ITOOL_DIFF_ROT, ITOOL_GET_TIME, ITOOL_INSIDE_LIMB
ITOOL_MAKE_FH, ITOOL_MODIFY_FH, ITOOL_PTOOL, ITOOL_RD_FITS, ITOOL_RD_GIF
ITOOL_SET_CSI, ITOOL_WRITE_FITS, Intervals [1], Intervals [2], JOIN_STRUCT [2]
JSMOVIE, JSMOVIE2, JUSTIFY, KANZ__DEFINE, KAP_DATE, KAP_VERS, KPNO__DEFINE
LASCO_FITSHDR2STRUCT, LASCO_MK_HTML_HELP, LASCO_READFITS [1], LAYOUT, LIST_ALT
LIST_ANOMALY, LIST_BSC [1], LIST_BSC [2], LIST_CAMPAIGN, LIST_CDROM
LIST_COM_TIMES, LIST_DATAWIN, LIST_DETAIL, LIST_DLYD_TIMES, LIST_DSN, LIST_EXPER
LIST_FITS, LIST_FLAG, LIST_F_RASTER, LIST_GSET, LIST_HDR_SUM, LIST_INST_DLYD
LIST_LINELIST, LIST_MAIN, LIST_MDI_M, LIST_NRT_RES, LIST_OTHER_OBS, LIST_OTHER_RES
LIST_PATH, LIST_PLAN, LIST_RAW, LIST_RESOURCE, LIST_SOHO_DET, LIST_TM, LIST_V_RASTER
LIST_V_STUDY, LOAD_TP_STRUCT, LOAD_WAVECAL, LOCK_ZDBASE, LOC_FILE [1]
LOC_FILE [3], LZPLOT, MAKE_DAILY_IMAGE, MAKE_GIFS, MAKE_IMAGE_EIT img hdr
MAKE_MAP, MAKE_STRUCT, MAKE_VHS_GIF, MAKE_VTRANGE, MAP2FITS, MAP2GIF, MAP2JPEG
MAP2MPEG, MATCH_STRUCT, MERGE_BATSE, MKLOG_LIST, MKMOVIE
MKMOVIE0 obsolete version of mkmoviepro, MKMOVIEM, MKMOVIEWLC, MKMOVIE_kpd
MKQUERY, MK_AGIF, MK_BSC [1], MK_BSC [2], MK_CDS_ANALYSIS, MK_CDS_GIF, MK_CDS_MAP
MK_CDS_PLAN, MK_CDS_STUDY, MK_DAILY_C1_MED, MK_DAILY_MED, MK_DAILY_MIN, MK_EIT_MAP
MK_GIF, MK_HEAD_CAT, MK_HELP_STC, MK_HXI_MAP, MK_IMAGE, MK_IMG, MK_IVM_MAP
MK_MONTHLY_MIN, MK_MPEG, MK_PLAN_CLONE, MK_PLAN_CONV, MK_PLAN_COPY, MK_PLAN_CUSTOM
MK_PLAN_EXIST, MK_PLAN_PLOT, MK_PLAN_POINT, MK_PLAN_PRIV, MK_PLAN_READ
MK_PLAN_SEND, MK_PLAN_SHIFT, MK_PLAN_XY, MK_POINT_BASE, MK_RASTER, MK_SOHO
MK_SOHO_CUSTOM, MK_SOHO_EDP, MK_SOHO_EXTPLAN, MK_SOHO_TARGET, MK_STUDY
MK_SUMER_DBASE, MK_SXT_MAP, MK_WAVECAL, MLO_FITSHDR2STRUCT, MODE_VAL, MOD_CAMPAIGN
MOD_EXPER, MOD_GSET, MOD_LINELIST, MOD_MAIN, MOD_V_RASTER, MOD_V_STUDY, MONITOR_EXP
MONO_SPEC, MOVIE_MAP, MVI2FRAMES, Modify_Merge_list [1], Modify_Merge_list [2]
NAME [1], NANCAY__DEFINE, NDSPSPEC, NEAR_PC_RESP [1], NEAR_PC_RESP [2]
NEAR_PIN_RESP [1], NEAR_PIN_RESP [2], NEW_EDIT_ITEM, NIS_CALIB, NIS_ROTATE
NLINE_DISPLAY, OBT2TAI, OCCLTR_CNTR, OCC_AVG, OFFSET_BIAS, OPEN_KAP, OPEN_MSP_FILE
OPLOT_ERR, OPLOT_NAR [1], OPLOT_SPLAN, OPS_POINT, OP_ADD_SPECIAL, PAIR_STRUCT
PB_INVERTER, PICKFITS, PICK_LINE, PIX2WAVE, PLOTBATSE_QL, PLOTMAP
PLOT_CDS_POINT [1], PLOT_CDS_POINT [2], PLOT_DELTAT, PLOT_DEX, PLOT_ERR
PLOT_EXP_FACTOR, PLOT_HKLZ, PLOT_MAP
PLOT_MAP2 WARNINGTEMPORARY FIX ONLY FOR 16 bit ZBuffer support, PLOT_OCCS
PLOT_SPEC [2], PLOT_SPLAN, PLOT_VDS_BIAS, PLOT_WINDOWS, PQLPROFILE, PQLZOOM
PRINT_GEV, PRINT_NAR, PRINT_STR, PR_SYNTAX, PULSE_SPREAD, PURPOSE, QLDS_CHECKIN
QLDS_INVENTORY, QLDS_MANAGED, QLDS_STORE, QLDS_STORE_CURRENT, QLMGR, QWAVECAL
RASTER_DUR, RASTER_SIZE, RD_CDS_POINT, RD_DMP, RD_NEAR_PIN [1], RD_NEAR_PIN [2]
RD_PLAN, RD_RESOURCE, READCALFITS, READCDSCOL, READCDSFITS, READCOL [3], READSUM2CDS
READSUMCOL, READ_CDS, READ_CONT, READ_EIT_FILE, READ_GDFILE_GD, READ_KAP
READ_MSP_FILE, READ_NIMCP_CAL, READ_RESULTS2, READ_TM_PACKET, READ_TRACE_FOV
REBIN_GIF, REDUCE, REDUCE_IMG_HDR2, REDUCE_LEVEL_05, REDUCE_LEVEL_1
REDUCE_STD_SIZE, REG_CDROM, REMOVE_CR, REMOVE_PATH, REM_ANON_TAG, REM_DUP_TAG
REM_SEQ, REM_TAG [2], REP_PROP, RESET_XY [1], RESET_XY [2], RESTORE_ANALYSIS
RESTORE_CDS_ADEF, RESTORE_QLDS, REST_MASK, REV_SWAP [1], REV_SWAP [2], RM_LOCK
RM_PATH [1], RM_PATH [2], ROTXYZ, ROT_CDS_XY, ROT_SUBIMAGE, ROUND_OFF, ROUND_TIME
ROUTINE_NAME [4], ROUTINE_NAME [7], RSTRMID, RTMOVIE, RTMVI [1], RTMVIPLAY [1]
RTMVIPLAY [2], RTMVIPLAYPNG, SAME_DATA [1], SAVE_ANALYSIS, SAVE_WAVECAL
SBT_HXT_DATA, SCANPATH, SCONV_TAGNAMES, SDC_VERIFY, SEND_MAIL, SEND_PRINT
SETENV [1], SETENV [2], SET_CDS_FITS, SET_POINTER, SET_QLDS, SFITSLIST, SHIFT_HXT2P
SHOW_DATAWIN, SHOW_LINELIST, SHOW_PLAN, SHOW_RASTER, SHOW_STRUCT, SHOW_STUDY
SID__DEFINE, SIG_ARRAY, SITE__DEFINE, SMART_FTP, SMART_WINDOW, SNAP_MOVIE
SOHOFILE2TIME, SOHO_CAMPAIGN, SOLAR_NORTH_UP, SORT_WINDOWS, SPEX_DATA_GENX [1]
SPEX_DATA_GENX [2], SPEX_HANDLES [1], SPEX_HANDLES [2], SPEX_HANDLES_FIND [1]
SPEX_HANDLES_FIND [2], SPLIT_QKL, SPLIT_TAGS, SQL_QUERY, SSEL_DATCOL, STDIMGPLOT
STORE_WND, STR2FILE, STR2LINES, STR2UTC [1], STR2UTC [2], STR2UTC [3], STRIP_ARG
STRIP_DIRNAME [1], STRIP_DIRNAME [2], STRIP_DOC, STRIP_WILD, STRUNF, STR_CHOP
STR_CHUNK, STR_DEBLANK, STR_EXPAND, STR_SPACE, ST_SUMER, ST_SUMER_WIN
ST_UPDATE_FIELD, SUBFIELD_EV, SUBTENSE, SUMER_CALIB, SUMER_POINT_STC
SUM_GET_LINELIST, SUM_IMAGE_HEAD, SUPPRESS_MESSAGE, TAI2OBT, TAI2UTC
TELESCOPE_POINTING, TEXT_ANOMALY, TIFF2GIF, TIME_AVERAGE, TIMING, TJD2YMD, TKI_CALL
TRACE_PREP, TRIM_CAMPAIGN, TRIM_TAGS, TWO_PHOTON, UNDEFINE, UNLOCK_ZDBASE
UNPACK_LZ_SCIENCE, UPDATE_DEX, UPDATE_HDR_ROLLXY, UPDATE_KAP
UPDATE_SOHO_TARGETS, UPD_CDS_POINT, UPD_PLAN, UPD_SOHO_DET, URL_GET, USE_VAX_FLOAT
UTC2DOW, UTC2DOY, UTC2INT [1], UTC2INT [2], UTC2INT [3], UTC2SEC, UTC2STR, UTC2TAI
UTIME [1], UTIME [2], VALIDCDSHEAD, VALID_GIF, VALID_JPEG, VALID_PNG, VALID_POINTER
VALID_QL, VDS_CALIB, VDS_DEBIAS, WAS_CALLED, WAVE2PIX, WBDA [1], WBDA [2]
WCS2FITSHEAD, WCS_FIND_SYSTEM, WCS_PARSE_UNITS, WCS_RECTIFY, WHAT_USES
WHERE_STRUCT, WHERE_TIMES, WHERE_VECTOR, WIDG_HELP, WIN2PS, WINDOWNO, WIN_SPAWN
WLISTER, WLOAD, WLOADINFO1, WPLOT_NONOP, WPLOT_SUBHTR [2], WRITE_CAP, WRITE_DD
WRITE_DISK_MOVIE [2], WRITE_IAP, WRUNMOVIE [2], WRUNMOVIE4, WRUNMOVIEM
WRUNMOVIEM3, WRUNMOVIEM_RT, WR_MOVIE, WSAVE_PS [2], WTITLE, X2GIF, X2JPEG, X2PS, XACK
XANSWER, XCALENDAR, XCAMP, XCAT, XCDS_ANALYSIS, XCDS_BOOK, XCDS_SNAPSHOT, XCHOICE
XCLONE_PLAN, XCOR_CDS, XCPT, XCRON, XDOC, XGET_UTC, XGHOST, XIAP, XINPUT, XKILL, XLIST, XMAIL
XMANAGER_COM, XMANAGER_COM_OLD, XMANAGER_RESET, XMATRIX, XMESSAGE, XPL_STRUCT
XPOPUP, XPORT, XPRINT [2], XPRINT [5], XPROGRAM, XPROGRAM_ADD, XPS_SETUP, XREPORT
XREPORT_EDIT, XSELECT, XSELECT_EIT, XSEL_ITEM, XSEL_LIST [1], XSEL_LIST [2]
XSEL_PRINTER, XSET_COLOR, XSET_VALUE, XSHOW, XSHOW_HELP, XSHOW_RASTER, XSTRUCT
XSTRUCT_BUTTONS, XSTUDY, XTEXT, XTEXTEDIT, XTEXT_RESET, XTEXT_RESET_ID, XTKI, XVALID
XVALIDATE, XWIDUMP, XYPLOT__DEFINE, XZOOM_PLAN, Y2KFIX, YYDOY_2_UT, YYDOY_2_UT TIME
YYMMDD2UTC, ZONE_DEF_ID, ZONE_DEF_LABEL, anytim [1], anytim [2], anytim [3]
anytim [4], anytim [5], avsig_1 [1], avsig_1 [3], avsig_1 [4], avsig_1 [6]
batse_file_search [1], batse_file_search [2], bcs_dtfac [1], bcs_dtfac [2]
bcs_trange, bits2, bsc_bin2w, bsc_bincor, bsc_spec_plot [1], bsc_spec_plot [2]
ch_ss, chktag, cw_plotz [2], cw_pzoom [2], cwq_dspwav [2], cwq_image [2]
cwq_spectr [2], cwq_winsel [2], db_gbo, dirpath, eit_degrid, eit_flat, eit_flux
eit_norm_response [1], ethz_XCHOICE, fitshead2struct, funct_val, get_bsc_anno
get_daily_list cam dte QLql FILTERfilter, get_uniq, get_wind, get_xwin [2]
ghandle, gt_exptime [1], gtt_orbit, has_overlap [1], has_overlap [2]
hsi_1orbit_allpak, hsi_bad_pak, hsi_create_filedb, hsi_do_catalog
hsi_eclipse2filetimes [1], hsi_eclipse2filetimes [2], hsi_endfileinfo_fill
hsi_ephemeris__define, hsi_ephemeris_concat, hsi_filedb_filename
hsi_filedb_fxbr, hsi_flare_flag_fill, hsi_flare_id_assign, hsi_flare_id_check
hsi_flare_list__define [1], hsi_flare_list__define [2]
hsi_flare_list_data_concat, hsi_get_file_verno, hsi_get_orbit_info
hsi_mod_variance__define, hsi_mod_variance_concat, hsi_mod_variance_fill
hsi_mult_filedb_inp filedb_dir filedb_dir, hsi_mult_filedb_otp
hsi_new_obs_summ_soc, hsi_new_qlook_obj, hsi_obs_summ_allrates [1]
hsi_obs_summ_bck, hsi_obs_summ_fill [1], hsi_obs_summ_fill [2]
hsi_obs_summ_flag__define, hsi_obs_summ_flag_concat, hsi_obs_summ_fxbh
hsi_obs_summ_fxbr, hsi_obs_summ_fxbw, hsi_obs_summ_rate__define
hsi_obs_summ_rate_concat, hsi_obs_summ_soc__define, hsi_obs_summ_soc_concat
hsi_obs_summary_concat, hsi_orbit_flags, hsi_packet_time_test [1]
hsi_packet_time_test [2], hsi_params_2_top_struct, hsi_particle_rate__define
hsi_particle_rate_concat, hsi_particle_rate_fill, hsi_qlook__define
hsi_qlook_concat, hsi_qlook_monitor_rate__define
hsi_qlook_packet_rate__define, hsi_qlook_pointing__define
hsi_qlook_rate_per_det__define, hsi_qlook_roll_angle__define
hsi_qlook_roll_period__define, hsi_qlook_spin_axis__define, hsi_qspec [1]
hsi_qspec [2], hsi_rd_ct_edges, hsi_rd_orbit_files, hsi_rd_ph_edges
hsi_save_subrm, hsi_set_flare_flag, hsi_show_flags [2], hsi_sim_flare
hsi_ssr_fill_per_orbit [1], hsi_subrm_init, hsi_test_bad_file, is_number [1]
load_bytarr, load_struct, mdi_link, mk_sumer_map [1], mk_sumer_map [2]
mk_sumer_map [3], phoenix_filedb_get, phoenix_spg_get, plotman, pr_fdss
printx [1], printx [2], ptim, rapp_get_spectrogram, rd_asc, rd_bsc, rd_sxs_pha [1]
rd_sxs_pha [2], read_4_spex [1], read_4_spex [2], sgt_bin, sgt_column
sgt_compress, sgt_delta, sgt_det_y, sgt_detector, sgt_dettime, sgt_dims
sgt_exposure, sgt_exptime, sgt_refpix, sgt_refval, sgt_slit, sgt_solar_x
sgt_solar_y, sgt_spectrum, sgt_tagname, sgt_time, sgt_wave, spectral_ratio [1]
spectral_ratio [2], spex_current [1], spex_current [2], spex_intervals [1]
spex_intervals [2], spex_merge_control [1], spex_merge_control [2], st_merge
sumer_ffdb, sxt_clean [1], sxt_clean [2], sxt_images2ps, sxt_imgtypes
sxt_scatwings, t_utplot [1], t_utplot [2], temp_redo_catalog, trace_euv_resp [1]
trace_uv_resp, tvscl_image, wrt_sumer, wsave1, wsave2
x_new hsi_set_file_vernofilex verno
Common :
None.
Restrictions:
FLAG, if passed, must be an integer between 0 and 3.
Side effects:
None.
Category :
Utilities, Arrays.
Prev. Hist. :
Written by R. Sterner, 24 Oct, 1985.
RES 29 June, 1988 --- added spelled out TYPE.
R. Sterner, 13 Dec 1990 --- Added strings and structures.
R. Sterner, 19 Jun, 1991 --- Added format 3.
Johns Hopkins University Applied Physics Laboratory.
Copyright (C) 1985, Johns Hopkins University/Applied Physics Laboratory
This software may be used, copied, or redistributed as long as it is not
sold and this copyright notice is reproduced on each copy made. This
routine is provided as is without any express or implied warranties
whatsoever. Other limitations apply as described in the file disclaimer.txt.
Written :
R. Sterner, JHU/APL, 24 October 1985.
Modified :
Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 23 April 1993.
Incorporated into CDS library.
Version :
Version 1, 23 April 1993.
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
DATATYPE
PURPOSE:
Datatype of variable as a string (3 char or spelled out).
CATEGORY:
CALLING SEQUENCE:
typ = datatype(var, [flag])
INPUTS:
var = variable to examine. in
flag = output format flag (def=0). in
KEYWORD PARAMETERS:
OUTPUTS:
typ = datatype string or number. out
flag = 0 flag = 1 flag = 2 flag = 3
UND Undefined 0 UND
BYT Byte 1 BYT
INT Integer 2 INT
LON Long 3 LON
FLO Float 4 FLT
DOU Double 5 DBL
COM Complex 6 COMPLEX
STR String 7 STR
STC Structure 8 STC
CALLED BY:
ADD_ALT, ADD_ANOMALY, ADD_CAMPAIGN, ADD_DATAWIN, ADD_DETAIL, ADD_EXPER, ADD_EXP_COMM
ADD_FLAG, ADD_F_RASTER, ADD_F_STUDY, ADD_GSET, ADD_INST_DLYD, ADD_LASCO_LOGO
ADD_LINELIST, ADD_MAIN, ADD_MISSING_BLOCKS, ADD_NRT_RES, ADD_OTHER_OBS
ADD_PATH [1], ADD_PATH [2], ADD_PLAN, ADD_PROGRAM, ADD_PROP, ADD_RAW, ADD_RESOURCE
ADD_RES_TYPE, ADD_TAG [2], ADD_TEL_MODE, ADD_TEL_SUBMODE, ADD_T_STUDY
ADD_UDP_HEAD, ADD_V_RASTER, ADD_V_STUDY, ADD_WAVECAL, ADJUST_DATE_OBS
ADJUST_HDR_TCR, ANYNAME2STD, ANYTIM2TAI, ANYTIM2UTC [1], ANYTIM2UTC [2], AN_NIMCP
AN_NIMCP_AVG, APPLY_CDS_ADEF, APPLY_LOCK, ARR2GIF, ARRAY_JHUAPL [1]
ARRAY_JHUAPL [2], ARRAY_XOR
Automatic polarization determination with background subtraction
BACKG_MARK, BBSO__DEFINE, BCS_ACCUM [1], BCS_ACCUM [2], BCS_DP_CHECK
BCS_DT_INTERP [1], BCS_DT_INTERP [2], BIN2DEC, BOOST_TAG, BOX_CURSOR, BOX_CURSOR2
BP_SEEK_POS, BSC2BSD, BSC_CHECK [1], BSC_CHECK [2], BSC_FIELD, BSC_TIM2DSET
BUILD_DRM_MER_CONT, BUILD_LASCO_HELP, BYTE2INT, C2_CALFACTOR, C2_CALIBRATE
C2_WARP, C3_CALFACTOR [1], C3_CALIBRATE, C3_WARP, CALC_RAS_DUR, CATEGORY, CAT_FITS
CDD, CDSLOG, CDSNOTIFY, CDS_ADEF_PARSEFILE, CDS_AR_OBS, CDS_COMPRESS, CDS_FILES
CDS_MOSAIC, CDS_OUTPLOT, CDS_PLOT_ERR, CDS_QUASI_FIT, CDS_SIMPLE_FITS
CDS_SNAPSHOT, CDS_STACK, CDS_THUMBNAIL, CDS_UTPLOT, CDS_UTSTRING
CDS_VEL_SLICE [2], CDS_WAVE_CAT, CD_BUILD_CDROMCAT, CD_LOAD_CDROM, CD_REG_CDROM
CD_SEARCH_DBASE, CD_SORT_DBASE, CD_VIEW_DBASE, CFITSLIST, CHECKCDSFITS
CHECK_EXT_TIME, CHECK_FTP, CHECK_INT_TIME, CHECK_KAP, CHECK_KAP_ANOMALY
CHECK_LOCK, CHKARG, CHK_DATAWIN, CHK_DIR [1], CHK_DIR [2], CHK_F_RASTER, CHK_F_STUDY
CHK_LINELIST, CHK_STRUCT_NAME, CHK_T_STUDY, CHK_V_RASTER, CHK_V_STUDY
CH_SYNTHETIC, CLEAN_GOES, CLEAR_STRUCT, CLR_INST_DLYD, CLR_NRT_RES, CLR_OTHER_OBS
CLR_RESOURCE, CLR_TEL_MODE, CLR_TEL_SUBMODE, CNVRT_FILTER, CNVRT_IP, CNVRT_LP
CNVRT_POLAR, CNVT_COORD [2], COMBINE_IMG, COMP_POLY, COMP_PPOLY, CRANGE
CWF_COMPONENT, CWQ_DSPWAV [1], CWQ_IMAGE [1], CWQ_SPECTR [1], CWQ_WINSEL [1]
CW_CHECKBOX, CW_CUBEVEIW, CW_MOUSE, CW_PLOTZ [1], CW_PSELECT, CW_PZOOM [1], DAT2GIF
DATA_PATHS, DATE2MJD [1], DATE2MJD [2], DATE2MJD [3], DBEDIT [1], DBEDIT [2]
DBEDIT [3], DBEDIT_BASIC [1], DBEDIT_BASIC [2], DBEDIT_BASIC [3], DBMATCH [1]
DBMATCH [2], DBMATCH [3], DBPRINT [1], DBPRINT [2], DBPRINT [3], DB_CHECK, DEC2BIN
DEF_INST_PLAN, DEF_STUDY, DELETE_CDS_ADEF, DEL_ALT, DEL_DETAIL, DEL_FLAG, DEL_PLAN
DEL_SOHO_DET, DET_COSINES, DIFBKGND, DIFF, DISCSP_BANDS, DISCSP_EDGES
DISTORTION_COEFFS, DO_EIT_SCALING, DSPEXP, DSP_AUX, DSP_POINT, DSP_STRARR, DSP_WAV
EDGES_HVSPEC, EIS_IMAGE_TOOL [1], EIS_IMAGE_TOOL [2], EIS_ITOOL_PTOOL [1]
EIS_ITOOL_PTOOL [2], EIS_LIST_EXPER [1], EIS_LIST_EXPER [2], EIT_CATRD [1]
EIT_DISPLAY, EIT_FXPAR, EIT_MKMOVIE, EIT_PREP, EIT_SUBFIELD, EPLOT, EVAL_SFIT
EXEC_STRUCT, EXIST_JOB, EXPORT_PLAN, EXPSLICE, FCS, FID2TIME, FID__DEFINE
FILE_OR_STRING, FILT_EVENTS, FIND_CAT, FIND_CDS_STUDY, FIND_CLOSEST
FIND_COSMIC_RAYS, FIND_FILE_DUR, FIND_PROC, FIND_ZDBASE, FIT2GIF, FITS2MAP [1]
FITS2MAP [2], FITSHDR2STRUCT, FITSHEAD2WCS, FIX_DATE, FIX_IAP, FIX_STRLEN
FIX_STRLEN_ARR, FIX_TIME_JUMP, FLAG_MISSING, FLARE_MARK
FRAME ABSTRACT CLASS DEFINITION, FRAMEWORK ABSTRACT CLASS DEFINITION
FREEZE_RAS_DUR, FTP_SYNOP, FUNCTION CRANGE XYZ, FUNCT_FIT, FXKVALUE, FXTAPEREAD
FXTAPEWRITE, GENERIC_MOVIE, GEN__DEFINE, GETBKGIMG, GET_ALT, GET_ANOMALY, GET_CACHE
GET_CAMPAIGN, GET_CDS_ASRUN, GET_CDS_FOV, GET_CDS_GIS, GET_CDS_OH, GET_CDS_POINT
GET_CDS_RASTER, GET_CDS_STUDY, GET_CDS_XY, GET_COMPRESS, GET_DATAWIN
GET_DB_STRUCT, GET_DEF_PRINTER, GET_DETAIL, GET_DFONT [1], GET_DFONT [2]
GET_EXPER, GET_EXP_FACTOR [1], GET_EXP_FACTOR [2], GET_FLAG, GET_F_RASTER
GET_F_STUDY, GET_GEV, GET_GSET, GET_HANDLER_ID, GET_IMG_CENTER, GET_INSTRUMENT
GET_INST_COLOR, GET_KEYWORD, GET_LATEST_IAP, GET_LATEST_KAP, GET_LINELIST
GET_LIST, GET_MAIN, GET_MISSING_PCKTS, GET_NAR, GET_NOAA, GET_OBJECT, GET_OBS_DATE
GET_OCC_ONDAY, GET_PLAN, GET_PLAN_FUNCT, GET_PLAN_ITIME, GET_PLAN_SCI
GET_PLAN_TIME, GET_PLAN_TYPE, GET_PROC, GET_PROGRAM, GET_PT, GET_QLDS, GET_RASTER
GET_RAW, GET_RAW_FIL, GET_RECENT_EIT, GET_RES_NAME, GET_ROLL_OR_XY, GET_SEC_PIXEL
GET_SID, GET_SOHO_DET, GET_SOHO_INST, GET_SOLAR_RADIUS, GET_STUDY, GET_STUDY_PAR
GET_SUMER_FILES, GET_SUMER_FLAT, GET_SUMER_POINT, GET_SUN_CENTER [1]
GET_SUN_CENTER [2], GET_SUN_CENTER [3], GET_TAG_INDEX, GET_TAG_VALUE
GET_UDP_HEAD, GET_UNIQ_LIST, GET_UVSP, GET_VDS_SLITPOS, GET_VDS_STATE, GET_WAVECAL
GET_WIDTH_CORR, GET_XWIN [1], GET_ZDBASE, GE_WINDOW [1], GE_WINDOW_SIM, GFITS_R
GHOST_BUSTER, GHOST_MOVE, GIF2PICT, GRID_CURSOR, GRO_POINT, GRS2UTIME
GT_BDA_MODE [1], GT_BDA_MODE [2], GT_BSC_CHAN [1], GT_BSC_CHAN [2]
GT_BSC_WAVE [1], GT_BSC_WAVE [2], GT_EXPTIME [2], GT_FPOINT, GT_IIMAGE, GT_MIRRPOS
GT_NUMEXP, GT_NUMWIN, GT_POINT, GT_SCANP, GT_SCANT, GT_SCANX, GT_SCANY, GT_SLITNUM
GT_SLITPOS, GT_SPECTRUM, GT_START, GT_VALID, GT_WINSIZE, GT_WLABEL, GT_WLIMITS
GT_WNUM, HAVE_EXE, HEAD2STC, HEL2ARCMIN [1], HEL2ARCMIN [2]
HESSI Create FITS Binary Table, HESSI FASTRATE CLASS DEFINITION
HESSI Packet Read [2], HESSI Packet Write, HESSI SOHDATA CLASS DEFINITION
HESSI_FILTERS, HESSI_FLARE_SPECTRUM, HESSI_MODEL_COUNTS, HEX2DEC
HSI_ANNSEC_COORD [1], HSI_ANNSEC_COORD [2], HSI_ANNSEC_MAP [1]
HSI_ANNSEC_MAP [2], HSI_ANY_SOHDATA, HSI_CALIBEVENT_PROFILE [1]
HSI_CLOCK_DRIFT, HSI_CSPECTRUM_DIST, HSI_CURRENT_QLOOK_VERSION
HSI_CW_EVENTLIST_HANDLER [1], HSI_CW_EVENTLIST_HANDLER [2]
HSI_DO_QLOOK_PLOTS, HSI_FILEDB_2_FILE_TABLE, HSI_FILEDB_COMBINE
HSI_FLARE_LIST_DATA_COMBINE, HSI_FRONT_DECIMATION, HSI_GAUSS2
HSI_GET_CLOCK_SYNCH, HSI_INPUT_MODEL, HSI_LIVETIME_SIM, HSI_LOAD_STRUCT
HSI_MAP2GAUSSIANS, HSI_MODUL_PATTERN_CLOSE, HSI_MODUL_PATTERN_OPEN
HSI_PACKET2SCORE, HSI_QLOOK_ASPECT, HSI_QLOOK_SUMMARY_PAGE__DEFINE
HSI_RAND2DGAUSS, HSI_RD_PACKET_TIMES, HSI_RESORT_ADPPAK, HSI_SAV_SCORE_ASPECT
HSI_SCORE2FILE, HSI_SCORE_BPROJ, HSI_SCTIME2ANY, HSI_SSR_FILL_PER_ORBIT [2]
HSI_TIME_N_ORBITS, HSI_VCFILE_PACKET_RATE, HSI_VCFILE_TIMES, HSI_WRITE_LEVEL0
HTML_SPLAN, Hsi_contact2fits [1], Hsi_contact2fits [2], Hsi_daily_catalog [1]
Hsi_daily_catalog [2], Hsi_monitor_rate_read, IAP2STC, IDL5TO4, IMAGE_TOOL
IMG2DNPERSEC, INDEX2MAP, INT2UTC, IPRINT, IS_COMPRESSED, IS_DIGIT, IS_LINK, ITOOL2MAP
ITOOL_COMPOSITE, ITOOL_DIFF_ROT, ITOOL_GET_TIME, ITOOL_INSIDE_LIMB
ITOOL_MAKE_FH, ITOOL_MODIFY_FH, ITOOL_PTOOL, ITOOL_RD_FITS, ITOOL_RD_GIF
ITOOL_SET_CSI, ITOOL_WRITE_FITS, Intervals [1], Intervals [2], JOIN_STRUCT [2]
JSMOVIE, JSMOVIE2, JUSTIFY, KANZ__DEFINE, KAP_DATE, KAP_VERS, KPNO__DEFINE
LASCO_FITSHDR2STRUCT, LASCO_MK_HTML_HELP, LASCO_READFITS [1], LAYOUT, LIST_ALT
LIST_ANOMALY, LIST_BSC [1], LIST_BSC [2], LIST_CAMPAIGN, LIST_CDROM
LIST_COM_TIMES, LIST_DATAWIN, LIST_DETAIL, LIST_DLYD_TIMES, LIST_DSN, LIST_EXPER
LIST_FITS, LIST_FLAG, LIST_F_RASTER, LIST_GSET, LIST_HDR_SUM, LIST_INST_DLYD
LIST_LINELIST, LIST_MAIN, LIST_MDI_M, LIST_NRT_RES, LIST_OTHER_OBS, LIST_OTHER_RES
LIST_PATH, LIST_PLAN, LIST_RAW, LIST_RESOURCE, LIST_SOHO_DET, LIST_TM, LIST_V_RASTER
LIST_V_STUDY, LOAD_TP_STRUCT, LOAD_WAVECAL, LOCK_ZDBASE, LOC_FILE [1]
LOC_FILE [3], LZPLOT, MAKE_DAILY_IMAGE, MAKE_GIFS, MAKE_IMAGE_EIT img hdr
MAKE_MAP, MAKE_STRUCT, MAKE_VHS_GIF, MAKE_VTRANGE, MAP2FITS, MAP2GIF, MAP2JPEG
MAP2MPEG, MATCH_STRUCT, MERGE_BATSE, MKLOG_LIST, MKMOVIE
MKMOVIE0 obsolete version of mkmoviepro, MKMOVIEM, MKMOVIEWLC, MKMOVIE_kpd
MKQUERY, MK_AGIF, MK_BSC [1], MK_BSC [2], MK_CDS_ANALYSIS, MK_CDS_GIF, MK_CDS_MAP
MK_CDS_PLAN, MK_CDS_STUDY, MK_DAILY_C1_MED, MK_DAILY_MED, MK_DAILY_MIN, MK_EIT_MAP
MK_GIF, MK_HEAD_CAT, MK_HELP_STC, MK_HXI_MAP, MK_IMAGE, MK_IMG, MK_IVM_MAP
MK_MONTHLY_MIN, MK_MPEG, MK_PLAN_CLONE, MK_PLAN_CONV, MK_PLAN_COPY, MK_PLAN_CUSTOM
MK_PLAN_EXIST, MK_PLAN_PLOT, MK_PLAN_POINT, MK_PLAN_PRIV, MK_PLAN_READ
MK_PLAN_SEND, MK_PLAN_SHIFT, MK_PLAN_XY, MK_POINT_BASE, MK_RASTER, MK_SOHO
MK_SOHO_CUSTOM, MK_SOHO_EDP, MK_SOHO_EXTPLAN, MK_SOHO_TARGET, MK_STUDY
MK_SUMER_DBASE, MK_SXT_MAP, MK_WAVECAL, MLO_FITSHDR2STRUCT, MODE_VAL, MOD_CAMPAIGN
MOD_EXPER, MOD_GSET, MOD_LINELIST, MOD_MAIN, MOD_V_RASTER, MOD_V_STUDY, MONITOR_EXP
MONO_SPEC, MOVIE_MAP, MVI2FRAMES, Modify_Merge_list [1], Modify_Merge_list [2]
NAME [1], NANCAY__DEFINE, NDSPSPEC, NEAR_PC_RESP [1], NEAR_PC_RESP [2]
NEAR_PIN_RESP [1], NEAR_PIN_RESP [2], NEW_EDIT_ITEM, NIS_CALIB, NIS_ROTATE
NLINE_DISPLAY, OBT2TAI, OCCLTR_CNTR, OCC_AVG, OFFSET_BIAS, OPEN_KAP, OPEN_MSP_FILE
OPLOT_ERR, OPLOT_NAR [1], OPLOT_SPLAN, OPS_POINT, OP_ADD_SPECIAL, PAIR_STRUCT
PB_INVERTER, PICKFITS, PICK_LINE, PIX2WAVE, PLOTBATSE_QL, PLOTMAP
PLOT_CDS_POINT [1], PLOT_CDS_POINT [2], PLOT_DELTAT, PLOT_DEX, PLOT_ERR
PLOT_EXP_FACTOR, PLOT_HKLZ, PLOT_MAP
PLOT_MAP2 WARNINGTEMPORARY FIX ONLY FOR 16 bit ZBuffer support, PLOT_OCCS
PLOT_SPEC [2], PLOT_SPLAN, PLOT_VDS_BIAS, PLOT_WINDOWS, PQLPROFILE, PQLZOOM
PRINT_GEV, PRINT_NAR, PRINT_STR, PR_SYNTAX, PULSE_SPREAD, PURPOSE, QLDS_CHECKIN
QLDS_INVENTORY, QLDS_MANAGED, QLDS_STORE, QLDS_STORE_CURRENT, QLMGR, QWAVECAL
RASTER_DUR, RASTER_SIZE, RD_CDS_POINT, RD_DMP, RD_NEAR_PIN [1], RD_NEAR_PIN [2]
RD_PLAN, RD_RESOURCE, READCALFITS, READCDSCOL, READCDSFITS, READCOL [3], READSUM2CDS
READSUMCOL, READ_CDS, READ_CONT, READ_EIT_FILE, READ_GDFILE_GD, READ_KAP
READ_MSP_FILE, READ_NIMCP_CAL, READ_RESULTS2, READ_TM_PACKET, READ_TRACE_FOV
REBIN_GIF, REDUCE, REDUCE_IMG_HDR2, REDUCE_LEVEL_05, REDUCE_LEVEL_1
REDUCE_STD_SIZE, REG_CDROM, REMOVE_CR, REMOVE_PATH, REM_ANON_TAG, REM_DUP_TAG
REM_SEQ, REM_TAG [2], REP_PROP, RESET_XY [1], RESET_XY [2], RESTORE_ANALYSIS
RESTORE_CDS_ADEF, RESTORE_QLDS, REST_MASK, REV_SWAP [1], REV_SWAP [2], RM_LOCK
RM_PATH [1], RM_PATH [2], ROTXYZ, ROT_CDS_XY, ROT_SUBIMAGE, ROUND_OFF, ROUND_TIME
ROUTINE_NAME [4], ROUTINE_NAME [7], RSTRMID, RTMOVIE, RTMVI [1], RTMVIPLAY [1]
RTMVIPLAY [2], RTMVIPLAYPNG, SAME_DATA [1], SAVE_ANALYSIS, SAVE_WAVECAL
SBT_HXT_DATA, SCANPATH, SCONV_TAGNAMES, SDC_VERIFY, SEND_MAIL, SEND_PRINT
SETENV [1], SETENV [2], SET_CDS_FITS, SET_POINTER, SET_QLDS, SFITSLIST, SHIFT_HXT2P
SHOW_DATAWIN, SHOW_LINELIST, SHOW_PLAN, SHOW_RASTER, SHOW_STRUCT, SHOW_STUDY
SID__DEFINE, SIG_ARRAY, SITE__DEFINE, SMART_FTP, SMART_WINDOW, SNAP_MOVIE
SOHOFILE2TIME, SOHO_CAMPAIGN, SOLAR_NORTH_UP, SORT_WINDOWS, SPEX_DATA_GENX [1]
SPEX_DATA_GENX [2], SPEX_HANDLES [1], SPEX_HANDLES [2], SPEX_HANDLES_FIND [1]
SPEX_HANDLES_FIND [2], SPLIT_QKL, SPLIT_TAGS, SQL_QUERY, SSEL_DATCOL, STDIMGPLOT
STORE_WND, STR2FILE, STR2LINES, STR2UTC [1], STR2UTC [2], STR2UTC [3], STRIP_ARG
STRIP_DIRNAME [1], STRIP_DIRNAME [2], STRIP_DOC, STRIP_WILD, STRUNF, STR_CHOP
STR_CHUNK, STR_DEBLANK, STR_EXPAND, STR_SPACE, ST_SUMER, ST_SUMER_WIN
ST_UPDATE_FIELD, SUBFIELD_EV, SUBTENSE, SUMER_CALIB, SUMER_POINT_STC
SUM_GET_LINELIST, SUM_IMAGE_HEAD, SUPPRESS_MESSAGE, TAI2OBT, TAI2UTC
TELESCOPE_POINTING, TEXT_ANOMALY, TIFF2GIF, TIME_AVERAGE, TIMING, TJD2YMD, TKI_CALL
TRACE_PREP, TRIM_CAMPAIGN, TRIM_TAGS, TWO_PHOTON, UNDEFINE, UNLOCK_ZDBASE
UNPACK_LZ_SCIENCE, UPDATE_DEX, UPDATE_HDR_ROLLXY, UPDATE_KAP
UPDATE_SOHO_TARGETS, UPD_CDS_POINT, UPD_PLAN, UPD_SOHO_DET, URL_GET, USE_VAX_FLOAT
UTC2DOW, UTC2DOY, UTC2INT [1], UTC2INT [2], UTC2INT [3], UTC2SEC, UTC2STR, UTC2TAI
UTIME [1], UTIME [2], VALIDCDSHEAD, VALID_GIF, VALID_JPEG, VALID_PNG, VALID_POINTER
VALID_QL, VDS_CALIB, VDS_DEBIAS, WAS_CALLED, WAVE2PIX, WBDA [1], WBDA [2]
WCS2FITSHEAD, WCS_FIND_SYSTEM, WCS_PARSE_UNITS, WCS_RECTIFY, WHAT_USES
WHERE_STRUCT, WHERE_TIMES, WHERE_VECTOR, WIDG_HELP, WIN2PS, WINDOWNO, WIN_SPAWN
WLISTER, WLOAD, WLOADINFO1, WPLOT_NONOP, WPLOT_SUBHTR [2], WRITE_CAP, WRITE_DD
WRITE_DISK_MOVIE [2], WRITE_IAP, WRUNMOVIE [2], WRUNMOVIE4, WRUNMOVIEM
WRUNMOVIEM3, WRUNMOVIEM_RT, WR_MOVIE, WSAVE_PS [2], WTITLE, X2GIF, X2JPEG, X2PS, XACK
XANSWER, XCALENDAR, XCAMP, XCAT, XCDS_ANALYSIS, XCDS_BOOK, XCDS_SNAPSHOT, XCHOICE
XCLONE_PLAN, XCOR_CDS, XCPT, XCRON, XDOC, XGET_UTC, XGHOST, XIAP, XINPUT, XKILL, XLIST, XMAIL
XMANAGER_COM, XMANAGER_COM_OLD, XMANAGER_RESET, XMATRIX, XMESSAGE, XPL_STRUCT
XPOPUP, XPORT, XPRINT [2], XPRINT [5], XPROGRAM, XPROGRAM_ADD, XPS_SETUP, XREPORT
XREPORT_EDIT, XSELECT, XSELECT_EIT, XSEL_ITEM, XSEL_LIST [1], XSEL_LIST [2]
XSEL_PRINTER, XSET_COLOR, XSET_VALUE, XSHOW, XSHOW_HELP, XSHOW_RASTER, XSTRUCT
XSTRUCT_BUTTONS, XSTUDY, XTEXT, XTEXTEDIT, XTEXT_RESET, XTEXT_RESET_ID, XTKI, XVALID
XVALIDATE, XWIDUMP, XYPLOT__DEFINE, XZOOM_PLAN, Y2KFIX, YYDOY_2_UT, YYDOY_2_UT TIME
YYMMDD2UTC, ZONE_DEF_ID, ZONE_DEF_LABEL, anytim [1], anytim [2], anytim [3]
anytim [4], anytim [5], avsig_1 [1], avsig_1 [3], avsig_1 [4], avsig_1 [6]
batse_file_search [1], batse_file_search [2], bcs_dtfac [1], bcs_dtfac [2]
bcs_trange, bits2, bsc_bin2w, bsc_bincor, bsc_spec_plot [1], bsc_spec_plot [2]
ch_ss, chktag, cw_plotz [2], cw_pzoom [2], cwq_dspwav [2], cwq_image [2]
cwq_spectr [2], cwq_winsel [2], db_gbo, dirpath, eit_degrid, eit_flat, eit_flux
eit_norm_response [1], ethz_XCHOICE, fitshead2struct, funct_val, get_bsc_anno
get_daily_list cam dte QLql FILTERfilter, get_uniq, get_wind, get_xwin [2]
ghandle, gt_exptime [1], gtt_orbit, has_overlap [1], has_overlap [2]
hsi_1orbit_allpak, hsi_bad_pak, hsi_create_filedb, hsi_do_catalog
hsi_eclipse2filetimes [1], hsi_eclipse2filetimes [2], hsi_endfileinfo_fill
hsi_ephemeris__define, hsi_ephemeris_concat, hsi_filedb_filename
hsi_filedb_fxbr, hsi_flare_flag_fill, hsi_flare_id_assign, hsi_flare_id_check
hsi_flare_list__define [1], hsi_flare_list__define [2]
hsi_flare_list_data_concat, hsi_get_file_verno, hsi_get_orbit_info
hsi_mod_variance__define, hsi_mod_variance_concat, hsi_mod_variance_fill
hsi_mult_filedb_inp filedb_dir filedb_dir, hsi_mult_filedb_otp
hsi_new_obs_summ_soc, hsi_new_qlook_obj, hsi_obs_summ_allrates [1]
hsi_obs_summ_bck, hsi_obs_summ_fill [1], hsi_obs_summ_fill [2]
hsi_obs_summ_flag__define, hsi_obs_summ_flag_concat, hsi_obs_summ_fxbh
hsi_obs_summ_fxbr, hsi_obs_summ_fxbw, hsi_obs_summ_rate__define
hsi_obs_summ_rate_concat, hsi_obs_summ_soc__define, hsi_obs_summ_soc_concat
hsi_obs_summary_concat, hsi_orbit_flags, hsi_packet_time_test [1]
hsi_packet_time_test [2], hsi_params_2_top_struct, hsi_particle_rate__define
hsi_particle_rate_concat, hsi_particle_rate_fill, hsi_qlook__define
hsi_qlook_concat, hsi_qlook_monitor_rate__define
hsi_qlook_packet_rate__define, hsi_qlook_pointing__define
hsi_qlook_rate_per_det__define, hsi_qlook_roll_angle__define
hsi_qlook_roll_period__define, hsi_qlook_spin_axis__define, hsi_qspec [1]
hsi_qspec [2], hsi_rd_ct_edges, hsi_rd_orbit_files, hsi_rd_ph_edges
hsi_save_subrm, hsi_set_flare_flag, hsi_show_flags [2], hsi_sim_flare
hsi_ssr_fill_per_orbit [1], hsi_subrm_init, hsi_test_bad_file, is_number [1]
load_bytarr, load_struct, mdi_link, mk_sumer_map [1], mk_sumer_map [2]
mk_sumer_map [3], phoenix_filedb_get, phoenix_spg_get, plotman, pr_fdss
printx [1], printx [2], ptim, rapp_get_spectrogram, rd_asc, rd_bsc, rd_sxs_pha [1]
rd_sxs_pha [2], read_4_spex [1], read_4_spex [2], sgt_bin, sgt_column
sgt_compress, sgt_delta, sgt_det_y, sgt_detector, sgt_dettime, sgt_dims
sgt_exposure, sgt_exptime, sgt_refpix, sgt_refval, sgt_slit, sgt_solar_x
sgt_solar_y, sgt_spectrum, sgt_tagname, sgt_time, sgt_wave, spectral_ratio [1]
spectral_ratio [2], spex_current [1], spex_current [2], spex_intervals [1]
spex_intervals [2], spex_merge_control [1], spex_merge_control [2], st_merge
sumer_ffdb, sxt_clean [1], sxt_clean [2], sxt_images2ps, sxt_imgtypes
sxt_scatwings, t_utplot [1], t_utplot [2], temp_redo_catalog, trace_euv_resp [1]
trace_uv_resp, tvscl_image, wrt_sumer, wsave1, wsave2
x_new hsi_set_file_vernofilex verno
COMMON BLOCKS:
NOTES:
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Written by R. Sterner, 24 Oct, 1985.
RES 29 June, 1988 --- added spelled out TYPE.
R. Sterner, 13 Dec 1990 --- Added strings and structures.
R. Sterner, 19 Jun, 1991 --- Added format 3.
Johns Hopkins University Applied Physics Laboratory.
Copyright (C) 1985, Johns Hopkins University/Applied Physics Laboratory
This software may be used, copied, or redistributed as long as it is not
sold and this copyright notice is reproduced on each copy made. This
routine is provided as is without any express or implied warranties
whatsoever. Other limitations apply as described in the file disclaimer.txt.
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
Date2DOY
PURPOSE:
Convert yymmdd into DOY (day of the year). Input can
be either string or integer. The year is an Optional
return parameter.
CALLING SEQUENCE:
Date2DOY, idate, DOY [, yr]
INPUT:
idate input format for the date: yymmdd.
Data-type can be either string or integer.
OUTPUT:
DOY integer with the day of the year.
Output/Optional:
yr year of the returned DOY.
CALLED BY:
FndDur, FndIDs, dsn_input, mk_hst_summary, timeline
Note: If input data-type is string the returned values are
string-type and if input-type is longword the returned
parameters (DOY and yr) are integers.
HISTORY:
written by GAL 18-Sep-91
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : DATE2MJD()
Purpose : Convert calendar dates to Modified Julian Days.
Explanation : This procedure calculates the Modified Julian Day number from
the year, month and day, or from the year, day-of-year.
Use : Result = DATE2MJD(YEAR, MONTH, DAY)
Result = DATE2MJD(YEAR, DOY)
Inputs : YEAR = Calendar year, e.g. 1989. All four digits are
required.
Opt. Inputs : MONTH = Calendar month, from 1-12.
DAY = Calendar day, from 1-31, depending on the month.
or
DOY = Day-of-year, from 1-365 or 1-366, depending on the
year.
Either MONTH and DAY, or DOY must be passed.
Outputs : The result of the function is the Modified Julian Day number
for the date in question. It is an integral number--fractional
days are not considered.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : ERRMSG = If defined and passed, then any error messages
will be returned to the user in this parameter
rather than being handled by the IDL MESSAGE
utility. If no errors are encountered, then a null
string is returned. In order to use this feature,
the string ERRMSG must be defined first, e.g.,
ERRMSG = ''
MJD = DATE2MJD ( YEAR, MONTH, DAY, ERRMSG=ERRMSG )
IF ERRMSG NE '' THEN ...
Calls : ***
DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3]
CALLED BY:
LST, STR2UTC [1], STR2UTC [2], STR2UTC [3], UTC2DOY, UTC2INT [1], UTC2INT [2]
UTC2INT [3], get_ovsa_log
Common : None.
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: If number of parameters sent is invalid, ERRMSG is returned as
a string array of 2 elements if the keyword ERRMSG is set.
Also, the result returned has a value of -1.
Category : Utilities, Time.
Prev. Hist. : None. However, part of the logic of this routine is based on
JDCNV by B. Pfarr, GSFC.
Written : William Thompson, GSFC, 13 September 1993.
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 13 September 1993.
Version 2, Donald G. Luttermoser, GSFC/ARC, 20 December 1994.
Added the keyword ERRMSG. Added test for month to
make sure a string is not passed. Note that there are
no internal procedures called that use the ERRMSG
keyword.
Version 3, Donald G. Luttermoser, GSFC/ARC, 30 January 1995.
Made the error handling routine more robust. Note
this routine can handle both vector and scalar input.
Version : Version 3, 30 January 1995.
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : DATE2MJD()
Purpose : Convert calendar dates to Modified Julian Days.
Explanation : This procedure calculates the Modified Julian Day number from
the year, month and day, or from the year, day-of-year.
Use : Result = DATE2MJD(YEAR, MONTH, DAY)
Result = DATE2MJD(YEAR, DOY)
Inputs : YEAR = Calendar year, e.g. 1989. All four digits are
required.
Opt. Inputs : MONTH = Calendar month, from 1-12.
DAY = Calendar day, from 1-31, depending on the month.
or
DOY = Day-of-year, from 1-365 or 1-366, depending on the
year.
Either MONTH and DAY, or DOY must be passed.
Outputs : The result of the function is the Modified Julian Day number
for the date in question. It is an integral number--fractional
days are not considered.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : ERRMSG = If defined and passed, then any error messages
will be returned to the user in this parameter
rather than being handled by the IDL MESSAGE
utility. If no errors are encountered, then a null
string is returned. In order to use this feature,
the string ERRMSG must be defined first, e.g.,
ERRMSG = ''
MJD = DATE2MJD ( YEAR, MONTH, DAY, ERRMSG=ERRMSG )
IF ERRMSG NE '' THEN ...
Calls : ***
DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], DATE2MJD_KB
CALLED BY:
LST, STR2UTC [1], STR2UTC [2], STR2UTC [3], UTC2DOY, UTC2INT [1], UTC2INT [2]
UTC2INT [3], get_ovsa_log
Common : None.
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: If number of parameters sent is invalid, ERRMSG is returned as
a string array of 2 elements if the keyword ERRMSG is set.
Also, the result returned has a value of -1.
Category : Utilities, Time.
Prev. Hist. : None. However, part of the logic of this routine is based on
JDCNV by B. Pfarr, GSFC.
Written : William Thompson, GSFC, 13 September 1993.
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 13 September 1993.
Version 2, Donald G. Luttermoser, GSFC/ARC, 20 December 1994.
Added the keyword ERRMSG. Added test for month to
make sure a string is not passed. Note that there are
no internal procedures called that use the ERRMSG
keyword.
Version 3, Donald G. Luttermoser, GSFC/ARC, 30 January 1995.
Made the error handling routine more robust. Note
this routine can handle both vector and scalar input.
Version : Version 3, 30 January 1995.
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
DATE_CAL
PURPOSE:
Procedure to perform conversion of dates to decimal form
format: string (ascii text) encoded as
DD MON YEAR for date
HH:MM:SS.SS for hour
(eg. 14 JUL 1987 15:25:44.23)
CALLING SEQUENCE
jt = DATE_CAL( DATE, HOUR )
INPUTS:
DATE - input date in one of the three possible formats
OUTPUTS:
The converted date is returned as the function value.
HISTORY:
version 1 D. Lindler July, 1987
adapted for IDL version 2 J. Isensee May, 1990
adapted from DATE_CONV to lasco use A.LL.
990126 Ed Esfandiari Fixed for Y2K problem.
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME: DATE_NUM_TEXT.PRO
PURPOSE: Gives a set of date strings, ex: 12, 09, 1994 (for the 12 Sep 1994)
A.LL.
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
DAYCNV
PURPOSE:
Converts julian dates to gregorian calendar dates
CALLING SEQUENCE:
DAYCNV,XJD,YR,MN,DAY,HR
INPUTS:
XJD = Julian date, double precision scalar or vector
OUTPUTS:
YR = Year (Integer)
MN = Month (Integer)
DAY = Day (Integer)
HR = Hours and fractional hours (Real). If XJD is a vector,
then YR,MN,DAY and HR will be vectors of the same length.
CALLED BY:
BARYVEL, GET_DATE [1], GET_DATE [2], Int2Ex [1], Int2Ex [2], UT_2_YYDOY [1]
ut_2_yydoy [2]
EXAMPLE:
DAYCNV,2440000.,YR,MN,DAY,HR
yields YR = 1968, MN =5, DAY = 23, HR =12.
REVISION HISTORY:
Converted to IDL from Yeoman's Comet Ephemeris Generator,
B. Pfarr, STX, 6/16/88
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : DAYS2LAUNCH()
Purpose : Calculates days until SOHO launch.
Explanation : As above.
Use : IDL> print,days2launch()
Inputs : None
Opt. Inputs : None
Outputs : Function returns value required.
Opt. Outputs: None
Keywords : None
Calls : ***
GET_UTC, STR2UTC [1], STR2UTC [2], STR2UTC [3], UTC2TAI
Common : None
Restrictions: None
Side effects: None
Category : Help
Prev. Hist. : None
Written : C D Pike, 13-Feb-95
Modified : Change launch to 30-Oct-95. CDP, 25-May-95
Change launch date to 7 November, 21-Aug-95
Change launch date to 16-December (provisional). 4-Sep-95
Change launch date to 23-November (the final?). 27-Oct-95
Change to rescheduled launch. 27-Nov-95
Change to post-launch message. 04-Dec-95
Apparently mission started on day 1, not 0. CDP, 9-Feb-96
Version : Version 8, 09-Feb-96
[Previous]
[Next]
pro db_delete, infile
Writes scripts for SQL to delete database rows in each table
for each FITS filename in a list.
INPUTS:
infile STRING Name of file with list of FITS files in it
Written 2003 by N.Rich (Interferometrics, Inc.)
08/28/06 @(#)db_delete.pro 1.2 LASCO NRL IDL LIBRARY
CALLS:
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : DB_ENT2EXT
Purpose : Converts database entry from host to external format.
Explanation : Converts a database entry to external (IEEE) data format prior
to writing it. Called from DBWRT.
Use : DB_ENT2EXT, ENTRY
Inputs : ENTRY = Byte array containing a single record to be written
to the database file.
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : ENTRY = The converted array is returned in place of the input
array.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : None.
Calls : ***
DBXPUT [1], DBXPUT [2], DBXPUT [3], DBXVAL [1], DBXVAL [2], DBXVAL [3], DB_INFO [1]
DB_INFO [2], DB_INFO [3], HOST_TO_IEEE [1], HOST_TO_IEEE [2], HOST_TO_IEEE [3]
HOST_TO_IEEE [4]
CALLED BY:
DBREPAIR, DBWRT [1], DBWRT [2], DBWRT [3]
Common : DB_COM
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: None.
Category : Utilities, Database.
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : William Thompson, GSFC/CDS (ARC), 1 June 1994
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC/CDS (ARC), 1 June 1994
Version : Version 1, 1 June 1994
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : DB_ENT2HOST
Purpose : Converts database entry from external to host format.
Explanation : Converts a database entry from external (IEEE) data format to
host format after reading it from the file. Called from DBRD
and DBEXT_DBF.
Use : DB_ENT2HOST, ENTRY, DBNO
Inputs : ENTRY = Byte array containing a single record read from the
database file.
DBNO = Number of the opened database file.
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : ENTRY = The converted array is returned in place of the input
array.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : None.
Calls : ***
DBXPUT [1], DBXPUT [2], DBXPUT [3], DBXVAL [1], DBXVAL [2], DBXVAL [3], DB_INFO [1]
DB_INFO [2], DB_INFO [3], IEEE_TO_HOST [1], IEEE_TO_HOST [2], IEEE_TO_HOST [3]
IEEE_TO_HOST [4]
CALLED BY:
DBEXT_DBF [1], DBEXT_DBF [2], DBEXT_DBF [3], DBRD [1], DBRD [2], DBRD [3], DBREPAIR
Common : DB_COM
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: None.
Category : Utilities, Database.
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : William Thompson, GSFC/CDS (ARC), 1 June 1994
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC/CDS (ARC), 1 June 1994
Version : Version 1, 1 June 1994
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name :
DB_INFO()
Purpose :
Function to obtain information on opened data base file(s)
Explanation :
Function to obtain information on opened data base file(s)
Use :
1) result = db_info(request)
2) result = db_info(request,dbname)
Inputs :
(calling sequence 1):
request - string specifying requested value(s)
value of request value returned in result
'open' Flag set to 1 if data base(s) are opened
'number' Number of data base files opened
'items' Total number of items (all db's opened)
'update' update flag (1 if opened for update)
'unit_dbf' Unit number of the .dbf files
'unit_dbx' Unit number of the .dbx files
'entries' Number of entries in the db's
'length' Record lengths for the db's
'external' True if the db's are in external format
(calling sequence 2):
request - string specifying requested value(s)
value of request value returned in result
'name' Name of the data base
'number' Sequential number of the db
'items' Number of items for this db
'item1' Position of item1 for this db
in item list for all db's
'item2' Position of last item for this db.
'pointer' Number of the item which points
to this db. 0 for first or primary
db. -1 if link file pointers.
'length' Record length for this db.
'title' Title of the data base
'unit_dbf' Unit number of the .dbf file
'unit_dbx' Unit number of the .dbx file
'entries' Number of entries in the db
'seqnum' Last sequence number used
'alloc' Allocated space (# entries)
'update' 1 if data base opened for update
'external' True if data base in external format
dbname - data base name or number
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs :
Requested value(s) are returned as the function value.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : None.
Calls : None.
CALLED BY:
ADD_ANOMALY, ADD_DATAWIN, ADD_EXPER, ADD_EXP_COMM, ADD_F_RASTER, ADD_F_STUDY
ADD_GSET, ADD_LINELIST, ADD_PROGRAM, ADD_RAW, ADD_RES_TYPE, ADD_T_STUDY, ADD_V_STUDY
CHECK_INTEG, CP_GET_HISTORY, CP_GET_MNEMONIC, DBBUILD [1], DBBUILD [2]
DBBUILD [3], DBCIRCLE [1], DBCIRCLE [2], DBCLOSE [1], DBCLOSE [2], DBCLOSE [3]
DBCOMPARE [1], DBCOMPARE [2], DBCOMPRESS, DBDELETE [1], DBDELETE [2], DBDELETE [3]
DBEDIT [1], DBEDIT [2], DBEDIT [3], DBEDIT_BASIC [1], DBEDIT_BASIC [2]
DBEDIT_BASIC [3], DBEXT [1], DBEXT [2], DBEXT [3], DBEXT [4], DBEXT_DBF [1]
DBEXT_DBF [2], DBEXT_DBF [3], DBEXT_IND [1], DBEXT_IND [2], DBEXT_IND [3]
DBFIND [1], DBFIND [2], DBFIND [3], DBFIND_SORT [1], DBFIND_SORT [2]
DBFIND_SORT [3], DBGET [1], DBGET [2], DBGET [3], DBHELP [1], DBHELP [2], DBHELP [3]
DBINDEX [1], DBINDEX [2], DBINDEX [3], DBMATCH [1], DBMATCH [2], DBMATCH [3]
DBOPEN [1], DBOPEN [2], DBOPEN [3], DBPRINT [1], DBPRINT [2], DBPRINT [3], DBRD [1]
DBRD [2], DBRD [3], DBREPAIR, DBUPDATE [1], DBUPDATE [2], DBUPDATE [3], DBUPDATE [4]
DBWRT [1], DBWRT [2], DBWRT [3], DB_ENT2EXT [1], DB_ENT2EXT [2], DB_ENT2EXT [3]
DB_ENT2HOST [1], DB_ENT2HOST [2], DB_ENT2HOST [3], DB_ITEM [1], DB_ITEM [2]
DB_ITEM [3], FLUSH_CATALOG, GET_CDHS_DEXWIN, GET_CDHS_RASTER, GET_CDHS_SERIES
GET_CDHS_VDSWIN, GET_INSTRUMENT, LIST_F_RASTER, LIST_F_STUDY, LIST_LINELIST
LIST_OBJECT, LIST_PROGRAM, WHAT_CDHS_STUDY, db_read_linelist_all [1]
db_read_linelist_all [2], db_read_raster_all [1], db_read_raster_all [2]
db_read_study_all [1], db_read_study_all [2], eis_import_study_gui
eis_save_imported_linelist, eis_save_imported_raster
Common : DB_COM
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: None.
Category : Utilities, Database
Prev. Hist. :
version 1 D. Lindler Oct. 1987
changed type from 1 to 7 for IDLV2, J. Isensee, Nov., 1990
Written : D. Lindler, GSFC/HRS, October 1987
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 29 March 1994
Incorporated into CDS library
Version 2, William Thompson, GSFC/CDS (ARC), 30 May 1994
Added EXTERNAL request type.
Version : Version 2, 30 May 1994
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME: db_insert
PURPOSE: writes SQL statements to insert a record
into a dbms table
CATEGORY: DBMS
CALLING SEQUENCE: db_insert,a
INPUTS: a = a dbms table structure where the first
element of the structure is the data base
name, the second element is the table name
and other structure elements are the
column names of the table.
OPTIONAL INPUT PARAMETERS: None
KEYWORD PARAMETERS: None
OUTPUTS: None
OPTIONAL OUTPUT PARAMETERS: None
CALLED BY:
REDUCE_IMAGE, REDUCE_LEVEL_05, REDUCE_LEVEL_1, REDUCE_TRANSFER
COMMON BLOCKS: dbms,ludb
ludb = unit number of the file to write to
SIDE EFFECTS:
RESTRICTIONS:
PROCEDURE:
MODIFICATION HISTORY: RAHoward NRL 10/27/95
V2 RAH 02/05/96 Corrected handling of first/last elements of array
V3 RAH 02/06/96 Corrections for sybase debugging
AEE 02/08/96 use writetext for browse_img
NBR 03/11/99 Handle NULL value
SCCS variables for IDL use
@(#)%w%h NRL Solar Physics
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name :
DB_ITEM
Purpose :
Returns the item numbers and other info. for an item name.
Explanation :
Procedure to return the item numbers and other information
of a specified item name
Use :
db_item, items, itnum, ivalnum, idltype, sbyte, numvals, nbytes
Inputs :
items - item name or number
form 1 scalar string giving item(s) as list of names
separated by commas
form 2 string array giving list of item names
form 3 string of form '$filename' giving name
of text file containing items (one item per
line)
form 4 integer scalar giving single item number or
integer vector list of item numbers
form 5 Null string specifying interactive selection
Upon return items will contain selected items
in form 1
form 6 '*' select all items
Opt. Inputs :
Outputs :
itnum - item number
ivalnum - value(s) number from multiple valued item
idltype - data type(s) (1=string,2=byte,4=i*4,...)
sbyte - starting byte(s) in entry
numvals - number of data values for item(s)
It is the full length of a vector item unless
a subscript was supplied
nbytes - number of bytes for each value
All outputs are vectors even if a single item is requested
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : None.
Calls : ***
DB_INFO [1], DB_INFO [2], DB_INFO [3], GETTOK [1], GETTOK [2], GETTOK [3]
GETTOK [4], SCREEN_SELECT [1], SCREEN_SELECT [2], SCREEN_SELECT [3]
SPEC_DIR [1], SPEC_DIR [2], SPEC_DIR [3]
CALLED BY:
DBBUILD [1], DBBUILD [2], DBBUILD [3], DBCOMPARE [1], DBCOMPARE [2], DBEDIT [1]
DBEDIT [2], DBEDIT [3], DBEDIT_BASIC [1], DBEDIT_BASIC [2], DBEDIT_BASIC [3]
DBEXT [1], DBEXT [2], DBEXT [3], DBEXT [4], DBEXT_IND [1], DBEXT_IND [2]
DBEXT_IND [3], DBFIND [1], DBFIND [2], DBFIND [3], DBGET [1], DBGET [2], DBGET [3]
DBHELP [1], DBHELP [2], DBHELP [3], DBINDEX [1], DBINDEX [2], DBINDEX [3]
DBMATCH [1], DBMATCH [2], DBMATCH [3], DBPRINT [1], DBPRINT [2], DBPRINT [3]
DBPUT [1], DBPUT [2], DBPUT [3], DBRD [1], DBRD [2], DBRD [3], DBSORT [1], DBSORT [2]
DBSORT [3], DBUPDATE [1], DBUPDATE [2], DBUPDATE [3], DBUPDATE [4], DBVAL [1]
DBVAL [2], DBVAL [3], DBWRT [1], DBWRT [2], DBWRT [3], IMDBASE
eis_get_as_string_arry [1], eis_get_as_string_arry [2]
Common : DB_COM
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: None.
Category : Utilities, Database
Prev. Hist. :
version 2 D. Lindler Oct. 1987
Return selected items in form 5 W. Landsman Jan. 1987
Written : D. Lindler, GSFC/HRS, October 1987
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 29 March 1994
Incorporated into CDS library
Version : Version 1, 29 March 1994
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name :
DB_ITEM_INFO()
Purpose :
Returns information on selected item(s).
Explanation :
Routine to return information on selected item(s) in the opened
data bases.
Use :
result = db_item_info( request, itnums)
Inputs :
request - string giving the requested information.
'name' - item names
'idltype' - IDL data type (integers)
see documentation of intrinsic SIZE funtion
'nvalues' - vector item length (1 for scalar)
'sbyte' - starting byte in .dbf record (use bytepos
to get starting byte in record returned by
dbrd)
'nbytes' - bytes per data value
'index' - index types
'description' - description of the item
'pflag' - pointer item flags
'pointer' - data bases the items point to
'format' - print formats
'flen' - print field length
'headers' - print headers
'bytepos' - starting byte in dbrd record for the items
'dbnumber' - number of the opened data base
'pnumber' - number of db it points to (if the db is
opened)
'itemnumber' - item number in the file
Opt. Inputs :
itnums -(optional) Item numbers. If not supplied info on all items
are returned.
Outputs :
Requested information is returned as a vector. Its type depends
on the item requested.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : None.
Calls : None.
CALLED BY:
DBBUILD [1], DBBUILD [2], DBBUILD [3], DBCOMPARE [1], DBCOMPARE [2], DBEDIT [1]
DBEDIT [2], DBEDIT [3], DBEDIT_BASIC [1], DBEDIT_BASIC [2], DBEDIT_BASIC [3]
DBEXT [1], DBEXT [2], DBEXT [3], DBEXT [4], DBEXT_IND [1], DBEXT_IND [2]
DBEXT_IND [3], DBFIND [1], DBFIND [2], DBFIND [3], DBFIND_SORT [1]
DBFIND_SORT [2], DBFIND_SORT [3], DBGET [1], DBGET [2], DBGET [3], DBHELP [1]
DBHELP [2], DBHELP [3], DBINDEX [1], DBINDEX [2], DBINDEX [3], DBMATCH [1]
DBMATCH [2], DBMATCH [3], DBPRINT [1], DBPRINT [2], DBPRINT [3], DBREPAIR
DBUPDATE [1], DBUPDATE [2], DBUPDATE [3], DBUPDATE [4], DBWRT [1], DBWRT [2]
DBWRT [3], IMDBASE
Common : DB_COM
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: None.
Category : Utilities, Database
Prev. Hist. :
version 1 D. Lindler Nov. 1987
Written : D. Lindler, GSFC/HRS, November 1987
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 29 March 1994
Incorporated into CDS library.
Version : Version 1, 29 March 1994
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name :
DB_OR()
Purpose :
Combine two vectors of entry numbers, removing duplicates.
Explanation :
Combine two vectors of entry numbers, removing duplicate values.
DB_OR can also be used to remove duplicate values from any longword
vector
DB_OR returns where the histogram of the entry vectors is non-zero
Use :
LIST = DB_OR( LIST1 ) ;Remove duplicate values from LIST1
or
LIST = DB_OR( LIST1, LIST2 ) ;Concatenate LIST1 and LIST2, remove dups
Inputs :
LIST1, LIST2 - Vectors containing entry numbers, must be non-negative
integers or longwords.
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs :
LIST - Vector containing entry numbers in either LIST1 or LIST2
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : None.
Calls : ***
ZPARCHECK [1], ZPARCHECK [2], ZPARCHECK [3]
Common : None.
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: None.
Category : Utilities, Database
Prev. Hist. :
Written, W. Landsman February, 1989
Check for degenerate values W.L. February, 1993
Written : W. Landsman, GSFC/UIT, February 1989
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 29 March 1994
Incorporated into CDS library.
Version : Version 1, 29 March 1994
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name :
DB_TITLES
Purpose :
Print database name and title. Called by DBHELP
Explanation :
Print database name and title. Called by DBHELP
Use :
db_titles,fnames,titles
Inputs :
fnames - string array of data base names
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : None.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : None.
Calls : ***
FIND_WITH_DEF [1], FIND_WITH_DEF [2], FIND_WITH_DEF [3]
Common : None.
Restrictions: None.
Side effects:
Database name is printed along with the description in the .DBC file
Category : Utilities, Database
Prev. Hist. :
version 2 W. Landsman May, 1989
modified to work under Unix, D. Neill, ACC, Feb 1991.
Written : W. Landsman, GSFC/UIT, May 1989
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 29 March 1994
Incorporated into CDS library.
Version 2, William Thompson, GSFC/CDS (ARC), 1 June 1994
Added support for external (IEEE) representation.
Version 3, William Thompson, GSFC, 3 November 1994
Modified to allow ZDBASE to be a path string.
Version : Version 3, 3 November 1994
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name :
DBBUILD
Purpose :
Build a database by appending new values for every item.
Explanation :
Build a database by appending new values for every item. The database
must be opened for update (with DBOPEN) before calling DBBUILD.
Use :
dbbuild, [ v1, v2, v3, v4......v25, NOINDEX = ]
CALLED BY:
ADD_ALT, ADD_ANOMALY, ADD_CAMPAIGN, ADD_CDS_POINT, ADD_DATAWIN, ADD_DETAIL
ADD_EFFICIENCY, ADD_EFF_AREA, ADD_EXPER, ADD_EXP_COMM, ADD_FLAG, ADD_F_RASTER
ADD_F_STUDY, ADD_GSET, ADD_INST_DLYD, ADD_LINELIST, ADD_MAIN, ADD_MIRSHIFT
ADD_NRT_RES, ADD_OTHER_OBS, ADD_PLAN, ADD_PROGRAM, ADD_RAW, ADD_RESOURCE
ADD_RES_TYPE, ADD_TEL_MODE, ADD_TEL_SUBMODE, ADD_TILTCAL, ADD_T_STUDY
ADD_V_RASTER, ADD_V_STUDY, ADD_WAVECAL, ADD_WAVE_EFF, FLUSH_CATALOG, MOD_CAMPAIGN
REG_CDROM, SET_KAP_VERS, UPD_PLAN, UPD_SOHO_DET
db_save_linelist_entry_create [1], db_save_linelist_entry_create [2]
db_save_raster_entry_create [1], db_save_raster_entry_create [2]
db_save_study_entry_create [1], db_save_study_entry_create [2]
db_save_study_entry_create [3], db_save_study_entry_create [4]
eis_write_science_component_database_table [1]
eis_write_science_component_database_table [2]
eis_write_time_component_database_table [1]
eis_write_time_component_database_table [2]
EXAMPLE: Suppose a database named STARS contains the four items
NAME,RA,DEC, and FLUX. Assume that one already has the four vectors
containing the values, and that the database definition (.DBD) file
already exists.
IDL> !PRIV=2 ;Writing to database requires !PRIV=2
IDL> dbcreate,'stars',1,1 ;Create database (.DBF) & index (.DBX) file
IDL> dbopen,'stars',1 ;Open database for update
IDL> dbbuild,name,ra,dec,flux ;Write 4 vectors into the database
Inputs :
v1,v2....v25 - vectors containing values for all items in the database.
V1 contains values for the first item, V2 for the second, etc.
The number of vectors supplied must equal the number of items
(excluding entry number) in the database. The number of elements
in each vector should be the same. A multiple valued item
should be dimensioned NVALUE by NENTRY, where NVALUE is the number
of values, and NENTRY is the number of entries.
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : None.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords :
NOINDEX - If this keyword is supplied and non-zero then DBBUILD will
*not* create an indexed file. Useful to save time if
DBBUILD is to be called several times and indexed file need
only be created on the last call
STATUS - Returns a status code denoting whether the operation was
successful (1) or unsuccessful (0). Useful when DBBUILD is
called from within other applications.
Calls : ***
DBCLOSE [1], DBCLOSE [2], DBCLOSE [3], DBINDEX [1], DBINDEX [2], DBINDEX [3]
DBWRT [1], DBWRT [2], DBWRT [3], DBXPUT [1], DBXPUT [2], DBXPUT [3], DB_INFO [1]
DB_INFO [2], DB_INFO [3], DB_ITEM [1], DB_ITEM [2], DB_ITEM [3], DB_ITEM_INFO [1]
DB_ITEM_INFO [2], DB_ITEM_INFO [3], S
Common : None.
Restrictions:
Do not call DBCREATE before DBBUILD if you want to append entries to
an existing database
DBBUILD checks that each value vector matches the idl type given in the
database definition (.DBD) file, and that character strings are the
proper length.
Side effects: None.
Category : Utilities, Database
Prev. Hist. :
Written W. Landsman March, 1989
Added /NOINDEX keyword W. Landsman November, 1992
User no longer need supply all items W. Landsman December, 1992
Written : W. Landsman, GSFC/UIT, March 1989
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 29 March 1994
Incorporated into CDS library
Version 2, William Thompson, GSFC, 1 April 1994
Added STATUS keyword.
Version : Version 2, 1 April 1994
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name :
DBCLOSE
Purpose :
Procedure to close a data base file
Explanation :
Procedure to close a data base file
Use :
dbclose
Inputs : None.
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : None.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : None.
Calls : ***
DB_INFO [1], DB_INFO [2], DB_INFO [3], HOST_TO_IEEE [1], HOST_TO_IEEE [2]
HOST_TO_IEEE [3], HOST_TO_IEEE [4]
CALLED BY:
ADD_ALT, ADD_ANOMALY, ADD_CAMPAIGN, ADD_CDS_POINT, ADD_DATAWIN, ADD_DETAIL
ADD_EFFICIENCY, ADD_EFF_AREA, ADD_EXPER, ADD_EXP_COMM, ADD_FLAG, ADD_F_RASTER
ADD_F_STUDY, ADD_GSET, ADD_INST_DLYD, ADD_LINELIST, ADD_MAIN, ADD_MIRSHIFT
ADD_NRT_RES, ADD_OTHER_OBS, ADD_PLAN, ADD_PROGRAM, ADD_RAW, ADD_RESOURCE
ADD_RES_TYPE, ADD_TEL_MODE, ADD_TEL_SUBMODE, ADD_TILTCAL, ADD_T_STUDY
ADD_V_RASTER, ADD_V_STUDY, ADD_WAVECAL, ADD_WAVE_EFF, CHECK_INTEG, CHK_T_STUDY
CHK_V_STUDY, CLR_INST_DLYD, CLR_NRT_RES, CLR_OTHER_OBS, CLR_RESOURCE, CLR_TEL_MODE
CLR_TEL_SUBMODE, CP_GET_HISTORY, CP_GET_MNEMONIC, DBBUILD [1], DBBUILD [2]
DBBUILD [3], DBDELETE [1], DBDELETE [2], DBDELETE [3], DBOPEN [1], DBOPEN [2]
DBOPEN [3], DBREPAIR, DEL_ALT, DEL_ANOMALY, DEL_DETAIL, DEL_FLAG, DEL_PLAN
DEL_SOHO_DET, FIND_CDS_STUDIES, FIX_MAIN_TIMES, FLUSH_CATALOG, GET_ALT
GET_ANOMALY, GET_CAMPAIGN, GET_CDHS_DEXWIN, GET_CDHS_RASTER, GET_CDHS_SERIES
GET_CDHS_VDSWIN, GET_CDS_PNTCAL, GET_COMPRESS, GET_DATAWIN, GET_DETAIL
GET_EFFICIENCY, GET_EFF_AREA, GET_EXPER, GET_FLAG, GET_F_RASTER, GET_F_STUDY
GET_GSET, GET_INSTRUMENT, GET_LINELIST, GET_MAIN, GET_MIRSHIFT, GET_PLAN
GET_PROGRAM, GET_RASTER, GET_RAW, GET_RAW_FIL, GET_SOHO_DET, GET_STUDY, GET_TILTCAL
GET_WAVECAL, GET_WAVE_EFF, LAST_KAP_VERS, LIST_ALT, LIST_ANOMALY, LIST_CAMPAIGN
LIST_CDROM, LIST_COM_TIMES, LIST_DATAWIN, LIST_DETAIL, LIST_DLYD_TIMES, LIST_DSN
LIST_EXPER, LIST_EXP_COMM, LIST_FLAG, LIST_F_RASTER, LIST_F_STUDY, LIST_GSET
LIST_INST_DLYD, LIST_LINELIST, LIST_MAIN, LIST_MDI_M, LIST_NRT_RES, LIST_OBJECT
LIST_OTHER_OBS, LIST_OTHER_RES, LIST_PLAN, LIST_PROGRAM, LIST_RAW, LIST_RES_TYPE
LIST_SOHO_DET, LIST_V_RASTER, LIST_V_STUDY, MOD_CAMPAIGN, MOD_EXPER, MOD_GSET
MOD_LINELIST, MOD_MAIN, MOD_V_RASTER, MOD_V_STUDY, PRG_ALT, PRG_ANOMALY, PRG_DETAIL
PRG_FLAG, PRG_PLAN, PRG_SOHO_DET, PURGE_CDHSSTATE, REG_CDROM, SEARCH_HXRBS_DB
SET_KAP_VERS, TP_DISP_RAST, UPD_PLAN, UPD_SOHO_DET, WHAT_CDHS_STUDY, WHAT_USES
db_read_linelist_all [1], db_read_linelist_all [2]
db_read_linelist_entry [1], db_read_linelist_entry [2]
db_read_raster_all [1], db_read_raster_all [2], db_read_raster_entry [1]
db_read_raster_entry [2], db_read_study_all [1], db_read_study_all [2]
db_save_linelist_entry_create [1], db_save_linelist_entry_create [2]
db_save_linelist_entry_update [1], db_save_linelist_entry_update [2]
db_save_raster_entry_create [1], db_save_raster_entry_create [2]
db_save_raster_entry_update [1], db_save_raster_entry_update [2]
db_save_study_entry_create [1], db_save_study_entry_create [2]
db_save_study_entry_create [3], db_save_study_entry_create [4]
db_save_study_entry_update [1], db_save_study_entry_update [2]
eis_get_esdb_details [1], eis_get_esdb_details [2]
eis_get_science_details [1], eis_get_science_details [2]
eis_get_science_details [3], eis_get_science_details [4]
eis_get_science_entry [1], eis_get_science_entry [2]
eis_get_science_raster_entry [1], eis_get_science_raster_entry [2]
eis_get_study_raster_entry [1], eis_get_study_raster_entry [2]
eis_get_technical_study_rasters [1], eis_get_technical_study_rasters [2]
eis_get_timeline_details [1], eis_get_timeline_details [2]
eis_linelist_gui [1], eis_linelist_gui [2], eis_raster_gui [1]
eis_raster_gui [2], eis_study_gui [1], eis_study_gui [2]
eis_update_timeline_science_entry [1]
eis_update_timeline_science_entry [2]
eis_write_science_component_database_table [1]
eis_write_science_component_database_table [2]
eis_write_time_component_database_table [1]
eis_write_time_component_database_table [2]
Common : DB_COM
Restrictions: None.
Side effects:
The data base files currently opened are closed
Category : Utilities, Database
Prev. Hist. :
version 2 D. Lindler Oct. 1987
For IDL version 2 August 1990
Written : D. Lindler, GSFC/HRS, October 1987
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 29 March 1994
Incorporated into CDS library
Version 2, William Thompson, GSFC/CDS (ARC), 30 May 1994
Added support for external (IEEE) data format
Version : Version 2, 30 May 1994
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name :
DBCREATE
Purpose :
Create new data base file or modify description.
Explanation :
Create new data base file or modify description. A database
definition file (.dbd) file must already exist.
The default directory must be a ZDBASE: directory.
Use :
dbcreate, name,[ newindex, newdb, maxitems] [,/external]
Inputs :
name- name of the data base (with no qualifier), scalar string.
The description will be read from the file "NAME".dbd
Opt. Inputs :
newindex - if non-zero then a new index file is created,
otherwise it is assumed that changes do not affect the
index file. (default=0)
newdb - if non-zero then a new data base file (.dbf) will
be created. Otherwise changes are assumed not to affect
the file's present format.
maxitems - maximum number of items in data base.
If not supplied then the number of items is
limited to 200.
Outputs : None.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords :
external - If set, then the database is written with an external data
representation. This allows the database files to be used on
any computer platform, e.g. through NFS mounts, but some
overhead is added to reading the files. The default is to
write the data in the native format of the computer being used.
This keyword is only paid attention to if NEWDB and NEWINDEX
are both nonzero. Otherwise, the database is opened to find
out if it uses external representation or not.
Calls : ***
FIND_WITH_DEF [1], FIND_WITH_DEF [2], FIND_WITH_DEF [3], GETTOK [1], GETTOK [2]
GETTOK [3], GETTOK [4], HOST_TO_IEEE [1], HOST_TO_IEEE [2], HOST_TO_IEEE [3]
HOST_TO_IEEE [4], ZPARCHECK [1], ZPARCHECK [2], ZPARCHECK [3]
CALLED BY:
FLUSH_CATALOG, PRG_DETAIL, PRG_PLAN
Common : None.
Restrictions:
If newdb=0 is not specified, the changes to the .dbd file can
not alter the length of the records in the data base file.
and may not alter positions of current fields in the file.
permissible changes are:
1) utilization of spares to create a item or field
2) change in field name(s)
3) respecification of index items
4) changes in default print formats
5) change in data base title
6) changes in pointer specification to other data
data bases
!priv must be 2 or greater to execute this routine.
Side effects:
data base description file ZDBASE:name.dbc is created
and optionally ZDBASE:name.dbf (data file) and
ZDBASE.dbx (index file) if it is a new data base.
Category : Utilities, Database.
Prev. Hist. :
version 2 D. Lindler OCT, 1987
Modified to work under IDL version 2. M. Greason, STX, June 1990.
Modified to work under Unix D. Neill, ACC, Feb 1991.
Written : D. Lindler, GSFC/HRS, October 1987
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 29 March 1994
Incorporated into CDS library
Version 2, William Thompson, GSFC/CDS (ARC), 28 May 1994
Added EXTERNAL keyword.
Version 3, William Thompson, GSFC/CDS (ARC), 29 July 1994
Modified so that EXTERNAL keyword requires both
NEWINDEX and NEWDB to be set.
Version 4, William Thompson, GSFC, 3 November 1994
Modified to allow ZDBASE to be a path string.
Version 5, William Thompson, GSFC, 22 December 1994
Incorporated several minor changes made by Wayne
Landsman.
Version : Version 5, 22 December 1994
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name :
DBDELETE
Purpose :
Deletes specified entries from data base
Explanation :
Deletes specified entries from data base
The procedure is rather slow because the entire database is re-
created with the specified entries deleted.
Use :
DBDELETE, list, [ name ]
CALLED BY:
ADD_DATAWIN, ADD_EXPER, ADD_F_STUDY, ADD_LINELIST, ADD_V_STUDY, CLR_INST_DLYD
CLR_NRT_RES, CLR_OTHER_OBS, CLR_RESOURCE, CLR_TEL_MODE, CLR_TEL_SUBMODE
FLUSH_CATALOG, MOD_CAMPAIGN, PRG_ALT, PRG_ANOMALY, PRG_DETAIL, PRG_FLAG, PRG_PLAN
PRG_SOHO_DET, PURGE_CDHSSTATE
EXAMPLE: Delete entries in a database STARS where RA=DEC = 0.0
IDL> !PRIV= 3 ;Set privileges
IDL> dbopen,'STARS',1 ;Open for update
IDL> list = dbfind('ra=0.0,dec=0.0') ;Obtain LIST vector
IDL> dbdelete, list ;Delete specified entries from db
Inputs :
list - list of entries to be deleted, scalar or vector
name - optional name of data base, scalar string. If not specified
then the data base file must be previously opened for update
by DBOPEN.
Opt. Inputs :
Set the non-standard system variable !DEBUG = 2 to obtain
additional diagnostics
Outputs : None.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : None.
Calls : ***
DBCLOSE [1], DBCLOSE [2], DBCLOSE [3], DBINDEX [1], DBINDEX [2], DBINDEX [3]
DBOPEN [1], DBOPEN [2], DBOPEN [3], DBPUT [1], DBPUT [2], DBPUT [3], DB_INFO [1]
DB_INFO [2], DB_INFO [3], ZPARCHECK [1], ZPARCHECK [2], ZPARCHECK [3]
Common :
DBCOM
Restrictions:
!PRIV must be at least 3 to execute.
Side effects:
The data base file (ZDBASE:name.DBF) is modified by removing the
specified entries and reordering the remaining entry numbers
accordingly (ie. if you delete entry 100, it will be replaced
by entry 101 and the database will contain 1 less entry.
Category : Utilities, Database.
Prev. Hist. :
Version 2 D. Lindler July, 1989
Updated documentation W. Landsman December 1992
Written : D. Lindler, GSFC/HRS, July 1989
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 29 March 1994
Incorporated into CDS library
Version 2, William Thompson, GSFC, 28 February 1995
Fixed bug when external representation used.
Version : Version 2, 28 February 1995
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name :
DBEDIT
Purpose :
Interactively edit specified fields in a database.
Explanation :
Interactively edit specified fields in a database. The
value of each field is displayed, and the user has the option
of changing or keeping the value. Widgets will be used if they
are available.
(1) Use the cursor and point to the value you want to edit.
(2) Type the new field value over the old field value.
(3) When you are done changing all of the field values for each entry
save the entry to the databases by pressing 'SAVE ENTRY TO DATABASES'.
Here all of the values will be checked to see if they are the correct
data type. If a field value is not of the correct data type, it will
not be saved.
Use the buttons "PREV ENTRY" and "NEXT ENTRY" to move between entry
numbers. You must save each entry before going on to another entry in
order for your changes to be saved.
Pressing "RESET THIS ENTRY" will remove any unsaved changes to the
current entry.
Use :
dbedit, list, [ items ]
EXAMPLE: Suppose one wanted to edit all of the previously unknown moon
angles (assigned a value of -999) the database FRAMES
IDL> !priv=2
IDL> dbopen, 'frames', 1
IDL> list = dbfind( 'moonang = -999.0')
IDL> dbedit, list, 'moonang'
Inputs :
list - scalar or vector of database entry numberss. Set list = 0 to
interactively add a new entry to a database. Set list = -1 to edit
all entries.
Opt. Inputs :
items - list of items to be edited. If omitted, all fields can be
edited.
Outputs : None.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : None.
Calls : ***
ACKNOW_EVENT, DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], DBEDIT_BASIC [1]
DBEDIT_BASIC [2], DBEDIT_BASIC [3], DBINDEX [1], DBINDEX [2], DBINDEX [3]
DBOPEN [1], DBOPEN [2], DBOPEN [3], DBRD [1], DBRD [2], DBRD [3], DBWRT [1], DBWRT [2]
DBWRT [3], DBXPUT [1], DBXPUT [2], DBXPUT [3], DBXVAL [1], DBXVAL [2], DBXVAL [3]
DB_INFO [1], DB_INFO [2], DB_INFO [3], DB_ITEM [1], DB_ITEM [2], DB_ITEM [3]
DB_ITEM_INFO [1], DB_ITEM_INFO [2], DB_ITEM_INFO [3], WIDEDIT, WIDGETEDIT_EVENT
XMANAGER, ZPARCHECK [1], ZPARCHECK [2], ZPARCHECK [3]
Common :
DB_COM -- contains information about the opened database.
DBW_C -- contains information intrinsic to this program.
Restrictions:
Database must be opened for update prior to running
this program. User must be running DBEDIT from an
account that has write privileges to the databases.
If one is editing an indexed item, then after all edits are complete,
DBINDEX will be called to reindex the entire item. This may
be time consuming.
Side effects:
Will update the database files.
Category : Utilities, Database
Prev. Hist. :
Adapted from Landsman's DBEDIT
added widgets, Melissa Marsh, HSTX, August 1993
do not need to press return after entering each entry,
fixed layout problem on SUN,
Melissa Marsh, HSTX, January 1994
Written : Wayne Landsman, GSFC/UIT (STX).
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 29 March 1994
Incorporated into CDS library
Version 2, William Thompson, GSFC, 1 April 1994
Incorporated following change:
Only updates the fields which are changed. Joel Offenberg, HSTX, Mar 94
Version 3, William Thompson, GSFC, 4 November 1994
Incorporated bugfix by Wayne Landsman.
Version 4, William Thompson, GSFC, 22 December 1994
Incorporated more bugfixes by Wayne Landsman.
Version 5, Trap editing of empty database. C D Pike, RAL
3-Mar-95
Version : Version 5, 3-Mar-95
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name :
DBEDIT_BASIC
Purpose :
Interactively edit specified fields in a database.
Explanation :
Interactively edit specified fields in a database. The
value of each field is displayed, and the user has the option
of changing or keeping the value.
Use :
dbedit_basic, list, [ items ]
The item values for each entry to be edited are first displayed
User is the asked "EDIT VALUES IN THIS ENTRY (Y(es), N(o), or Q(uit))?
If user answers 'Y' or hits RETURN, then each item is displayed
with its current value, which the user can update. If user answered
'N' then DBEDIT_BASIC skips to the next entry. If user answers 'Q'
then DBEDIT will exit, saving all previous changes.
CALLED BY:
DBEDIT [1], DBEDIT [2], DBEDIT [3]
EXAMPLE: Suppose V magnitudes (V_MAG) in a database STARS with unknown
values were assigned a value of 99.9. Once the true values become
known, the database can be edited
IDL> !PRIV=2 & dbopen,'STARS',1 ;Open database for update
IDL> list = dbfind('V_MAG=99.9') ;Get list of bad V_MAG values
IDL> dbedit,list,'V_MAG' ;Interactively insert good V_MAG values
Inputs :
list - scalar or vector of database entry numbers. Set LIST=0
to interactively add a new entry to a database.
Opt. Inputs :
items - list of items to be edited. If not supplied, then the
value of every field will be displayed.
Outputs : None.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : None.
Calls : ***
DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], DBINDEX [1], DBINDEX [2], DBINDEX [3]
DBOPEN [1], DBOPEN [2], DBOPEN [3], DBPRINT [1], DBPRINT [2], DBPRINT [3], DBRD [1]
DBRD [2], DBRD [3], DBWRT [1], DBWRT [2], DBWRT [3], DBXPUT [1], DBXPUT [2]
DBXPUT [3], DBXVAL [1], DBXVAL [2], DBXVAL [3], DB_INFO [1], DB_INFO [2]
DB_INFO [3], DB_ITEM [1], DB_ITEM [2], DB_ITEM [3], DB_ITEM_INFO [1]
DB_ITEM_INFO [2], DB_ITEM_INFO [3], ZPARCHECK [1], ZPARCHECK [2], ZPARCHECK [3]
Common : None.
Restrictions:
(1) Database must be opened for update (dbopen,<dbname>,1) before
calling DBEDIT_BASIC. User must have write privileges on the database
files.
(2) User gets a second chance to look at edited values, before
they are actually written to the database
Side effects: None.
Category : Utilities, Database.
Prev. Hist. :
Written W. Landsman STX April, 1989
Rename DBEDIT_BASIC from DBEDIT July, 1993
Written : W. Landsman, GSFC/UIT (STX), April 1989
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 29 March 1994
Incorporated into CDS library
Version : Version 1, 29 March 1994
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name :
DBEXT
Purpose :
Extract values of up to 12 items from data base file.
Explanation :
Procedure to extract values of up to 12 items from
data base file, and place into IDL variables
Use :
dbext,list,items,v1,[v2,v3,v4,v5,v6,v7,v8,v9,v10,v11,v12]
CALLED BY:
ADD_ALT, ADD_ANOMALY, ADD_DATAWIN, ADD_DETAIL, ADD_EXP_COMM, ADD_FLAG, ADD_F_RASTER
ADD_F_STUDY, ADD_GSET, ADD_LINELIST, ADD_PLAN, ADD_PROGRAM, ADD_RAW, ADD_RES_TYPE
ADD_T_STUDY, ADD_V_RASTER, ADD_V_STUDY, CHECK_INTEG, CHK_DATAWIN, CHK_F_RASTER
CHK_F_STUDY, CHK_LINELIST, CHK_V_RASTER, CHK_V_STUDY, CLR_INST_DLYD, CLR_NRT_RES
CLR_OTHER_OBS, CLR_RESOURCE, CLR_TEL_MODE, CLR_TEL_SUBMODE, CP_GET_HISTORY
CP_GET_MNEMONIC, DBCIRCLE [1], DBCIRCLE [2], DBFIND [1], DBFIND [2], DBFIND [3]
DBGET [1], DBGET [2], DBGET [3], DBMATCH [1], DBMATCH [2], DBMATCH [3], DBREPAIR
DBSORT [1], DBSORT [2], DBSORT [3], DBUPDATE [1], FIND_CDS_STUDIES, FIX_MAIN_TIMES
FIX_OBS_SEQ, FLUSH_CATALOG, GET_ALT, GET_CAMPAIGN, GET_CDHS_DEXWIN
GET_CDHS_RASTER, GET_CDHS_SERIES, GET_CDHS_VDSWIN, GET_CDS_PNTCAL, GET_COMPRESS
GET_DATAWIN, GET_DETAIL, GET_EFFICIENCY, GET_EFF_AREA, GET_EXPER, GET_FLAG
GET_F_RASTER, GET_F_STUDY, GET_GSET, GET_INSTRUMENT, GET_LINELIST, GET_MAIN
GET_MIRSHIFT, GET_PLAN, GET_PROGRAM, GET_RASTER, GET_RAW, GET_RAW_FIL, GET_SOHO_DET
GET_STUDY, GET_TILTCAL, GET_WAVECAL, GET_WAVE_EFF, IMDBASE, LAST_KAP_VERS, LIST_ALT
LIST_CAMPAIGN, LIST_CDROM, LIST_COM_TIMES, LIST_DATAWIN, LIST_DETAIL
LIST_DLYD_TIMES, LIST_DSN, LIST_EXPER, LIST_EXP_COMM, LIST_FLAG, LIST_F_RASTER
LIST_F_STUDY, LIST_GSET, LIST_INST_DLYD, LIST_LINELIST, LIST_MAIN, LIST_MDI_M
LIST_NRT_RES, LIST_OBJECT, LIST_OTHER_OBS, LIST_OTHER_RES, LIST_PLAN, LIST_PROGRAM
LIST_RAW, LIST_RES_TYPE, LIST_SOHO_DET, LIST_V_RASTER, LIST_V_STUDY, MOD_EXPER
PRG_DETAIL, PRG_PLAN, PURGE_CDHSSTATE, SEARCH_HXRBS_DB, UPD_PLAN, UPD_SOHO_DET
WHAT_USES, eis_get_timeline_details [1], eis_get_timeline_details [2]
EXAMPLE: Extract all RA and DEC values from the currently opened
database, and place into the IDL vectors, IDLRA and IDLDEC.
IDL> DBEXT,-1,'RA,DEC',idlra,idldec
Inputs :
list - list of entry numbers to be printed, vector or scalar
If list = -1, then all entries will be extracted.
list may be converted to a vector by DBEXT
items - standard item list specification. See DBPRINT for
the 6 different ways that items may be specified.
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs :
v1...v12 - the vectors of values for up to 12 items.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : None.
Calls : ***
DBEXT_DBF [1], DBEXT_DBF [2], DBEXT_DBF [3], DB_INFO [1], DB_INFO [2], DB_INFO [3]
DB_ITEM [1], DB_ITEM [2], DB_ITEM [3], DB_ITEM_INFO [1], DB_ITEM_INFO [2]
DB_ITEM_INFO [3], ZPARCHECK [1], ZPARCHECK [2], ZPARCHECK [3]
Common : None.
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: None.
Category : Utilities, Database
Prev. Hist. :
version 2 D. Lindler NOV. 1987
check for INDEXED items W. Landsman Feb. 1989
Written : D. Lindler, GSFC/HRS, November 1987
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 29 March 1994
Incorporated into CDS library
Version : Version 1, 29 March 1994
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name :
DBEXT_DBF
Purpose :
Extract values of up to 12 items -- subroutine of DBEXT
Explanation :
Procedure to extract values of up to 12 items from a data base file.
This is a subroutine of DBEXT, which is the routine a user should
normally use.
Use :
dbext_dbf,list,dbno,sbyte,nbytes,idltype,nval,v1,v2,v3,v4,v5,v6,v7,
v8,v9,v10,v11,v12
Inputs :
list - list of entry numbers to extract desired items. It is the
entry numbers in the primary data base unless dbno is greater
than or equal to -1. In that case it is the entry number in
the specified data base.
dbno - number of the opened db file
if set to -1 then all data bases are included
sbyte - starting byte in the entry. If single data base then it must
be the starting byte for that data base only and not the
concatenation of db records
nbytes - number of bytes in the entry
idltype - idl data type of each item to be extracted
nval - number of values per entry of each item to be extracted
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs :
v1...v12 - the vectors of values for up to 12 items
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : None.
Calls : ***
DBRD [1], DBRD [2], DBRD [3], DB_ENT2HOST [1], DB_ENT2HOST [2], DB_ENT2HOST [3]
DB_INFO [1], DB_INFO [2], DB_INFO [3]
CALLED BY:
DBEXT [1], DBEXT [2], DBEXT [3], DBEXT [4], DBINDEX [1], DBINDEX [2], DBINDEX [3]
DBUPDATE [1]
Common : DB_COM
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: None.
Category : Utilities, Database
Prev. Hist. :
version 1 D. Lindler Nov. 1987
Extract multiple valued entries W. Landsman May 1989
Written : D. Lindler, GSFC/HRS, November 1987
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 29 March 1994
Incorporated into CDS library
Version 2, William Thompson, GSFC/CDS (ARC), 1 June 1994
Added support for external (IEEE) representation.
Version : Version 2, 1 June 1994
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name :
DBEXT_IND
Purpose :
routine to read a indexed item values from index file
Explanation :
routine to read a indexed item values from index file
Use :
dbext_ind,list,item,dbno,values
Inputs :
list - list of entry numbers to extract values for
(if it is a scalar, values for all entries are extracted)
item - item to extract
dbno - number of the opened data base
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs :
values - vector of values returned as function value
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : None.
Calls : ***
DB_INFO [1], DB_INFO [2], DB_INFO [3], DB_ITEM [1], DB_ITEM [2], DB_ITEM [3]
DB_ITEM_INFO [1], DB_ITEM_INFO [2], DB_ITEM_INFO [3], IEEE_TO_HOST [1]
IEEE_TO_HOST [2], IEEE_TO_HOST [3], IEEE_TO_HOST [4]
CALLED BY:
DBFIND [1], DBFIND [2], DBFIND [3]
Common : None.
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: None.
Category : Utilities, Database
Prev. Hist. :
version 1 D. Lindler Feb 88
Faster processing of string values W. Landsman April, 1992
Written : D. Lindler, GSFC/HRS, February 1988
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 29 March 1994
Incorporated into CDS library
Version 2, William Thompson, GSFC/CDS (ARC), 30 May 1994
Added support for external (IEEE) data format
Version : Version 2, 30 May 1994
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name :
DBFIND()
Purpose :
Search data base for entries with specified characteristics
Explanation :
Function to search data base for entries with specified
search characteristics.
Use :
result = dbfind(spar,[ listin, /SILENT, /FULLSTRING])
Inputs :
spar - search_parameters (string)...each search parameter
is of the form:
option 1) min_val < item_name < max_val
option 2) item_name = value
option 3) item_name = [value_1, value_10]
CALLED BY:
ADD_ALT, ADD_ANOMALY, ADD_DATAWIN, ADD_DETAIL, ADD_EXPER, ADD_FLAG, ADD_F_RASTER
ADD_F_STUDY, ADD_LINELIST, ADD_PLAN, ADD_T_STUDY, ADD_V_RASTER, ADD_V_STUDY
CHECK_INTEG, CHK_DATAWIN, CHK_F_RASTER, CHK_F_STUDY, CHK_LINELIST, CHK_T_STUDY
CHK_V_RASTER, CHK_V_STUDY, CLR_INST_DLYD, CLR_NRT_RES, CLR_OTHER_OBS, CLR_RESOURCE
CLR_TEL_MODE, CLR_TEL_SUBMODE, CP_GET_HISTORY, CP_GET_MNEMONIC, DBCIRCLE [1]
DBCIRCLE [2], DEL_ALT, DEL_ANOMALY, DEL_DETAIL, DEL_FLAG, DEL_PLAN, DEL_SOHO_DET
FIND_CDS_STUDIES, GET_ALT, GET_ANOMALY, GET_CAMPAIGN, GET_CDHS_DEXWIN
GET_CDHS_RASTER, GET_CDHS_SERIES, GET_CDHS_VDSWIN, GET_CDS_PNTCAL, GET_COMPRESS
GET_DATAWIN, GET_DETAIL, GET_EFFICIENCY, GET_EFF_AREA, GET_EXPER, GET_FLAG
GET_F_RASTER, GET_F_STUDY, GET_GSET, GET_LINELIST, GET_MAIN, GET_MIRSHIFT, GET_PLAN
GET_PROGRAM, GET_RASTER, GET_RAW, GET_RAW_FIL, GET_SOHO_DET, GET_STUDY, GET_TILTCAL
GET_WAVECAL, GET_WAVE_EFF, IMDBASE, LAST_KAP_VERS, LIST_ALT, LIST_ANOMALY
LIST_CAMPAIGN, LIST_CDROM, LIST_COM_TIMES, LIST_DATAWIN, LIST_DETAIL
LIST_DLYD_TIMES, LIST_DSN, LIST_EXPER, LIST_EXP_COMM, LIST_FLAG, LIST_F_RASTER
LIST_F_STUDY, LIST_GSET, LIST_INST_DLYD, LIST_LINELIST, LIST_MAIN, LIST_MDI_M
LIST_NRT_RES, LIST_OTHER_OBS, LIST_OTHER_RES, LIST_PLAN, LIST_RAW, LIST_SOHO_DET
LIST_V_RASTER, LIST_V_STUDY, MOD_CAMPAIGN, MOD_DETAIL, MOD_EXPER, MOD_GSET
MOD_LINELIST, MOD_MAIN, MOD_V_RASTER, MOD_V_STUDY, PRG_ALT, PRG_ANOMALY, PRG_DETAIL
PRG_FLAG, PRG_PLAN, PRG_SOHO_DET, REG_CDROM, SEARCH_HXRBS_DB, SET_KAP_VERS
TP_DISP_RAST, UPD_PLAN, UPD_SOHO_DET, WHAT_USES, db_save_study_entry_update [1]
db_save_study_entry_update [2], eis_get_engineering_state_list [1]
eis_get_engineering_state_list [2], eis_get_science_entry [1]
eis_get_science_entry [2], eis_get_science_raster_entry [1]
eis_get_science_raster_entry [2], eis_get_study_raster_entry [1]
eis_get_study_raster_entry [2], eis_get_timeline_entries [1]
eis_get_timeline_entries [2], eis_linelist_gui [1], eis_linelist_gui [2]
eis_raster_gui [1], eis_raster_gui [2], eis_study_gui [1], eis_study_gui [2]
eis_update_timeline_science_entry [1]
eis_update_timeline_science_entry [2]
Note: option 3 is also the slowest.
option 4) item_name > value
option 5) item_name < value
option 6) item_name = value(tolerance) ;eg. temp=25.0(5.2)
option 7) item_name ;must be non-zero
Multiple search parameters are separated by a comma.
eg. 'cam_no=2,14<ra<20'
Note: < is interpreted as less than or equal.
> is interpreted as greater than or equal.
RA and DEC keyfields are stored as floating point numbers
in the data base may be entered as HH:MM:SEC and
DEG:MIN:SEC. Where:
HH:MM:SEC equals HH + MM/60.0 + SEC/3600.
DEG:MIN:SEC equals DEG + MIN/60.0 + SEC/3600.
For example:
40:34:10.5 < dec < 43:25:19 , 8:22:1.0 < ra < 8:23:23.0
Specially encoded date/time in the data base may
be entered by YY/DAY:hr:min:sec which is
interpreted as
YY*1000+DAY+hr/24.0+min/24.0/60.+sec/24.0/3600.
For example
85/201:10:35:30<date_time<85/302:10:33:33.4
would specify all entries between:
year 1985 day 201 at 10:35:30 to
day 302 at 10:33:33.4
The date/time may also be encoded as:
DD-MMM-YEAR HH::MM:SS.SS
eg. 12-JUL-86 10:23:33.45
(this is the format of system variable !stime)
Multiple search parameters may be stored in a string
array (one parameter per array element) instead of
concatenating them with commas in a single string.
Example:
input_array = strarr(2)
input_array(0) = '14<ra<16' ; 14-16 hrs of ra.
input_array(1) = '8<dec<20' ; + 8-20 deg. decl.
Opt. Inputs :
listin - gives list of entries to be searched. If not supplied or
set to -1 then all entries are searched.
Outputs :
List of ENTRY numbers satisfying search characteristics
is returned as the function value.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords :
SILENT - If the keyword SILENT is set and non-zero, then DBFIND
will not print the number of entries found.
FULLSTRING - By default, one has a match if a search string is
included in any part of a database value (substring match).
But if /FULLSTRING is set, then all characters in the database
value must match the search string (excluding leading and
trailing blanks). Both types of string searches are case
insensitive.
Calls : ***
DBEXT [1], DBEXT [2], DBEXT [3], DBEXT [4], DBEXT_IND [1], DBEXT_IND [2]
DBEXT_IND [3], DBFIND_ENTRY [1], DBFIND_ENTRY [2], DBFIND_ENTRY [3]
DBFIND_SORT [1], DBFIND_SORT [2], DBFIND_SORT [3], DBFPARSE [1], DBFPARSE [2]
DBFPARSE [3], DBRD [1], DBRD [2], DBRD [3], DBSEARCH [1], DBSEARCH [2], DBSEARCH [3]
DB_INFO [1], DB_INFO [2], DB_INFO [3], DB_ITEM [1], DB_ITEM [2], DB_ITEM [3]
DB_ITEM_INFO [1], DB_ITEM_INFO [2], DB_ITEM_INFO [3], ZPARCHECK [1]
ZPARCHECK [2], ZPARCHECK [3]
Common : None.
Restrictions:
The data base must be previously opened with DBOPEN.
Side effects:
!ERR is set to number of entries found
Category : Utilities, Database
Prev. Hist. :
version 4 by D. Lindler Nov. 1987 (new db format)
LIST creation corrected Wayne B Landsman STX Feb. 1989
Removed EXTRAC calls, fixed problem with large DBs WBL June, 1991
Written : D. Lindler, GSFC/HRS, November 1987
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 29 March 1994
Incorporated into CDS library
Version 2, Wayne Landsman, GSFC/UIT (STX), 1 April 1994
Added FULLSTRING keyword.
Version 3, William Thompson, GSFC, 1 April 1994
Added check for empty database
Version 4, William Thompson, GSFC, 5 April 1994
Changed so that !ERR is zero when database is empty,
and LISTIN is returned, based on discussion with Wayne
Landsman.
Version 5, Wayne Landsman, GSFC/UIT (STX), 26 May 1994
Added error message when database is empty.
Version 6, William Thompson, GSFC, 14 March 1995
Added FULLSTRING keyword to DBFIND_SORT call
Version : Version 6, 14 March 1995
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name :
DBFIND_ENTRY
Purpose :
Performs an entry number search. Subroutine of DBFIND.
Explanation :
This is a subroutine of dbfind and is not a standalone procedure
It performs a entry number search.
Use :
dbfind_entry, type, svals, nentries, values
Inputs :
type - type of search (output from dbfparse)
svals - search values (output from dbfparse)
values - array of values to search
Opt. Inputs :
Outputs :
good - indices of good values
!err is set to number of good values
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : None.
Calls : None.
CALLED BY:
DBFIND [1], DBFIND [2], DBFIND [3]
Common : None.
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: None.
Category : Utilities, Database
Prev. Hist. :
D. Lindler July,1987
Written : D. Lindler, GSFC/HRS, July 1987
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 29 March 1994
Incorporated into CDS library
Version : Version 1, 29 March 1994
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name :
DBFIND_SORT
Purpose :
Limits the search using sorted values.
Explanation :
This is a subroutine of dbfind and is not a standalone procedure
It is used to limit the search using sorted values
Use :
dbfind_sort, it, type, svals, list
Inputs :
it - item number, scalar
type - type of search (output from dbfparse)
svals - search values (output from dbfparse)
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs :
list - found entries
!err is set to number of good values
!ERR = -2 for an invalid search
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords :
FULLSTRING - By default, one has a match if a search string is
included in any part of a database value (substring match).
But if /FULLSTRING is set, then all characters in the database
value must match the search string (excluding leading and
trailing blanks). Both types of string searches are case
insensitive.
Calls : ***
DBSEARCH [1], DBSEARCH [2], DBSEARCH [3], DB_INFO [1], DB_INFO [2], DB_INFO [3]
DB_ITEM_INFO [1], DB_ITEM_INFO [2], DB_ITEM_INFO [3], IEEE_TO_HOST [1]
IEEE_TO_HOST [2], IEEE_TO_HOST [3], IEEE_TO_HOST [4], MATCH [1], MATCH [2]
MATCH [3]
CALLED BY:
DBFIND [1], DBFIND [2], DBFIND [3], DBGET [1], DBGET [2], DBGET [3], DBMATCH [1]
DBMATCH [2], DBMATCH [3]
Common : None.
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: None.
Category : Utilities, Database
Prev. Hist. :
D. Lindler July,1987
Written : D. Lindler, GSFC/HRS, July 1987
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 29 March 1994
Incorporated into CDS library
Version 2, William Thompson, GSFC/CDS (ARC), 30 May 1994
Added support for external (IEEE) data format
Version 3, William Thompson, GSFC, 14 March 1995
Added keyword FULLSTRING
Version : Version 3, 14 March 1995
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name :
DBFPARSE
Purpose :
Parse the search string. Subroutine of DBFIND.
Explanation :
Parse the search string supplied to DBFIND. Not a standalone routine
Use :
DBFPARSE, [ spar, items, stype, values ]
Inputs :
spar - search parameter specification, scalar string
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs :
items - list of items to search on
stype - search type, numeric scalar
0 item=values(j,0)
-1 item>values(j,0)
-2 item<values(j,1)
-3 values(j,0)<item<values(j,1)
-4 item is non zero
-5 item=values(j,0) within tolerance values(j,1)
0< items in list values(j,i) for i=0,stype-1
values - search values, 20 x 10 string array, can parse a string
with up to 20 items specifications, each item can have 10
values
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : None.
Calls : ***
DATE_CONV, GETTOK [1], GETTOK [2], GETTOK [3], GETTOK [4], STRNUMBER [1]
STRNUMBER [2], STRNUMBER [3], STRNUMBER [4]
CALLED BY:
DBFIND [1], DBFIND [2], DBFIND [3]
Common : None.
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: None.
Category : Utilities, Database
Prev. Hist. :
D. Lindler NOV, 1987
Check for valid numeric values before assuming a date string
W. Landsman July, 1993
Written : D. Lindler, GSFC/HRS, November 1987
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 29 March 1994
Incorporated into CDS library
Version : Version 1, 29 March 1994
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name :
DBGET()
Purpose :
Find entry number of fields with specified values.
Explanation :
Find entry number of fields which contain specified values in
a specified item. DBGET is an altnerative to DBFIND when the
desired search values are not easily expressed as a string.
Use :
list = dbget( item, values, [ listin ], SILENT = )
EXAMPLE: Get info on selected HD stars in Bright Star catalogue
IDL> dbopen, 'YALE_BS'
IDL> hdno = [1141,2363,3574,4128,6192,6314,6668] ;Desired HD numbers
IDL> list = dbget( 'HD', hdno ) ;Get corresponding entry numbers
Inputs :
item - Item name or number
values - scalar or vector containing item values to search for.
Opt. Inputs :
listin - list of entries to be searched. If not supplied, or
set to -1, then all entries are searched
Outputs :
list - vector giving the entry number of entries containing desired
item values. The number of elements in LIST may be different
from that of VALUE, since a value might be located zero, once,
or many times in the database. Use the function DBMATCH if a
one to one correspondence is desired between VALUES and LIST.
!ERR is set to the number of entries found
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords :
SILENT - If this keyword is supplied, then DBGET will not display
the number of entries found
FULLSTRING - By default, one has a match if a search string is
included in any part of a database value (substring match).
But if /FULLSTRING is set, then all characters in the database
value must match the search string (excluding leading and
trailing blanks). Both types of string searches are case
insensitive.
Calls : ***
DBEXT [1], DBEXT [2], DBEXT [3], DBEXT [4], DBFIND_SORT [1], DBFIND_SORT [2]
DBFIND_SORT [3], DBSEARCH [1], DBSEARCH [2], DBSEARCH [3], DB_INFO [1]
DB_INFO [2], DB_INFO [3], DB_ITEM [1], DB_ITEM [2], DB_ITEM [3], DB_ITEM_INFO [1]
DB_ITEM_INFO [2], DB_ITEM_INFO [3]
Common : None.
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: None.
Category : Utilities, Database.
Prev. Hist. :
Written, W. Landsman STX February, 1989
Written : W. Landsman, GSFC/UIT (STX), February 1989
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 29 March 1994
Incorporated into CDS library.
Version 2, William Thompson, GSFC, 14 March 1995
Added keyword FULLSTRING
Version : Version 2, 14 March 1995
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name :
DBHELP
Purpose :
List available databases or items in current database
Explanation :
Procedure to either list available databases (if no database is
currently open) or the items in the currently open database.
If no data base is opened then a list of data bases are
printed, otherwise the items in the open data base are printed.
If a string is supplied for flag and a data base is opened
flag is assumed to be an item name. The information for that
item is printed along with contents in a optional file
zdbase:dbname_itemname.hlp
if a string is supplied for flag and no data base is opened,
then string is assumed to be the name of a data base file.
only information for that file is printed along with an
optional file zdbase:dbname.hlp.
Use :
dbhelp, [ flag , TEXTOUT = ]
Inputs :
flag - (optional) if set to nonzero then item or database
descriptions are also printed
default=0
If flag is a string, then it is interpreted as the
name of a data base (if no data base is opened) or a name
of an item in the opened data base. In this case, help
is displayed only for the particular item or database
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : None.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords :
textout Used to determine output device. If not present, the
value of !TEXTOUT system variable is used (see TEXTOPEN )
textout=1 Terminal with /MORE
textout=2 Terminal without /MORE
textout=3 <PROGRAM>.PRT
textout=4 LASER PRINTER
textout=5 USER MUST OPEN FILE;
Calls : ***
DB_INFO [1], DB_INFO [2], DB_INFO [3], DB_ITEM [1], DB_ITEM [2], DB_ITEM [3]
DB_ITEM_INFO [1], DB_ITEM_INFO [2], DB_ITEM_INFO [3], FDECOMP [1], FDECOMP [2]
FDECOMP [3], FIND_WITH_DEF [1], FIND_WITH_DEF [2], FIND_WITH_DEF [3]
LIST_WITH_PATH [1], LIST_WITH_PATH [2], LIST_WITH_PATH [3], REM_DUP [1]
REM_DUP [2], REM_DUP [3], TEXTCLOSE [1], TEXTCLOSE [2], TEXTCLOSE [3]
TEXTOPEN [1], TEXTOPEN [2], TEXTOPEN [3]
Common : None.
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: None.
Category : Utilities, Database.
Prev. Hist. :
Version 2 D. Lindler Nov 1987 (new db format)
Faster printing of title desc. W. Landsman May 1989
Keyword textout added, J. Isensee, July, 1990
Modified to work on Unix, D. Neill, ACC, Feb 1991.
Written : D. Lindler, GSFC/HRS, November 1987
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 29 March 1994
Incorporated into CDS library
Version 2, William Thompson, GSFC/CDS (ARC), 1 June 1994
Added support for external (IEEE) representation.
Version 3, William Thompson, GSFC, 3 November 1994
Modified to allow ZDBASE to be a path string.
Version 4, Wayne Landsman, GSFC/UIT, December 1994
Remove duplicate database names
Version : Version 4, 19 December 1994
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name :
DBINDEX
Purpose :
Procedure to create index file for data base
Explanation :
Procedure to create index file for data base
Use :
dbindex, [ items ]
Inputs : None.
Opt. Inputs :
items - names or numbers of items to be index -- if not supplied,
then all indexed fields will be processed.
Outputs :
Index file <name>.dbx is created on disk location ZDBASE:
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : None.
Calls : ***
BSORT [1], BSORT [2], BSORT [3], BSORT [4], DBEXT_DBF [1], DBEXT_DBF [2]
DBEXT_DBF [3], DBINDEX_BLK [1], DBINDEX_BLK [2], DBINDEX_BLK [3], DB_INFO [1]
DB_INFO [2], DB_INFO [3], DB_ITEM [1], DB_ITEM [2], DB_ITEM [3], DB_ITEM_INFO [1]
DB_ITEM_INFO [2], DB_ITEM_INFO [3], HOST_TO_IEEE [1], HOST_TO_IEEE [2]
HOST_TO_IEEE [3], HOST_TO_IEEE [4], IEEE_TO_HOST [1], IEEE_TO_HOST [2]
IEEE_TO_HOST [3], IEEE_TO_HOST [4]
CALLED BY:
DBBUILD [1], DBBUILD [2], DBBUILD [3], DBDELETE [1], DBDELETE [2], DBDELETE [3]
DBEDIT [1], DBEDIT [2], DBEDIT [3], DBEDIT_BASIC [1], DBEDIT_BASIC [2]
DBEDIT_BASIC [3], DBEXT [2], DBUPDATE [1], DBUPDATE [2], DBUPDATE [3]
DBUPDATE [4], FLUSH_CATALOG, PRG_DETAIL, PRG_PLAN
Common : None.
Restrictions:
Data base must have been previously opened for update
by DBOPEN
Side effects: None.
Category : Utilities, Database
Prev. Hist. :
version 2 D. Lindler Nov 1987 (new db format)
W. Landsman added optional items parameter Feb 1989
M. Greason converted to IDL version 2. June 1990.
Written : D. Lindler, GSFC/HRS, November 1987
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 29 March 1994
Incorporated into CDS library
Version 2, Wayne Landsman, GSFC/UIT (STX), 26 May 1994
Miscellaneous changes
Version 3, William Thompson, GSFC/CDS (ARC), 30 May 1994
Added support for external (IEEE) data format
Version 3.1, Dominic Zarro, (ARC/GSFC) 16 December 1994.
Added /INFO to
message, 'ERROR - database contains no entries',/INF
This is to avoid halting MK_DETAILS when a user
deletes all the plan entries (a rare happening).
Version : Version 3.1, 16 December 1994
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name :
DBINDEX_BLK()
Purpose :
Set associated variable in preparation for writing to file.
Explanation :
To set up an associated variable of the correct data-type and offset
into the file by some amount in preparation for writing to the file.
Use :
res = dbindex_blk(unit, nb, bsz, ofb, dtype)
Inputs :
unit The unit number assigned to the file.
nb The number of blocks to offset into the file.
bsz The size of each block, in bytes, to offset into the file.
ofb The offset into the block, in bytes.
dtype The IDL datatype as defined in the SIZE function
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs :
res The returned variable. This is an associated variable.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : None.
Calls : None.
CALLED BY:
DBINDEX [1], DBINDEX [2], DBINDEX [3], DBWRT [1], DBWRT [2], DBWRT [3]
Common : None.
Restrictions:
The file must have been previously opened.
Side effects: None.
Category : Utilities, Database.
Prev. Hist. :
Written by Michael R. Greason, STX, 14 June 1990.
Written : Michael R. Greason, GSFC/UIT (STX), 14 June 1990
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 29 March 1994
Incorporated into CDS library
Version : Version 1, 29 March 1994
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name :
DBMATCH()
Purpose :
Find entry number in a database for item values.
Explanation :
Find one entry number in a database for each element in a vector of
item values. DBMATCH is especially useful for finding a one-to-one
correspondence between entries in different databases, and thus to
create the vector needed for database pointers.
DBMATCH is meant to be used for items which do not have duplicate values
in a database (e.g. catalog numbers). If more than one entry is found
for a particular item value, then only the first one is stored in LIST.
Use :
list = DBMATCH( item, values, [ listin ] )
CALLED BY:
ADD_DATAWIN, ADD_F_RASTER, ADD_LINELIST, ADD_RES_TYPE, ADD_V_RASTER, ADD_V_STUDY
CHK_T_STUDY
EXAMPLE: Make a vector which points from entries in the Yale Bright
Star catalog to those in the SAO catalog, using the HD number
IDL> dbopen, 'yale_bs' ;Open the Yale Bright star catalog
IDL> dbext, -1, 'HD', hd ;Get the HD numbers
IDL> dbopen, 'sao' ;Open the SAO catalog
IDL> list = dbmatch( 'HD', HD) ;Get entries in SAO catalog
;corresponding to each HD number.
Inputs :
ITEM - Item name or number, scalar
VALUES - scalar or vector containing item values to search for.
Opt. Inputs :
LISTIN - list of entries to be searched. If not supplied, or
set to -1, then all entries are searched
Outputs :
LIST - vector of entry numbers with the same number of elements as
VALUES. Contains a value of 0 wherever the corresponding item
value was not found.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords :
FULLSTRING - By default, one has a match if a search string is
included in any part of a database value (substring match).
But if /FULLSTRING is set, then all characters in the database
value must match the search string (excluding leading and
trailing blanks). Both types of string searches are case
insensitive.
Calls : ***
DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], DBEXT [1], DBEXT [2], DBEXT [3], DBEXT [4]
DBFIND_SORT [1], DBFIND_SORT [2], DBFIND_SORT [3], DB_INFO [1], DB_INFO [2]
DB_INFO [3], DB_ITEM [1], DB_ITEM [2], DB_ITEM [3], DB_ITEM_INFO [1]
DB_ITEM_INFO [2], DB_ITEM_INFO [3]
Common : None.
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: None.
Category : Utilities, Database.
Prev. Hist. :
Written, W. Landsman STX February, 1990
Fixed error when list in parameter used May, 1992
Faster algorithm with sorted item when listin parameter supplied
Nov 1992
Written : W. Landsman, GSFC/UIT (STX), February 1990
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 29 March 1994
Incorporated into CDS library.
Version 2, William Thompson, GSFC, 14 March 1995
Added keyword FULLSTRING
Version 3, William Thompson, GSFC, 15 March 1995
Added check for empty database
Version 4, William Thompson, GSFC, 30 March 1995
Fixed bug with FULLSTRING for non-sorted item.
Version : Version 4, 30 March 1995
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name :
DBOPEN
Purpose :
Routine to open an IDL database
Explanation :
Routine to open an IDL database
Use :
dbopen, name, update
Inputs :
name - (Optional) name or names of the data base files to open.
It has one of the following forms:
'name' -open single data base file
'name1,name2,...,nameN' - open N files which are
connected via pointers.
'name,*' -Open the data base with all data
bases connected via pointers
'' -Interactively allow selection of
the data base files.
If not supplied then '' is assumed.
name may optionally be a string array with one name
per element.
update - (Optional) Integer flag specifing openning for update.
0 - Open for read only
1 - Open for update
2 - Open index file for update only
!PRIV must be 2 or greater to open a file for update.
If a file is opened for update only a single data base
can be specified.
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : None.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords :
UNAVAIL - If present, a "database doesn't exit" flag is returned
through it. 0 = the database exists and was opened (if
no other errors arose). 1 = the database doesn't exist.
Also if present, the error message for non-existant databases
is suppressed. The action, however, remains the same. If
specifiying this, be sure that the variable passed exists
before the call to DBOPEN.
Calls : ***
DBCLOSE [1], DBCLOSE [2], DBCLOSE [3], DB_INFO [1], DB_INFO [2], DB_INFO [3]
FDECOMP [1], FDECOMP [2], FDECOMP [3], FIND_WITH_DEF [1], FIND_WITH_DEF [2]
FIND_WITH_DEF [3], GETTOK [1], GETTOK [2], GETTOK [3], GETTOK [4]
IEEE_TO_HOST [1], IEEE_TO_HOST [2], IEEE_TO_HOST [3], IEEE_TO_HOST [4]
LIST_WITH_PATH [1], LIST_WITH_PATH [2], LIST_WITH_PATH [3], SCREEN_SELECT [1]
SCREEN_SELECT [2], SCREEN_SELECT [3], ZPARCHECK [1], ZPARCHECK [2]
ZPARCHECK [3]
CALLED BY:
ADD_ALT, ADD_ANOMALY, ADD_CAMPAIGN, ADD_CDS_POINT, ADD_DATAWIN, ADD_DETAIL
ADD_EFFICIENCY, ADD_EFF_AREA, ADD_EXPER, ADD_EXP_COMM, ADD_FLAG, ADD_F_RASTER
ADD_F_STUDY, ADD_GSET, ADD_INST_DLYD, ADD_LINELIST, ADD_MAIN, ADD_MIRSHIFT
ADD_NRT_RES, ADD_OTHER_OBS, ADD_PLAN, ADD_PROGRAM, ADD_RAW, ADD_RESOURCE
ADD_RES_TYPE, ADD_TEL_MODE, ADD_TEL_SUBMODE, ADD_TILTCAL, ADD_T_STUDY
ADD_V_RASTER, ADD_V_STUDY, ADD_WAVECAL, ADD_WAVE_EFF, CHECK_INTEG, CHK_DATAWIN
CHK_F_RASTER, CHK_F_STUDY, CHK_LINELIST, CHK_T_STUDY, CHK_V_RASTER, CHK_V_STUDY
CLR_INST_DLYD, CLR_NRT_RES, CLR_OTHER_OBS, CLR_RESOURCE, CLR_TEL_MODE
CLR_TEL_SUBMODE, CP_GET_HISTORY, CP_GET_MNEMONIC, DBCOMPRESS, DBDELETE [1]
DBDELETE [2], DBDELETE [3], DBEDIT [1], DBEDIT [2], DBEDIT [3], DBEDIT_BASIC [1]
DBEDIT_BASIC [2], DBEDIT_BASIC [3], DBREPAIR, DEL_ALT, DEL_ANOMALY, DEL_DETAIL
DEL_FLAG, DEL_PLAN, DEL_SOHO_DET, EIS_LIST_EXPER [1], EIS_LIST_EXPER [2]
EIS_LIST_MAIN [1], EIS_LIST_MAIN [2], FIND_CDS_STUDIES, FIX_MAIN_TIMES
FIX_OBS_SEQ, FLUSH_CATALOG, GET_ALT, GET_ANOMALY, GET_CAMPAIGN, GET_CDHS_DEXWIN
GET_CDHS_RASTER, GET_CDHS_SERIES, GET_CDHS_VDSWIN, GET_CDS_PNTCAL, GET_COMPRESS
GET_DATAWIN, GET_DETAIL, GET_EFFICIENCY, GET_EFF_AREA, GET_EXPER, GET_FLAG
GET_F_RASTER, GET_F_STUDY, GET_GSET, GET_INSTRUMENT, GET_LINELIST, GET_MAIN
GET_MIRSHIFT, GET_PLAN, GET_PROGRAM, GET_RASTER, GET_RAW, GET_RAW_FIL, GET_SOHO_DET
GET_STUDY, GET_TILTCAL, GET_WAVECAL, GET_WAVE_EFF, IMDBASE, LAST_KAP_VERS, LIST_ALT
LIST_ANOMALY, LIST_CAMPAIGN, LIST_CDROM, LIST_COM_TIMES, LIST_DATAWIN, LIST_DETAIL
LIST_DLYD_TIMES, LIST_DSN, LIST_EXPER, LIST_EXP_COMM, LIST_FLAG, LIST_F_RASTER
LIST_F_STUDY, LIST_GSET, LIST_INST_DLYD, LIST_LINELIST, LIST_MAIN, LIST_MDI_M
LIST_NRT_RES, LIST_OBJECT, LIST_OTHER_OBS, LIST_OTHER_RES, LIST_PLAN, LIST_PROGRAM
LIST_RAW, LIST_RES_TYPE, LIST_SOHO_DET, LIST_V_RASTER, LIST_V_STUDY, MOD_CAMPAIGN
MOD_DETAIL, MOD_EXPER, MOD_GSET, MOD_LINELIST, MOD_MAIN, MOD_V_RASTER, MOD_V_STUDY
PRG_ALT, PRG_ANOMALY, PRG_DETAIL, PRG_FLAG, PRG_PLAN, PRG_SOHO_DET, PURGE_CDHSSTATE
REG_CDROM, SEARCH_HXRBS_DB, SET_KAP_VERS, TP_DISP_RAST, UPD_PLAN, UPD_SOHO_DET
WHAT_CDHS_STUDY, WHAT_USES, db_read_linelist_all [1], db_read_linelist_all [2]
db_read_linelist_entry [1], db_read_linelist_entry [2]
db_read_raster_all [1], db_read_raster_all [2], db_read_raster_entry [1]
db_read_raster_entry [2], db_read_study_all [1], db_read_study_all [2]
db_save_linelist_entry_create [1], db_save_linelist_entry_create [2]
db_save_linelist_entry_update [1], db_save_linelist_entry_update [2]
db_save_raster_entry_create [1], db_save_raster_entry_create [2]
db_save_raster_entry_update [1], db_save_raster_entry_update [2]
db_save_study_entry_create [1], db_save_study_entry_create [2]
db_save_study_entry_create [3], db_save_study_entry_create [4]
db_save_study_entry_update [1], db_save_study_entry_update [2]
eis_delete_timeline_entry [1], eis_delete_timeline_entry [2]
eis_get_timeline_entries [1], eis_get_timeline_entries [2]
eis_import_study_gui, eis_linelist_gui [1], eis_linelist_gui [2]
eis_open_db [1], eis_open_db [2], eis_raster_gui [1], eis_raster_gui [2]
eis_save_imported_linelist, eis_save_imported_raster, eis_study_gui [1]
eis_study_gui [2], eis_update_timeline_entry [1]
eis_update_timeline_entry [2], eis_update_timeline_science_entry [1]
eis_update_timeline_science_entry [2]
eis_write_science_component_database_table [1]
eis_write_science_component_database_table [2]
Common : DB_COM
Restrictions: None.
Side effects:
The .DBF and .dbx files are opened using unit numbers obtained by
GET_LUN. Descriptions of the files are placed in the common block
DB_COM.
Category : Utilities, Database.
Prev. Hist. :
Version 2, D. Lindler, Nov. 1987
For IDL Version 2 W. Landsman May 1990 -- Will require further
modfication once SCREEN_SELECT is working
Modified to work under Unix, D. Neill, ACC, Feb 1991.
Written : D. Lindler, GSFC/HRS, November 1987
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 29 March 1994
Incorporated into CDS library.
Version 2, William Thompson, GSFC/CDS (ARC), 1 June 1994
Added support for external (IEEE) representation.
Version 3, William Thompson, GSFC/CDS (ARC), 20 June 1994
Incorporated UNAVAIL keyword, added by M. Greason,
Hughes STX, Feb 1993.
Version 4, William Thompson, GSFC, 3 November 1994
Modified to allow ZDBASE to be a path string.
Version 5, CDP, RAL 25-Apr-95
Changed error message to put out root file name.
Version : Version 5, 25 April 1995
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name :
DBPRINT
Purpose :
Print specified items from a list of database entries
Explanation :
Procedure to print specified items from a list of database entries
Use :
dbprint, list, [items, FORMS= , TEXTOUT= , NOHeader = ]
Users may want to adjust the default lines_per_page value given at
the beginning of the program for their own particular printer.
Inputs :
list - list of entry numbers to be printed, vector or scalar
if list = -1, then all entries will be printed.
An error message is returned if any entry number is larger
than the number of entries in the database
Opt. Inputs :
items - items to be printed, specified in any of the following ways:
form 1 scalar string giving item(s) as list of names
separated by commas
form 2 string array giving list of item names
form 3 string of form '$filename' giving name
of text file containing items (one item per
line)
form 4 integer scalar giving single item number or
integer vector list of item numbers
form 5 Null string specifying interactive selection. This
is the default if 'items' is not supplied
form 6 '*' select all items, printout will be in
table format.
If items was undefined or a null string on input, then
on output it will contain the items interactively selected.
Output device controlled by non-standard system varaible !TEXTOUT, if
TEXTOUT keyword is not used.
Outputs : None.
Opt. Outputs:
items can also be an output variable--see above.
Keywords :
FORMS The number of printed lines per page. If forms is not
present, output assumed to be in PORTRAIT form, and
a heading and 47 lines are printed on each page, with
a page eject between each page. For LANDSCAPE form with
headings on each page, and a page eject between pages, set
forms = 34. For a heading only on the first page, and no
page eject, set forms = 0. This is the default for output
to the terminal
TEXTOUT Used to determine output device. If not present, the
value of !TEXTOUT system variable is used.
textout=1 Terminal with /MORE
textout=2 Terminal without /MORE
textout=3 <program>.prt
textout=4 laser.tmp
textout=5 user must open file
textout = filename (default extension of .prt)
NOHEADER - If this keyword is set, then the column headers will not
be printed
Calls : ***
DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], DBRD [1], DBRD [2], DBRD [3], DBTITLE [1]
DBTITLE [2], DBTITLE [3], DBXVAL [1], DBXVAL [2], DBXVAL [3], DB_INFO [1]
DB_INFO [2], DB_INFO [3], DB_ITEM [1], DB_ITEM [2], DB_ITEM [3], DB_ITEM_INFO [1]
DB_ITEM_INFO [2], DB_ITEM_INFO [3], FIND_WITH_DEF [1], FIND_WITH_DEF [2]
FIND_WITH_DEF [3], TEXTCLOSE [1], TEXTCLOSE [2], TEXTCLOSE [3], TEXTOPEN [1]
TEXTOPEN [2], TEXTOPEN [3], ZPARCHECK [1], ZPARCHECK [2], ZPARCHECK [3]
CALLED BY:
DBEDIT_BASIC [1], DBEDIT_BASIC [2], DBEDIT_BASIC [3], IMDBASE
Common : None.
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: None.
Category : Utilities, Database.
Prev. Hist. :
version 2 D. Lindler Nov. 1987 (new db format)
Extra space added at end of printout W. Landsman Nov. 1990
Test if user pressed 'Q' in response to /MORE W. Landsman Sep 1991
Apply STRTRIM to free form output W. Landsman Dec 1992
Test for string value of TEXTOUT W. Landsman Feb 1994
Written : D. Lindler, GSFC/HRS, November 1987.
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 29 March 1994
Incorporated into CDS library
Version 2, William Thompson, GSFC, 3 November 1994
Modified to allow ZDBASE to be a path string.
Version : Version 2, 3 November 1994
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name :
DBPUT
Purpose :
Put new value for specified item into data base file entry.
Explanation :
Procedure to place a new value for a specified item into
a data base file entry.
Use :
dbput, item, val, entry
Inputs :
item - item name or number
val - item value(s)
entry - entry (byte array) or scalar entry number.
if entry is a scalar entry number then the data
base file will be updated. Otherwise the change
will be only made to the entry array which must
be written latter using DBWRT.
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs :
entry can also be an output array--see above.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : None.
Calls : ***
DBRD [1], DBRD [2], DBRD [3], DBWRT [1], DBWRT [2], DBWRT [3], DBXPUT [1], DBXPUT [2]
DBXPUT [3], DB_ITEM [1], DB_ITEM [2], DB_ITEM [3]
CALLED BY:
DBDELETE [1], DBDELETE [2], DBDELETE [3], db_save_linelist_entry_update [1]
db_save_linelist_entry_update [2], db_save_raster_entry_update [1]
db_save_raster_entry_update [2], db_save_study_entry_update [1]
db_save_study_entry_update [2], eis_delete_timeline_entry [1]
eis_delete_timeline_entry [2], eis_update_timeline_entry [1]
eis_update_timeline_entry [2], eis_update_timeline_science_entry [1]
eis_update_timeline_science_entry [2]
Common : None.
Restrictions:
If entry is a scalar entry number or the input file name
is supplied, the entry in the data base will be updated
instead of a supplied entry variable. In this case, !priv
must be greater than 1.
Side effects: None.
Category : Utilities, Database.
Prev. Hist. :
version 2 D. Lindler Feb 1988 (new db formats)
modified to convert blanks into zeros correctly D. Neill Jan 1991
Written : D. Lindler, GSFC/HRS, February 1988.
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 29 March 1994
Incorporated into CDS library.
Version : Version 1, 29 March 1994
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name :
DBRD
Purpose :
Read an entry from a data base or linked multiple databases.
Explanation :
Procedure to read an entry from a data base file or from
linked multiple databases.
If multiple data base files are opened, the records are
concatenated with each other
Use :
dbrd, enum, entry, [available, dbno]
Inputs :
enum - entry number to read, integer scalar
Opt. Inputs :
dbno - specification of the data base number to return. If
supplied, only the record for the requested data base
number is returned in entry. Normally this input should
not be supplied. dbno is numbered for 0 to n-1 and gives
the number of the data base opened. The data bases are
numbered in the order supplied to dbopen. If dbno is supplied
then the entry number refers to that data base and not the
primary or first data base. If set to -1, then it means all
data bases opened (same as not supplying it)
Outputs :
entry - byte array containing the entry
Opt. Outputs:
available - byte array with length equal to number of data
bases opened. available(i) eq 1 if an entry (pointed
to) is available. It always equals 1 for the first
data base, otherwise it is an error condition.
Keywords : None.
Calls : ***
DBXVAL [1], DBXVAL [2], DBXVAL [3], DB_ENT2HOST [1], DB_ENT2HOST [2]
DB_ENT2HOST [3], DB_INFO [1], DB_INFO [2], DB_INFO [3], DB_ITEM [1], DB_ITEM [2]
DB_ITEM [3]
CALLED BY:
DBCOMPARE [1], DBCOMPARE [2], DBEDIT [1], DBEDIT [2], DBEDIT [3], DBEDIT_BASIC [1]
DBEDIT_BASIC [2], DBEDIT_BASIC [3], DBEXT [2], DBEXT_DBF [1], DBEXT_DBF [2]
DBEXT_DBF [3], DBFIND [1], DBFIND [2], DBFIND [3], DBPRINT [1], DBPRINT [2]
DBPRINT [3], DBPUT [1], DBPUT [2], DBPUT [3], DBUPDATE [1], DBUPDATE [2]
DBUPDATE [3], DBUPDATE [4], DBVAL [1], DBVAL [2], DBVAL [3]
eis_get_as_string_arry [1], eis_get_as_string_arry [2]
Common : DB_COM
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: None.
Category : Utilities, Database
Prev. Hist. :
version 2 D. Lindler Nov. 1987
Written : D. Lindler, GSFC/HRS, November 1987
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 28 March 1994
Incorporated into CDS library.
Version 2, William Thompson, GSFC/CDS (ARC), 1 June 1994
Added support for external (IEEE) representation.
Version : Version 2, 1 June 1994
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name :
DBSEARCH
Purpose :
Search a vector for specified values. Subroutine of DBFIND.
Explanation :
Search a vector for specified values
This is a subroutine of dbfind and is not a standalone procedure
Use :
dbsearch, type, svals, values, good, FULLSTRING = fullstring
Inputs :
type - type of search (output from dbfparse)
svals - search values (output from dbfparse)
values - array of values to search
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs :
good - indices of good values
!err is set to number of good values
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords :
FULLSTRING - By default, one has a match if a search string is
included in any part of a database value (substring match).
But if /FULLSTRING is set, then all characters in the database
value must match the search string (excluding leading and
trailing blanks). Both types of string searches are case
insensitive.
Calls : None.
CALLED BY:
DBFIND [1], DBFIND [2], DBFIND [3], DBFIND_SORT [1], DBFIND_SORT [2]
DBFIND_SORT [3], DBGET [1], DBGET [2], DBGET [3]
Common : None.
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: None.
Category : Utilities, Database.
Prev. Hist. :
D. Lindler July,1987
Written : D. Lindler, GSFC/HRS, July 1987
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 28 March 1994
Incorporated into CDS library.
Version 2, Wayne Landsman, GSFC/UIT (STX), 1 April 1994
Added FULLSTRING keyword.
Version : Version 2, 1 April 1994
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name :
DBSORT()
Purpose :
Routine to sort list of entries in data base
Explanation :
Routine to sort list of entries in data base
The list is sorted such that each item is sorted into
asscending order starting with the last item.
Use :
result = dbsort( list, items , [ REVERSE = ])
CALLED BY:
GET_CAMPAIGN, GET_CDS_PNTCAL, GET_EFFICIENCY, GET_EFF_AREA, GET_MIRSHIFT
GET_TILTCAL, GET_WAVECAL, GET_WAVE_EFF, LIST_ALT, LIST_ANOMALY, LIST_CAMPAIGN
LIST_CDROM, LIST_COM_TIMES, LIST_DETAIL, LIST_DLYD_TIMES, LIST_DSN, LIST_EXPER
LIST_FLAG, LIST_INST_DLYD, LIST_MAIN, LIST_MDI_M, LIST_NRT_RES, LIST_OTHER_OBS
LIST_OTHER_RES, LIST_PLAN, LIST_SOHO_DET, MOD_CAMPAIGN, PURGE_CDHSSTATE
EXAMPLE: Sort an astronomical catalog with RA as primary sort, and
declination as secondary sort (used when RA values are equal)
IDL> NEWLIST = DBSORT( -1, 'RA,DEC' )
If for some reason, one wanted the DEC sorted in descending order, but
the RA in ascending order
IDL> NEWLIST = DBSORT( -1, 'RA,DEC', REV = [ 0, 1 ] )
Inputs :
list - list of entry numbers to sort
-1 to sort all entries
items - list of items to sort (up to 9 items)
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs :
result - numeric vector giving input list sorted by items
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords :
REVERSE - scalar or vector with the same number of elements as the
the number of items to sort. If the corresponding element of REVERSE
is non-zero then that item is sorted in descending rather than
ascending order.
Calls : ***
BSORT [1], BSORT [2], BSORT [3], BSORT [4], DBEXT [1], DBEXT [2], DBEXT [3], DBEXT [4]
DB_ITEM [1], DB_ITEM [2], DB_ITEM [3], ZPARCHECK [1], ZPARCHECK [2], ZPARCHECK [3]
Common :
DBCOM
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: None.
Category : Utilities, Database.
Prev. Hist. :
VERSION 1 D. Lindler Oct. 86
Added REVERSE keyword W. Landsman August, 1991
Written : D. Lindler, GSFC/HRS, October 1986
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 28 March 1994
Incorporated into CDS library
Version : Version 1, 28 March 1994
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name :
DBTITLE()
Purpose :
Function to create title line. Subroutine of DBPRINT
Explanation :
Function to create title line for routine dbprint.
This is a subroutine of DBPRINT.
Use :
result = dbtitle( c, f )
Inputs :
c = string array of titles for each item
f = field length of each item
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs :
header string returned as function value
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : None.
Calls : None.
CALLED BY:
DBPRINT [1], DBPRINT [2], DBPRINT [3]
Common : None.
Restrictions:
This is a subroutine of DBPRINT.
Side effects: None.
Category : Utilities, Database.
Prev. Hist. :
version 1 D. Lindler Sept 86
Written : D. Lindler, GSFC/HRS, September 1986.
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 28 March 1994.
Incorporated into CDS library
Version : Version 1, 28 March 1994.
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name :
DBUPDATE
Purpose :
Update columns of data in a database -- inverse of DBEXT
Explanation :
Update columns of data in a database -- inverse of DBEXT
Database must be open for update before calling DBUPDATE
Use :
dbupdate, list, items, v1, [ v2, v3, v4......v14 ]
CALLED BY:
ADD_ANOMALY, DBEXT [2], DEL_ALT, DEL_ANOMALY, DEL_DETAIL, DEL_FLAG, DEL_PLAN
DEL_SOHO_DET, MOD_CAMPAIGN, MOD_DETAIL, MOD_EXPER, MOD_GSET, MOD_LINELIST, MOD_MAIN
MOD_V_RASTER, MOD_V_STUDY, SET_KAP_VERS, TP_DISP_RAST, UPD_PLAN, UPD_SOHO_DET
EXAMPLES: A database STAR contains RA and DEC in radians, convert to
degrees
IDL> !PRIV=2 & dbopen,'STAR',1 ;Open database for update
IDL> dbext,-1,'RA,DEC',ra,dec ;Extract RA and DEC, all entries
IDL> ra = ra*!RADEG & dec=dec*!RADEG ;Convert to degrees
IDL> dbupdate,-1,'RA,DEC',ra,dec ;Update database with new values
Inputs :
list - entries in database to be updated, scalar or vector
If list=-1 then all entries will be updated
items -standard list of items that will be updated.
v1,v2....v14 - vectors containing values for specified items. The
number of vectors supplied must equal the number of items
specified. The number of elements in each vector should be
the same.
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : None.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : None.
Calls : ***
DBINDEX [1], DBINDEX [2], DBINDEX [3], DBRD [1], DBRD [2], DBRD [3], DBWRT [1]
DBWRT [2], DBWRT [3], DBXPUT [1], DBXPUT [2], DBXPUT [3], DB_INFO [1], DB_INFO [2]
DB_INFO [3], DB_ITEM [1], DB_ITEM [2], DB_ITEM [3], DB_ITEM_INFO [1]
DB_ITEM_INFO [2], DB_ITEM_INFO [3], S
Common : None.
Restrictions:
It is quicker to update several items simultaneously rather than use
repeated calls to DBUPDATE.
It is possible to update multiple valued items. In this case, the
input vector should be of dimension (NVAL,NLIST) where NVAL is the
number of values per item, and NLIST is the number of entries to be
updated. This vector will be temporarily transposed by DBUPDATE but
will be restored before DBUPDATE exits.
Side effects: None.
Category : Utilities, Database.
Prev. Hist. :
Written W. Landsman STX March, 1989
Work for multiple valued items May, 1991
String arrays no longer need to be fixed length December 1992
Transpose multiple array items back on output December 1993
Written : W. Landsman, GSFC/UIT (STX), March 1989
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 28 March 1994
Incorporated into CDS library.
Version : Version 1, 28 March 1994
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name :
DBVAL()
Purpose :
Extract value(s) of an item from a data base file entry.
Explanation :
Procedure to extract value(s) of the specified item from
a data base file entry.
Use :
result = dbval( entry, item )
CALLED BY:
db_read_linelist_all [1], db_read_linelist_all [2]
db_read_linelist_entry [1], db_read_linelist_entry [2]
db_read_raster_all [1], db_read_raster_all [2], db_read_raster_entry [1]
db_read_raster_entry [2], db_read_study_all [1], db_read_study_all [2]
eis_get_esdb_details [1], eis_get_esdb_details [2]
eis_get_science_details [1], eis_get_science_details [2]
eis_get_science_details [3], eis_get_science_details [4]
eis_get_technical_study_rasters [1], eis_get_technical_study_rasters [2]
EXAMPLE: Extract a flux vector from entry 28 of the database FARUV
==> flux = dbval(28,'FLUX')
Inputs :
entry - byte array containing the entry, or a scalar entry number
item - name (string) or number (integer) of the item
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs :
the value(s) will be returned as the function value
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : None.
Calls : ***
DBRD [1], DBRD [2], DBRD [3], DBXVAL [1], DBXVAL [2], DBXVAL [3], DB_ITEM [1]
DB_ITEM [2], DB_ITEM [3]
Common : None.
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: None.
Category : Utilities, Database.
Prev. Hist. :
version 2 D. Lindler Nov, 1987 (new db format)
Written : D. Lindler, GSFC/HRS, November 1987
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 28 March 1994.
Incorporated into CDS library.
Version : Version 1, 28 March 1994
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name :
DBWRT
Purpose :
Procedure to update or add a new entry to a data base
Explanation :
Procedure to update or add a new entry to a data base
Use :
dbwrt, entry, [ index, append ]
Inputs :
entry - entry record to be updated or added if first
item (entry number=0)
Opt. Inputs :
index - optional integer flag, if set to non zero then index
file is updated. (default=0, do not update index file)
(Updating the index file is time-consuming, and should
normally be done after all changes have been made.
append - optional integer flag, if set to non-zero the record
is appended as a new entry, regardless of what the
entry number in the record is. The entry number will
be reset to the next entry number in the file.
Outputs :
data base file is updated.
If index is non-zero then the index file is updated.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : None.
Calls : ***
BSORT [1], BSORT [2], BSORT [3], BSORT [4], DBINDEX_BLK [1], DBINDEX_BLK [2]
DBINDEX_BLK [3], DBXPUT [1], DBXPUT [2], DBXPUT [3], DBXVAL [1], DBXVAL [2]
DBXVAL [3], DB_ENT2EXT [1], DB_ENT2EXT [2], DB_ENT2EXT [3], DB_INFO [1]
DB_INFO [2], DB_INFO [3], DB_ITEM [1], DB_ITEM [2], DB_ITEM [3], DB_ITEM_INFO [1]
DB_ITEM_INFO [2], DB_ITEM_INFO [3], HOST_TO_IEEE [1], HOST_TO_IEEE [2]
HOST_TO_IEEE [3], HOST_TO_IEEE [4], IEEE_TO_HOST [1], IEEE_TO_HOST [2]
IEEE_TO_HOST [3], IEEE_TO_HOST [4]
CALLED BY:
DBBUILD [1], DBBUILD [2], DBBUILD [3], DBEDIT [1], DBEDIT [2], DBEDIT [3]
DBEDIT_BASIC [1], DBEDIT_BASIC [2], DBEDIT_BASIC [3], DBEXT [2], DBPUT [1]
DBPUT [2], DBPUT [3], DBUPDATE [1], DBUPDATE [2], DBUPDATE [3], DBUPDATE [4]
Common : DB_COM
Restrictions:
!PRIV must be greater than 1 to execute
Side effects: None.
Category : Utilities, Database.
Prev. Hist. :
version 2 D. Lindler Feb. 1988 (new db format)
converted to IDL Version 2. M. Greason, STX, June 1990.
Written : D. Lindler, GSFC/HRS, February 1988
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 28 March 1994
Incorporated into CDS library.
Version 2, William Thompson, GSFC/CDS (ARC), 28 May 1994
Added support for external (IEEE) representation.
Version : Version 2, 28 May 1994
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name :
DBXPUT
Purpose :
Routine to replace value of an item in a data base entry
Explanation :
Routine to replace value of an item in a data base entry
Use :
dbxput, val, entry, idltype, sbyte, nbytes
Inputs :
val - value(s) to be placed into entry, string values might be
truncated to fit number of allowed bytes in item
entry - entry to be updated
idltype - idl data type for item
sbyte - starting byte in record
nbytes - total number of bytes in value added
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs :
entry - (updated)
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : None.
Calls : None.
CALLED BY:
DBBUILD [1], DBBUILD [2], DBBUILD [3], DBEDIT [1], DBEDIT [2], DBEDIT [3]
DBEDIT_BASIC [1], DBEDIT_BASIC [2], DBEDIT_BASIC [3], DBEXT [2], DBPUT [1]
DBPUT [2], DBPUT [3], DBUPDATE [1], DBUPDATE [2], DBUPDATE [3], DBUPDATE [4]
DBWRT [1], DBWRT [2], DBWRT [3], DB_ENT2EXT [1], DB_ENT2EXT [2], DB_ENT2EXT [3]
DB_ENT2HOST [1], DB_ENT2HOST [2], DB_ENT2HOST [3]
Common : None.
Restrictions:
This routine assumes that the calling procedure or user
knows what he or she is doing. No validity checks are made
Side effects: None.
Category : Utilities, Database.
Prev. Hist. :
version 1, D. Lindler Aug, 1986
converted to IDL Version 2. M. Greason, STX, June 1990.
Written : D. Lindler, GSFC/HRS, August 1986
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 28 March 1994
Incorporated into CDS library
Version : Version 1, 28 March 1994
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name :
DBXVAL()
Purpose :
Quickly return a value of the specified item number
Explanation :
Procedure to quickly return a value of the specified item number
from the entry.
Use :
result = dbxval( entry, idltype, nvalues, sbyte, nbytes )
Inputs :
entry - entry from data base (bytarr)
idltype - idl data type (obtained with db_item_info)
nvalues - number of values to return (obtained with db_item)
sbyte - starting byte in the entry (obtained with db_item)
nbytes - number of bytes (needed only for string type)
(obtained with db_item)
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs :
function value is value of the specified item in entry
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : None.
Calls : None.
CALLED BY:
DBCOMPARE [1], DBCOMPARE [2], DBEDIT [1], DBEDIT [2], DBEDIT [3], DBEDIT_BASIC [1]
DBEDIT_BASIC [2], DBEDIT_BASIC [3], DBPRINT [1], DBPRINT [2], DBPRINT [3]
DBRD [1], DBRD [2], DBRD [3], DBVAL [1], DBVAL [2], DBVAL [3], DBWRT [1], DBWRT [2]
DBWRT [3], DB_ENT2EXT [1], DB_ENT2EXT [2], DB_ENT2EXT [3], DB_ENT2HOST [1]
DB_ENT2HOST [2], DB_ENT2HOST [3]
Common : None.
Restrictions:
To increase speed the routine assumes that entry and item are
valid and that the data base is already opened using dbopen.
Side effects: None.
Category : Utilities, Database.
Prev. Hist. :
version 2 D. Lindler Nov. 1987 (for new db format)
Written : D. Lindler, GSFC/HRS, November 1987.
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 28 March 1994.
Incorporated into CDS library.
Version : Version 1, 28 March 1994.
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
DCT
PURPOSE:
Computes the D.C.T. or the Inverse D.C.T.
CALLS: ***
REVERSE
CALLED BY:
FUZZY_BLOCK
PROCEDURE:
Computes the D.C.T. (Discrete Cosine Transform) or the I.D.C.T.
(Inverse D.C.T.) of a 1D or 2D array
The D.C.T. values here are deduced from the F.F.T. values
CATEGORY:
Transformation
CALLING SEQUENCE:
c = dct(x [, direction] )
INPUTS:
array a 1D or 2D array
Optional INPUTS:
direction Direction of the transform :
By convention a negative direction means a forward
transform, and positive means a inverse transform;
By default, the forward transform is performed
KEYWORD PARAMETERS:
INVERSE perform the inverse transform, reguardless of the value
of the direction parameters
OUTPUTS:
the DCT spectrum, with the same dimentions as the input array x
REFERENCE:
DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING ALGORITHM
Ioannis Pitas
Prentice Hall, (c) 1993
(p107-108 for 1D DFT to DCT transform)
(p111,113 for 2D DFT to DCT transform)
See also the IDL documentation about the FFT function
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Written by J. More, November 1996
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
DCURSOR.PRO
PURPOSE:
put the pixels coordinates & the pixels values selected with the
cursor in a table that can be readed.
CATEGORY:
array manipulation
CALLING SEQUENCE:
DCURSOR, ima, tab_name, n_points
INPUTS:
ima image array (in memory)
tab_name name of table that receives the values
n_points number of points in the table
KEYWORD PARAMETERS:
None
OUTPUTS:
values writted in the table
CALLS: ***
BOX_CURSOR
COMMON BLOCKS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None
RESTRICTIONS:
PROCEDURE:
Straightforward.
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Written by M.B v.1.0 : LAS 01/27/94
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME: DDISTIM2ECS
PURPOSE: Convert date and times generated by DDIS into
ECS format
CATEGORY: REDUCTION
CALLING SEQUENCE: Result = DDISTIM2ECS (In)
INPUTS: In = date and time string in the format
YYMMDD_HHMMSS
or YYYYMMDD_HHMMSS
OUTPUTS: Result = a string in the ECS format:
YY/MM/DD HH:MM:SS or YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM:SS
CALLED BY:
REDUCE_MAIN
RESTRICTIONS: Only works on single strings
PROCEDURE: Straightforward string parsing
MODIFICATION HISTORY: Written RA Howard NRL 15 November 1995
VERSION: 1 Initial Release
@(#)ddistim2ecs.pro 1.1 04 Apr 1996 LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
de_spiker
PURPOSE:
Default mode return images with spikes and dark holes removed via
median filter.
CALLING SEQUENCE:
clean_img = de_spiker(image, threshold, [indices=indices, width=width,
average=average, pos=pos, neg=neg])
INPUTS:
image - image array to clean (may be 2-d or 3-d)
threshold - sets the threshold level for which all
spikes are removed. Suggest using a value
of 10. Really bright or dark spikes can be
removed with a higher value such as 20+.
CALLS: ***
filter [1], filter [2], filter [3], sfd_comp, spikes [1], spikes [2]
CALLED BY:
sxt_comp_sharp, sxt_prep [1], sxt_prep [2], sxt_prep [3]
OPTIONAL KEYWORD INPUT:
width - set the width of the median filter (3 is default)
average - use average filter instead of median.
pos - remove spikes only.
neg - remove holes only. Note: threhold must be less than 0.
RETURNED:
cleaned image with the same size and data-type as input image
OPTIONAL KEYWORD OUTPUT:
indices - list of indices to the located spikes and dark holes.
PROCEDURE:
This routine calls the idl function SPIKES.
The spikes and dark holes are identified via the following method:
spike_indices = where(abs(image-median(image,width)) gt threshold)
If neg is used than:
spike_indices = where((image-median(image,width)) lt threshold)
Method: if decompressed data is pass, the data are compressed for
finding spikes and holes. The filtered values of the holes
and spikes are always computed from the input data. The
filter data for the holes and spikes are than back substituted
into a copy of the orig. input data for the return.
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
12-Jan-94, GAL, Written (replaced LWA's spikes_off routine)
16-17 Mar-94, GAL, added code to handle decompressed images.
added keywords to use upgraded version of spikes.
11-April-94, gal, modified to preserve input data-type
14-Apr-94, gal, modified to only sfd compress/decomp filter
spike/hole data for non-byte input. The comp/decomp
introduces about a 1% error to the filtered spike/hole
data.
20-Apr-94, gal, modified to only use sfd compression for finding
spikes/holes in non-byte type data via spikes rountine.
The filter values used for replacement are not compressed
and are always generated via filter function.
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
dec2sun
PURPOSE:
Converts data written on a DEC machine to SUN format by swapping
bytes appropriately for the type of the input data. The data
on the DEC machine is assumed to be IEEE format with the byte
order reversed: this is *not* VAX format! The routine converts
between data from a DECStation and a Sun. Since both use IEEE
format, dec2sun will also convert from sun format to DEC format.
CATEGORY:
Byte-swapping
CALLING SEQUENCE:
dec2sun,a
INPUTS:
a = input variable which is to have its bytes swapped
OPTIONAL INPUT PARAMETERS:
none
KEYWORD PARAMETERS
none
OUTPUTS:
a = reformatted variable is passed back in the original variable
CALLED BY:
BFITS, F1, RFITS [1], RFITS [2], RFITS [3], ccd_hdr_info, gtt_mnem, jitter_gif_xyimg
list_tfi, make_into_bytarr, mdifocus2, mk_bad_pix_map_load, mk_list_image, mk_tfi
mk_trace_i0, nimg_in_tfr fnam [1], raw_list2pixmap, rd_ccdh_fil, rd_goes_fits
rd_hist_dbase [1], rd_hist_dbase [2], rd_hk [1], rd_hk [2], rd_soup, rdtfr
rdwrt [1], rdwrt [2], rdwrt [3], tfr_summary, tfr_summary2, timeline, topsdb [1]
topsdb [2], tr_build_img [1], tr_decode_head [1], tr_decode_head [2]
tr_wrt_fits_i1 [2], web_seq, wrt_fits [1], wrt_fits [2], yoh_ieee2vax [1]
yoh_ieee2vax [2], yoh_vax2ieee [1], yoh_vax2ieee [2]
COMMON BLOCKS:
None
SIDE EFFECTS:
None
RESTRICTIONS:
None
PROCEDURE:
Determines the type of the variable and swaps the bytes depending
on the type. If the variable is a structure, the tags are
recursively searched so that the bytes are swapped throughout
the structure.
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
T. Metcalf 5/20/91 Version 1.0
T. Metcalf Aug 1991: Added complex floating point Version 1.1
T. Metcalf Nov 1991: Converted vax2sun to dec2sun
29-Jun-94 (MDM) - Modified to preserve the dimensions when
working on double precision data
14-Nov-95 (MDM) - Modified to allow double precision array in
an structure array.
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME: DECODE_ALL_SCIENCE
PURPOSE: Main program to decode all science TM files
from DACS, ECS, or Level-0 into raw DDIS files
CATEGORY: REDUCTION
CALLING SEQUENCE: DECODE_ALL_SCIENCE, Date
INPUTS: None
OPTIONAL INPUTS: Date = Date to be processed, YYMMDD
If date is not present, then all
science files in $LEB_IMG will be
processed.
KEYWORD PARAMETERS: None
OUTPUTS: None
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS: None
COMMON BLOCKS: decode_science
SIDE EFFECTS:
RESTRICTIONS:
PROCEDURE:
EXAMPLE:
MODIFICATION HISTORY: Written RA Howard, NRL
Version 1 RAH, 21 Dec 1995, Initial Release
@(#)decode_sc_dacs.pro 1.1 04 Apr 1996 LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - SUMER
NAME:
DECOMP5
PURPOSE:
Decompress SUMER Images, compressed with method 5
CATEGORY:
Analysis
EXPLANATION:
SYNTAX:
decomp5
CALLED BY:
DECOMP_R
EXAMPLES:
INPUTS:
cim - compressed image
header - SUMER binary header
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
dim - decompressed Image
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORDS:
help - print help message
CALLS: ***
CMP2, CMP3, COMPRM
COMMON:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
HISTORY:
Version 1, August 14, 1998, Dietmar Germerott, MPAE Lindau. Written
based on decompression METHOD5 by several People
in this routine alog10 is used as in the dpu source code
CONTACT:
Udo Schuehle, MPAE Lindau (Schuehle@linmpi.mpg.de)
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - SUMER
NAME:
DECOMP_R
PURPOSE:
CATEGORY:
EXPLANATION:
SYNTAX:
decomp_r,
EXAMPLES:
INPUTS:
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
None.
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORDS:
None.
CALLS: ***
BREAK_FILE [1], BREAK_FILE [2], BREAK_FILE [3], CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2]
CONCAT_DIR [3], DECOMP5, REVERSE, break_file [4], concat_dir [4]
COMMON:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
HISTORY:
Version 1, August 14, 1998, Dietmar Germerott, MPAE Lindau. Written
based on decomp_r by Udo Schuehle
CONTACT:
Dietmar Germerott, MPAE Lindau (Dietmar Germerott@linmpi.mpg.de)
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - LASCO/EIT
Name : DEF2C_FILL
Purpose : To convert DB table definition ASCII format to C routine.
Explanation : This routine reads in an ASCII Database table definition file
and generates a C routine which produces SQL to do inserts.
Use : IDL> DEF2C_FILL, input_file_name
Inputs : input_file_name ;file containing DB table definitions
;TABLE_NAME, TABLE_DESC, TABLE_DEFN
Outputs : None.
Calls : ***
BREAK_FILE [1], BREAK_FILE [2], BREAK_FILE [3], SPEC_DIR [1], SPEC_DIR [2]
SPEC_DIR [3], STR_SEP2, break_file [4]
Common : None.
Restrictions: Must have write permission for the current directory.
Side effects: Creates two files in the current directory named:
input_file_name_fill.c
(the extension is dropped from the input file name)
Category : Database Administration
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : Dennis Wang, NRL, November 1995.
Modified :
Version :
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - LASCO/EIT
Name : DEF2C_FORMAT
Purpose : To convert DB table definition ASCII format to C format routine.
Explanation : This routine reads in an ASCII Database table definition file
and creates a C routine that returns format strings
for the tables
Use : IDL> DEF2C_FORMAT, input_file_name
Inputs : input_file_name ;file containing DB table definitions
;TABLE_NAME, TABLE_DESC, TABLE_DEFN, etc...
Outputs : None.
Calls : ***
ARR2STR [1], Arr2Str [2], BREAK_FILE [1], BREAK_FILE [2], BREAK_FILE [3]
DB2C_FORMAT, SPEC_DIR [1], SPEC_DIR [2], SPEC_DIR [3], STR_SEP2, break_file [4]
Common : None.
Restrictions: Must have write permission for the current directory.
Side effects: Creates a file in the current directory named:
input_file_name_format.c
Category : Database Administration
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : Dennis Wang, NRL, November 2 1995.
Modified :
Version :
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - LASCO/EIT
Name : DEF2C_INSERT
Purpose : To convert DB table definition ASCII format to C routine.
Explanation : This routine reads in an ASCII Database table definition file
and generates a C routine which produces SQL to do inserts.
Use : IDL> DEF2C_INSERT, input_file_name
Inputs : input_file_name ;file containing DB table definitions
;TABLE_NAME, TABLE_DESC, TABLE_DEFN, etc...
Outputs : None.
Calls : ***
BREAK_FILE [1], BREAK_FILE [2], BREAK_FILE [3], SPEC_DIR [1], SPEC_DIR [2]
SPEC_DIR [3], STR_SEP2, break_file [4]
Common : None.
Restrictions: Must have write permission for the current directory.
Side effects: Creates two files in the current directory named:
input_file_name__ins.c
(the extension is dropped from the input file name)
Category : Database Administration
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : Dennis Wang, NRL, November 1995.
Modified :
Version :
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - LASCO/EIT
Name : DEF2STRUCT
Purpose : To convert DB table definition ASCII format to C and IDL include files.
Explanation : This routine reads in an ASCII Database table definition file
and creates two output files. One containing C structure
defintions for the tables and the other containing IDL structure
definitions.
Use : IDL> DEF2STRUCT, input_file_name, database_name
Inputs : input_file_name ;file containing DB table definitions
;TABLE_NAME, TABLE_DESC, TABLE_DEFN, etc...
database_name ;specify the database name that the tables are in
;this becomes the first element of each struct
Outputs : None.
Calls : ***
ARR2STR [1], Arr2Str [2], BREAK_FILE [1], BREAK_FILE [2], BREAK_FILE [3]
DB2C_TYPE, DB2IDL_TYPE, SPEC_DIR [1], SPEC_DIR [2], SPEC_DIR [3], STRPAD, STR_SEP2
break_file [4]
Common : None.
Restrictions: Must have write permission for the current directory.
Side effects: Creates two files in the current directory named:
input_file_name_struct.inc ;IDL include file
input_file_name_struct.h ;C include file
(the extension is dropped from the input file name)
Category : Database Administration
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : Scott Paswaters, NRL, October 1995.
Modified :
Version :
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : DEF_ANOMALY
Purpose : define anomaly structure
Category : operations
Explanation :
Syntax : IDL> def_anomaly,anomaly
Inputs : None
Opt. Inputs : None
Outputs : ANOMALY = anomaly data structure
Opt. Outputs: None
Keywords : None
CALLS: ***
STRPAD
CALLED BY:
GET_ANOMALY, LIST_ANOMALY, XREPORT_EDIT
Common : None
Restrictions: None
Side effects: None
History : Version 1, 21-Dec-1995, D.M. Zarro. Written
Contact : DZARRO@SOLAR.STANFORD.EDU
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : DEF_CDS_DETAIL
Purpose : Define CDS detailed plan structure
Use : DEF_CDS_DETAIL,PLAN
Inputs : None.
Opt. Inputs : PLAN = plan structure definition
Outputs : PLAN = structure definition
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : None.
Explanation : None.
Calls : ***
ADD_TAG [1], ADD_TAG [2]
CALLED BY:
GET_CDS_XY
Common : None.
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: None.
Category : Planning
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : Version 1, Zarro (ARC/GSFC) 29 January 1995
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : DEF_CDS_STUDY
Purpose : define a base CDS study structure
Use : DEF_CDS_STUDY,STUDY
Inputs : None.
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : STUDY = study definition
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : RASTERS = add a raster structure tag
FUND_ONLY = define fundamental part only
Explanation :
Calls : ***
ADD_TAG [1], ADD_TAG [2], EXIST, REM_TAG [1], REM_TAG [2], REP_STRUCT_NAME
SPLIT_STRUCT
CALLED BY:
GET_CDS_STUDY, MK_CDS_PLAN, MK_STUDY
Common : None.
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: None.
Category : Planning
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : Version 1, Zarro (ARC/GSFC) 31 October 1994
Version 2, Zarro (SM&A) 12 December 1998 - fixed FUND_ONLY bug
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : DEF_CDS_UTPLOT
Purpose : Setup x-axis for time plot.
Explanation : Adjusts relevant x-axis parameters to plot data on a labelled
time axis.
Use : Usually only from within CDS_UTPLOT.
Inputs : None
Opt. Inputs : None
Outputs : Adjusts current copies of global plotting variables
Opt. Outputs: None
Keywords : xrange - array of seconds of time, the limits of which are
taken to define the plotting range.
xstyle - if = 1 then fixes range to exactly that requested.
Calls : ***
SEC2UTC, UTC2STR, VCHECK
CALLED BY:
CDS_UTPLOT
Common : None
Restrictions: None
Side effects: Sets global variables.
Category : Util, plotting
Prev. Hist. : Based entirely on SET_UTPLOT by Schwartz, Morrison
Written : CDS version by C D Pike, RAL, 20-Apr-94
Modified : Name change. CDP, 2-Oct-96
Version : Version 2, 2-Oct-96
[Previous]
[Next]
Name: def_font
Purpose: return system dependent default fonts using system variable
Keyword Parameters:
init - switch, if set, return machine dependent defaults
button,label,slider,text, - widget type specific values
default - default (for all types)
slf, 19-june-92 (eventually should use defsysv for this)
slf, 22-oct-92 add case
slf, 30-apr-93 use system variable, added keywords, alpha case
mdm, 27-Jan-95 Removed references to !ys_wdef_font
CALLED BY:
xstepper [1], xstepper [2]
Restrictions:
!ys_wdef_font must be defined
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : DEF_INST_PLAN
Purpose : Define a plan structure
Use : DEF_INST_PLAN,PLAN
Inputs : None.
Opt. Inputs : PLAN = plan structure definition
Outputs : PLAN = structure definition
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : TYPE = 0/1/2 for DETAILS/FLAG/SCIENCE [def=0]
INIT = initialize times of input PLAN [def=yes]
INST = instrument type ('C', 'S', for CDS, SUMER, etc)
START_TIME = Date/Time in TAI, initial time tag
LIST = set to make structure LIST type
REP = no to replicate by
Explanation : None.
Calls : ***
DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], DELVARX [1], DELVARX [2], DELVARX [3]
DELVARX [4], EXIST, GET_INSTRUMENT, GET_PLAN_ITIME, GET_PLAN_TYPE, REM_TAG [1]
REM_TAG [2], REP_TAG_NAME, REP_TAG_VALUE, WHICH_INST, delvarx [5]
CALLED BY:
GET_PLAN_ITIME, LIST_TO_DETAIL, MK_CDS_PLAN, MK_SOHO, READ_KAP, UPD_SCI_PLAN
Common : None.
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: None.
Category : Planning
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : Zarro (ARC/GSFC) 29 January 1995
Modification: Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC, May 17, 1995
Added START_TIME keyword
Version : Version 1.1, May 17, 1995
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME: DEF_LASCO_HDR
PURPOSE: Define a Header Structure for a Level 0.5 or Level 1 LASCO Image
CATEGORY: CCD
CALLING SEQUENCE: hdr=DEF_LASCO_HDR(empty_variable)
INPUTS: None
OPTIONAL INPUT PARAMETERS: None
KEYWORD PARAMETERS: None
OUTPUTS: a structure array containing an initialized header
lasco_hdr_tags Returns strarr of tags in structure
OPTIONAL OUTPUT PARAMETERS:
COMMON BLOCKS (deleted): LASCO_HEADER_COMMON,header,nt,tags
header = the header structure
nt = number of elements in the header
tags = string array of names of header items
CALLED BY:
GENERIC_MOVIE, LASCO_IMAGE
SIDE EFFECTS:
RESTRICTIONS: DATE_OBS does not conform to SSW
PROCEDURE:
MODIFICATION HISTORY: SEP 1/07/95 Adapted from define_ccd_hdr.pro
SEP 1/20/95 If a FITS header is passed in the LASCO
header structure is filled with its contents.
SEP 3/17/95 Added CAMP_ID
NBR 8/08/00 Update for current Level 0.5 and Level 1 LASCO hdr structure
NBR 9/17/02 Add keywords for level 1; remove common block; change EXP_CMD to EXPCMD
@(#)def_lasco_hdr.pro 1.3 10/02/02 :NRL Solar Physics
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : DEF_PROGRAM
Purpose : define program structure
Category : operations
Explanation :
Syntax : IDL> def_program,program
Inputs : None
Opt. Inputs : None
Outputs : PROGRAM = data structure
Opt. Outputs: None
Keywords : None
CALLS: ***
STRPAD
CALLED BY:
XPROGRAM_ADD
Common : None
Restrictions: None
Side effects: None
History : Version 1, 21-Dec-1995, D.M. Zarro. Written
Contact : DZARRO@SOLAR.STANFORD.EDU
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : DEF_STUDY
Purpose : define a base study structure
Use : DEF_STUDY,STUDY
Inputs : None.
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : STUDY = study definition
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : RASTERS = add a raster structure tag (CDS only)
AREAS = add an area structure tag (SUMER only)
Explanation :
Calls : ***
DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], DELVARX [1], DELVARX [2], DELVARX [3]
DELVARX [4], GET_INSTRUMENT, WHICH_INST, delvarx [5]
Common : None.
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: None.
Category : Planning
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : Version 1, Zarro (ARC/GSFC) 31 October 1994
[Previous]
[Next]
Name: def_yssysv
Purpose: define system variables for Yohkoh SW
values are assigned elsewhere
Category:
swmaint, system, gen
Calling Sequence:
def_yssysv (usually part of idl startup)
CALLS: ***
anytim2ints [1], anytim2ints [2], str_copy_tags [1], str_copy_tags [2]
str_copy_tags [3], str_copy_tags [4]
CALLED BY:
restsys [1], restsys [2], savesys [1], savesys [2], ssw_setup_windows
Common Blocks:
def_yssysv_blk - private to track first call
History: slf, 21-dec-1992
slf, 23-feb-1993 ; anonomous to make_str for compatibility
; with older idl versions
slf, 9-mar-1993 ; back to named structures - will control
; compatibilty with restore files within
; this routine
slf, 30-mar-1993 ; add some new vars, error return to caller
slf, 21-apr-1993 ; add !ys_idlsys_temp/!ys_idlsys_init
slf, 22-apr-1993 ; removed !more tag from 21-apr (old idl prob)
slf, 12-Jan-1993 ; add !ys_deftape
slf, 20-Jan-1993 ; add !ys_sxt_ef
slf, 5-oct-1994 ; sxt pixel size
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME: define_BSC_Hdr
PURPOSE: defines the basic header structure for lasco images
CATEGORY: General tools low level routine
CALLING SEQUENCE: h=define_bsc_hdr (0)
INPUTS: None
OPTIONAL INPUT PARAMETERS: None
KEYWORD PARAMETERS: None
OUTPUTS: struct. array containing initialized an header
OPTIONAL OUTPUT PARAMETERS:
COMMON BLOCKS: none
SIDE EFFECTS:
RESTRICTIONS:
PROCEDURE:
MODIFICATION HISTORY: RAH 10/1/89
RAH 8/20/91 Added AES BSBD camera keywords
ALL 6/24/93 Remove common, adapts for a basic set of KEYWORDS
SCCS variables for IDL use
@(#)define_bsc_hdr.pro 1.1 7/6/92 :NRL Solar Physics
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME: define_C1_Hdr
PURPOSE: defines the C1 (PF) header structure
CATEGORY: General tools Low level routine
CALLING SEQUENCE: h=define_C1_hdr (0)
INPUTS: None
OPTIONAL INPUT PARAMETERS: None
KEYWORD PARAMETERS: None
OUTPUTS: h struct. array containing initialized an header
OPTIONAL OUTPUT PARAMETERS:
COMMON BLOCKS: none
SIDE EFFECTS:
RESTRICTIONS:
PROCEDURE:
MODIFICATION HISTORY: define_ccd_hdr RAH 10/1/89
RAH 8/20/91 define_ccd_hdr Added AES BSBD camera keywords
ALL 6/24/93 Remove common, changes to define_C1_hdr
SCCS variables for IDL use
@(#)define_c1_hdr.pro 1.1 7/6/92 :NRL Solar Physics
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME: define_cal_hdr
PURPOSE: defines header structure for cal. images of C2 and C3
CATEGORY: General tools low level routines
CALLING SEQUENCE: h=define_cal_hdr (0)
INPUTS: None
OPTIONAL INPUT PARAMETERS: None
KEYWORD PARAMETERS: None
OUTPUTS: h struct. array containing initialized an header
OPTIONAL OUTPUT PARAMETERS:
COMMON BLOCKS: none
SIDE EFFECTS:
RESTRICTIONS:
PROCEDURE:
MODIFICATION HISTORY: define_ccd_hdr RAH 10/1/89
RAH 8/20/91 define_ccd_hdr Added AES BSBD camera keywords
ALL 6/24/93 Remove common, changes to define_cal_hdr
SCCS variables for IDL use
@(#)define_ccd_hdr.pro 1.1 7/6/92 :NRL Solar Physics
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:DEFINE_CATALOG.pro
PURPOSE Sets a array of structures for a image catalog
CATEGORY: Preprocessing low level
CALLING SEQUENCE: db = DEFINE_CATALOG(nfiles)
INPUTS: nfiles Nombre max of files in catalog
OPTIONAL INPUT PARAMETERS: None
KEYWORD PARAMETERS: None
OUTPUTS: a array structure for catalog
OPTIONAL OUTPUT PARAMETERS: None
COMMON BLOCKS: None
SIDE EFFECTS: None
RESTRICTIONS:
PROCEDURE:
MODIFICATION HISTORY: defined by ALL 6/24/93
SCCS variables for IDL use
@(#)DEFINE_CATALOG.pro 1.0 25/6/93 :LAS
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME: define_CCD_Hdr
PURPOSE: defines the CCD header structure
CATEGORY: CCD low level routine
CALLING SEQUENCE: h=define_CCD_hdr (0)
INPUTS: None
OPTIONAL INPUT PARAMETERS: None
KEYWORD PARAMETERS: None
OUTPUTS: struct. array containing initialized an header
OPTIONAL OUTPUT PARAMETERS:
COMMON BLOCKS: ccd_header,header,nt,tags
header = the header structure
nt = number of elements in the header
tags = string array of names of header items
SIDE EFFECTS:
RESTRICTIONS:
PROCEDURE:
MODIFICATION HISTORY: RAH 10/1/89
RAH 8/20/91 Added AES BSBD camera keywords
SCCS variables for IDL use
@(#)define_ccd_hdr.pro 1.1 7/6/92 :NRL Solar Physics
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME: define_ima_hdr
PURPOSE: defines a image header structure
CATEGORY: BASIC_INTERFACES
CALLING SEQUENCE: hdr = define_ima_hdr(0)
INPUTS: None
OPTIONAL INPUT PARAMETERS: None
KEYWORD PARAMETERS: None
OUTPUTS: structure array containing initialized an header
OPTIONAL OUTPUT PARAMETERS:
COMMON BLOCKS: None
SIDE EFFECTS:
RESTRICTIONS:
PROCEDURE:
MODIFICATION HISTORY: RAH 10/1/89
RAH 8/20/91 Added AES BSBD camera keywords
ALL 04/27/93 takes only standard KEYWORDS
SCCS variables for IDL use
@(#)define_ima_hdr.pro 1.1 7/6/92 :NRL Solar Physics
;;common ccd_header,header,nt,tags
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : DEL_ALT()
Purpose : Deletes a CDS alternate plan record from the database
Explanation : This routine removes an entry from the CDS alternate science
plan database.
Use : DEL_ALT, START_TIME
Inputs : START_TIME = A double precision number giving the date/time
value corresponding to the entry in the
sci_alt database to be deleted.
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : The result of the function is a logical value representing
whether or not the operation was successful, where 1 is
successful and 0 is unsuccessful.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords :
ERRMSG = If defined and passed, then any error messages will be
returned to the user in this parameter rather than
depending on the MESSAGE routine in IDL. If no errors are
encountered, then a null string is returned. In order to
use this feature, ERRMSG must be defined first, e.g.
ERRMSG = ''
Result = DEL_ALT( ERRMSG=ERRMSG, ... )
IF ERRMSG NE '' THEN ...
Calls : ***
DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], DBCLOSE [1], DBCLOSE [2], DBCLOSE [3]
DBFIND [1], DBFIND [2], DBFIND [3], DBOPEN [1], DBOPEN [2], DBOPEN [3], DBUPDATE [1]
DBUPDATE [2], DBUPDATE [3], DBUPDATE [4], TRIM
CALLED BY:
MOD_ALT
Common : None.
Restrictions: Only this routine or ADD_ALT can be used to add or delete
alternate plan descriptions to or from the database. Modifying
the database by hand could corrupt its integrity.
Side effects: Marks records as deleted. PRG_ALT must be called to really
delete the records.
Category : Planning, Databases.
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : William Thompson, GSFC, 9 May 1995
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 9 May 1995
Version 2, William Thompson, GSFC, 10 May 1995
Fixed bug introduced in version 1
Version : Version 2, 10 May 1995
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : DEL_ANOMALY()
Purpose : Deletes a SoHO anomaly from the DB
Explanation :
Use : S=DEL_ANOMALY(ID)
Inputs : ID = ID number to delete
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : The result of the function is a logical value representing
whether or not the operation was successful, where 1 is
successful and 0 is unsuccessful.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords :
ERRMSG = If defined and passed, then any error messages
will be returned to the user in this parameter
rather than depending on the MESSAGE routine in
IDL. If no errors are encountered, then a null
string is returned. In order to use this feature,
ERRMSG must be defined first, e.g.
ERRMSG = ''
Result = DEL_ANOMALY( ERRMSG=ERRMSG, ... )
IF ERRMSG NE '' THEN ...
CALLS: ***
DBCLOSE [1], DBCLOSE [2], DBCLOSE [3], DBFIND [1], DBFIND [2], DBFIND [3]
DBOPEN [1], DBOPEN [2], DBOPEN [3], DBUPDATE [1], DBUPDATE [2], DBUPDATE [3]
DBUPDATE [4], EXIST
CALLED BY:
XREPORT
Common : None.
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: Marks records as deleted. PRG_ANOMALY must be called to really
delete the records.
Category : Planning, Databases.
Written : Dominic Zarro (ARC/GSFC) 21 January 1996
Version : Version 1
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : DEL_DETAIL()
Purpose : Deletes a CDS detailed science plan record from the database
Explanation : This routine removes an entry from the CDS detailed science
plan database.
Use : DEL_DETAIL, DATE_OBS
Inputs : DATE_OBS = A double precision number giving the date/time
value corresponding to the entry in the
sci_details database to be deleted.
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : The result of the function is a logical value representing
whether or not the operation was successful, where 1 is
successful and 0 is unsuccessful.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords :
ERRMSG = If defined and passed, then any error messages will be
returned to the user in this parameter rather than
depending on the MESSAGE routine in IDL. If no errors are
encountered, then a null string is returned. In order to
use this feature, ERRMSG must be defined first, e.g.
ERRMSG = ''
Result = DEL_DETAIL( ERRMSG=ERRMSG, ... )
IF ERRMSG NE '' THEN ...
Calls : ***
DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], DBCLOSE [1], DBCLOSE [2], DBCLOSE [3]
DBFIND [1], DBFIND [2], DBFIND [3], DBOPEN [1], DBOPEN [2], DBOPEN [3], DBUPDATE [1]
DBUPDATE [2], DBUPDATE [3], DBUPDATE [4], TRIM
CALLED BY:
IMPORT_PLAN, MOD_DETAIL
Common : None.
Restrictions: Only this routine or ADD_DETAIL can be used to add or delete
detailed science plan entries to or from the database.
Modifying the database by hand could corrupt its integrity.
Side effects: Marks records as deleted. PRG_DETAIL must be called to really
delete the records.
Category : Planning, Databases.
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : William Thompson, GSFC, 26 July 1994
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 3 August 1994
Version 2, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC, September 22, 1994
Added the keyword ERRMSG.
Version 3, William Thompson, GSFC, 13 February 1995
Changed way pointing is handled
Version 4, William Thompson, GSFC, 8 May 1995
Modified to pay attention to DELETED field in database
Version 5, William Thompson, GSFC, 10 May 1995
Fixed bug introduced in version 4
Version : Version 5, 10 May 1995
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : DEL_FLAG()
Purpose : Deletes a CDS flag receiver record from the database
Explanation : This routine removes an entry from the CDS flag receiver
science plan database.
Use : DEL_FLAG, RCVR_START
Inputs : RCVR_START = A double precision number giving the date/time
value corresponding to the entry in the
sci_flag database to be deleted.
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : The result of the function is a logical value representing
whether or not the operation was successful, where 1 is
successful and 0 is unsuccessful.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords :
ERRMSG = If defined and passed, then any error messages will be
returned to the user in this parameter rather than
depending on the MESSAGE routine in IDL. If no errors are
encountered, then a null string is returned. In order to
use this feature, ERRMSG must be defined first, e.g.
ERRMSG = ''
Result = DEL_FLAG( ERRMSG=ERRMSG, ... )
IF ERRMSG NE '' THEN ...
Calls : ***
DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], DBCLOSE [1], DBCLOSE [2], DBCLOSE [3]
DBFIND [1], DBFIND [2], DBFIND [3], DBOPEN [1], DBOPEN [2], DBOPEN [3], DBUPDATE [1]
DBUPDATE [2], DBUPDATE [3], DBUPDATE [4], TRIM
CALLED BY:
MOD_FLAG
Common : None.
Restrictions: Only this routine or ADD_FLAG can be used to add or delete
flag descriptions to or from the database. Modifying the
database by hand could corrupt its integrity.
Side effects: Marks records as deleted. PRG_FLAG must be called to really
delete the records.
Category : Planning, Databases.
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : William Thompson, GSFC, 25 July 1994
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 3 August 1994
Version 2, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC, September 22, 1994
Added the keyword ERRMSG.
Version 3, William Thompson, GSFC, 13 February 1995
Changed way pointing is handled
Version 4, William Thompson, GSFC, 8 May 1995
Modified to pay attention to DELETED field in database
Version 5, William Thompson, GSFC, 10 May 1995
Fixed bug introduced in version 4
Version : Version 5, 10 May 1995
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : DEL_PLAN()
Purpose : Deletes a SoHO/CDS science plan record from the database
Explanation : This routine removes an entry from the SoHO/CDS science
plan database.
Use : DEL_PLAN, START_TIME
Inputs : START_TIME = A double precision number giving the date/time
value corresponding to the entry in the
sci_plan database to be deleted.
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : The result of the function is a logical value representing
whether or not the operation was successful, where 1 is
successful and 0 is unsuccessful.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : INSTRUMENT = Instrument to delete plan entry for. Can be
passed either as the instrument name or as a
single character code value. Normally, this
routine is used for deleting CDS records.
However, the use of the INSTRUMENT keyword allows
it to be used with the SOC planning tool.
ERRMSG = If defined and passed, then any error messages
will be returned to the user in this parameter
rather than depending on the MESSAGE routine in
IDL. If no errors are encountered, then a null
string is returned. In order to use this feature,
ERRMSG must be defined first, e.g.
ERRMSG = ''
Result = DEL_PLAN( ERRMSG=ERRMSG, ... )
IF ERRMSG NE '' THEN ...
Calls : ***
DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], DBCLOSE [1], DBCLOSE [2], DBCLOSE [3]
DBFIND [1], DBFIND [2], DBFIND [3], DBOPEN [1], DBOPEN [2], DBOPEN [3], DBUPDATE [1]
DBUPDATE [2], DBUPDATE [3], DBUPDATE [4], GET_INSTRUMENT, TRIM
CALLED BY:
IMPORT_PLAN
Common : None.
Restrictions: Only this routine or ADD_PLAN can be used to add or delete
SoHO/CDS science plan entries to or from the database.
Modifying the database by hand could corrupt its integrity.
Side effects: Marks records as deleted. PRG_PLAN must be called to really
delete the records.
Category : Planning, Databases.
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : William Thompson, GSFC, 26 July 1994
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 3 August 1994
Version 2, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC, September 22, 1994
Added the keyword ERRMSG.
Version 3, William Thompson, GSFC, 8 May 1995
Modified to pay attention to DELETED field in database
Version 4, William Thompson, GSFC, 16 May 1995
Added keyword INSTRUMENT
Version 5, William Thompson, GSFC, 19 May 1995
Changed way DBFIND is called, to speed up.
Version 6, William Thompson, GSFC, 22 May 1995
Made INS variable a named structure
Version : Version 6, 22 May 1995
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : DEL_SOHO_DET()
Purpose : Deletes a SoHO/CDS DETAILS plan record from the database
Explanation : This routine removes an entry from the SoHO/CDS details
plan database.
Use : DEL_SOHO_DET, START_TIME
Inputs : START_TIME = A double precision number giving the date/time
value corresponding to the entry in the
SOHO_DETAILS database to be deleted.
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : The result of the function is a logical value representing
whether or not the operation was successful, where 1 is
successful and 0 is unsuccessful.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : INSTRUMENT = Instrument to delete plan entry for. Can be
passed either as the instrument name or as a
single character code value. Normally, this
routine is used for deleting CDS records.
However, the use of the INSTRUMENT keyword allows
it to be used with the SOC planning tool.
ERRMSG = If defined and passed, then any error messages
will be returned to the user in this parameter
rather than depending on the MESSAGE routine in
IDL. If no errors are encountered, then a null
string is returned. In order to use this feature,
ERRMSG must be defined first, e.g.
ERRMSG = ''
Result = DEL_SOHO_DET( ERRMSG=ERRMSG, ... )
IF ERRMSG NE '' THEN ...
Calls : ***
DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], DBCLOSE [1], DBCLOSE [2], DBCLOSE [3]
DBFIND [1], DBFIND [2], DBFIND [3], DBOPEN [1], DBOPEN [2], DBOPEN [3], DBUPDATE [1]
DBUPDATE [2], DBUPDATE [3], DBUPDATE [4], GET_INSTRUMENT, TRIM
Common : None.
Restrictions: Only this routine or ADD_PLAN can be used to add or delete
SoHO/CDS science plan entries to or from the database.
Modifying the database by hand could corrupt its integrity.
Side effects: Marks records as deleted. PRG_PLAN must be called to really
delete the records.
Category : Planning, Databases.
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : Dominic Zarro, GSFC, 17 June 1996
;
Version : Version 1
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : DEL_WINDOW
Purpose : Delete window definitions, ie. set contents to zero/blank.
Explanation : To allow editing of the line/window list in the technical
planning software, it is possible to remove a line window
from the current list with this procedure.
Use : IDL> del_window [,num]
Inputs : None
Opt. Inputs : num - if it exists, gives the specific number of the line
in the current list to delete. If not present then
all lines are deleted.
Outputs : The common block variables line_window and num_windows are
updated.
Opt. Outputs: None
Keywords : None
Calls : None
CALLED BY:
MK_RASTER, TP_DISP_IEF
Restrictions: Needs technical planning common blocks
Side effects: Updates common block variables 'line_window' and 'num_windows'.
Category : Technical planning
Prev. Hist. :
Written : C D Pike, RAL, 14-May-93
Modified : Initialise .x_pos to -1 not zero. CDP, 24-Mar-94
Zero flag indicator as well. CDP, 07-Nov-95
Version : Version 3, 07-Nov-95
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : DELETE_CDS_ADEF
Purpose : Delete and free handles of a CDS Analysis Definition (ADEF)
Explanation : Handy to make sure that discarded ADEFs are not taking up
space by storing stuff on their handles.
Use : DELETE_CDS_ADEF,ADEF
Inputs : ADEF : CDS Analysis Definition
Opt. Inputs : None
Outputs : None
Opt. Outputs: None
Keywords : None
Calls : ***
DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], DELVARX [1], DELVARX [2], DELVARX [3]
DELVARX [4], delvarx [5]
Common : None
Restrictions: ...
Side effects: ...
Category : QuickLook, Analysis
Prev. Hist. : None
Written : SVH Haugan, UiO, 29 September 1997
Modified : Not yet.
Version : 1, 29 September 1997
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
DELETE_EXPFAC
PURPOSE:
This procedure deletes the exposure factor files between two dates.
CATEGORY:
LASCO Exposure Factor
CALLING SEQUENCE:
DELETE_EXPFAC,Tel,Dtea,Dteb
INPUTS:
Tel: The telescope: 'c1','c2,'c3','c4'
Dtea: The starting date, can be either a string yymmdd, or
the modified julian date, or the CDS time structure
Dteb: The ending date, can be either a string yymmdd, or
the modified julian date, or the CDS time structure
CALLS: ***
UTC2YYMMDD, YYMMDD2UTC
SIDE EFFECTS:
The files in $NRL_LIB/lasco/expfac/data/YYMM/tel+.... are deleted.
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Written by: RA Howard, NRL, 2/1/98
@(#)delete_expfac.pro 1.2 02/04/98 LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : DELETE_FILE()
Purpose : Delete a named file.
Explanation : Spawn the OS appropriate delete command.
Use : IDL> status = delete_file(filename [,report=report])
Inputs : filename - file to be deleted, must include path
Opt. Inputs : None
Outputs : Function value = 1 for success = 0 for failure
Opt. Outputs: Report - the os response to the delete command
Keywords : NOCONFIRM - suppress any delete confirmation requests
Calls : ***
Bell
CALLED BY:
FIND_DURATION, LIST_DURATION, MK_CDS_PLAN, MK_STUDY, PRINT_STR, SHOW_CDHS
SHOW_DATAWIN, SHOW_EVARS, SHOW_FITS_HDR, SHOW_LINELIST, SHOW_PLAN, SHOW_RASTER
SHOW_STUDY
Restrictions: VMS and Unix only
Side effects: None
Category : Util, Operating_system
Prev. Hist. : None
Written : C D Pike, RAL, 13-May-93
Modified : Added NOCONFIRM keyword. CDP, 26-Apr-95
Version : Version 2, 26-Apr-95
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : DELETE_QLDS
Purpose : Delete a QLDS and free handles.
Explanation : With the new storage system using handles, deleting a QLDS
does not free all its storage space. This routine goes through
the QLDS to free all the storage space, and then deletes the
QLDS itself.
Use : DELETE_QLDS,QLDS
Inputs : QLDS : Quick Look Data Structure
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : None.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : None.
Calls : ***
DELVARX [1], DELVARX [2], DELVARX [3], DELVARX [4], QLMGR, TAG_EXIST [1]
TAG_EXIST [2], delvarx [5]
CALLED BY:
APPLY_CDS_ADEF, CDS_STACK, GIS_SMOOTH, MK_CDS_ANALYSIS, MK_CDS_MAP, VALID_QL, XCAT
XCDS_COSMIC, dsp_menu, gis_cqlds
Common : None.
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: None known.
Category : Data_Handling, QuickLook.
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : Stein Vidar H. Haugan, UiO, 3 October 1996
Modified : Not yet.
Version : 1, 3 October 1996
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
delete_week
PURPOSE:
Delete all files from a given week using the File ID as the
input to determine which week it falls in.
CALLING SEQUENCE:
delete_week
delete_week, '92_52'
delete_week, '94_28', move='/yd10' ; creates sub: /yd10/94_28t
delete_week, '92_51', indir='/yd3/reformat'
delete_week, '93_03', indir='/yd3/reformat', move='/yd10/93_03t/.'
delete_week, '94_28', /checksize ; print how much space is required
OPTIONAL INPUT:
week - The week ID to delete in string form YY_WW
CALLS: ***
BREAK_FILE [1], BREAK_FILE [2], BREAK_FILE [3], CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2]
CONCAT_DIR [3], FILE_EXIST [2], FILE_STAT [1], FILE_STAT [2], UNIQ [1], UNIQ [2]
UNIQ [3], anytim2ints [1], anytim2ints [2], break_file [4], concat_dir [4]
diskfree [1], diskfree [2], fid2ex [1], fid2ex [2], file_exist [1], file_exist [3]
file_list [1], file_list [2], file_stat [3], input [1], input [2], prstr [1]
prstr [2], tbeep [1], tbeep [2], tbeep [3], tim2orbit [1], tim2orbit [2], yesnox [1]
yesnox [2]
OPTIONAL KEYWORD INPUT:
indir - The input directory to use
noconfirm - If set, do not ask for a confirmation before
deleting.
HISTORY:
Written 5-Jan-93 by M.Morrison
27-Jan-93 (MDM) - Added the MOVE option
4-Mar-93 (MDM) - Added /QSTOP option
30-Aug-93 (SLF) - Use file filter template (avoid garbage)
7-Jul-94 (SLF) - For moves, check sizes and abort if overflow predicted
Add CHECKSIZE keyword - Create subdir YY_WWt
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - SUMER
NAME:
DELSTA()
PURPOSE:
returns detector status (cf. XDL manual)
CATEGORY:
EXPLANATION:
SYNTAX:
Result = delsta()
EXAMPLES:
INPUTS:
header - BYTARR(92) Image Header
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
None.
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORDS:
None.
COMMON:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
HISTORY:
Version 1, October 7, 1996, Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau. Written
CONTACT:
Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau (germerott@linax1.mpae.gwdg.de)
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - SUMER
NAME:
DELSTP()
PURPOSE:
returns raster step size in elementary motor steps
CATEGORY:
EXPLANATION:
SYNTAX:
Result = delstp()
EXAMPLES:
INPUTS:
header - BYTARR(92) Image Header
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
None.
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORDS:
None.
COMMON:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
HISTORY:
Version 1, October 7, 1996, Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau. Written
CONTACT:
Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau (germerott@linax1.mpae.gwdg.de)
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : DELVARX
Purpose : Delete variables for memory management (can call from
routines)
Use : DELVARX, a [,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i,j]
;deletes named variables
;like idl delvar, but may be used
;from any calling level;
Explanation :
Inputs : p0, p1...p9 - variables to delete
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : None.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : None.
Calls : None.
CALLED BY:
ADD_TAG [2], ARCMIN2HEL2, ATV, BOOST_TAG, CACHE_DATA, CDS_ASRUN_POINT, CDS_ENG_N1
CDS_ENG_N4, CDS_PLAN_POINT, CDS_SLIT6_BURNIN, CDS_STACK, CFIT_APIXLIST, CFIT_BLOCK
CFIT_BLOCK_ERROR, CF_GIS1A, CF_GIS1B, CF_GIS1C, CF_GIS2A [1], CF_GIS4A, CF_GIS4B
CF_GIS4C, CHECK_KAP, CHIANTI_NE, CHIANTI_TE, CLEAN_GOES, CLEAN_PATH, CONCAT_STRUCT
CROSS_HAIR, DATA_PATHS, DEF_INST_PLAN, DEF_STUDY, DELETE_ANALYSIS, DELETE_CDS_ADEF
DELETE_QLDS, DISPLAY_CDS_BURNIN, DROT_MAP, EIS_IMAGE_TOOL [1]
EIS_IMAGE_TOOL [2], EIS_IMAGE_TOOL_EVENT [1], EIS_IMAGE_TOOL_EVENT [2]
EIS_ITOOL_PTOOL [1], EIS_ITOOL_PTOOL [2], EIS_ITOOL_ZOOMINOUT [1]
EIS_ITOOL_ZOOMINOUT [2], EIS_LIST_EXPER [1], EIS_LIST_EXPER [2]
EIS_LIST_MAIN [1], EIS_LIST_MAIN [2], EIS_LOAD_IMAGE [1], EIS_LOAD_IMAGE [2]
EIT_CATRD [1], EIT_PREP, ESPAWN, FILE2FID, FIND_CAMPAIGN, FIND_CDS_STUDIES
FIND_CDS_STUDY, FIND_FID, FIT2GIF, FITS2MAP [1], FITS2MAP [2], FITSHEAD2WCS
FIX_ZDBASE, FREE_VAR, FTP_BBSO, FTP_KISF, FTP_MLSO_IMAGES, FTP_MWSO, FTP_NOBE
GEN__DEFINE, GET_CDS_RASTER, GET_CDS_STUDY, GET_LATEST_IAP, GET_MAP_REGION
GET_NAR, GET_SC_POINT, GET_SID, GET_SOHO_ROLL, GET_SUMER_FILES, GET_SUMER_POINT
GET_SYNOPTIC, GET_TEMP_DIR, GET_WIDTH_CORR, GE_WINDOW_SIM, GIS_UTPLOT, GOES_TF
GOES_TF_COEFF, GOES__DEFINE, GSSSADXY, GT_SOLAR_XY, HANDLE_KILLER_HOOKUP
HAVE_NETWORK, HAVE_PROC, HAVE_TAG, HFITS__DEFINE, HSI_BTOT, HSI_CLOCK_DRIFT
HSI_MODEL_TO_SCORE, HSI_PIXON_IMAGE [1], HSI_PIXON_IMAGE [2]
HSI_SEQ_CNT_CORRECT, HSI_SIM11, HSI_VCFILE_PACKET_RATE, HTTP__DEFINE
Hsi_contact2fits [1], Hsi_contact2fits [2], IAP2STC, IDL_ROUTINE, IHY_READ
IMAGE_TOOL, IMAGE_TOOL_EVENT, INDEX2MAP, ITOOL_CROSS_HAIR, ITOOL_DRAW
ITOOL_DRAW_DRAG, ITOOL_DRAW_ICON, ITOOL_LIMBFITTER, ITOOL_LOAD_IMAGE
ITOOL_OVERLAYER, ITOOL_PICKFILE, ITOOL_PTOOL, ITOOL_ZOOMINOUT, LATEST_IMAGE
LIST_ANOMALY, LIST_CACHE__DEFINE, LIST_RESOURCE, LIST_SUPPORT, LOCATE_FFCAL
MAKE_AUTO_FIT, MAKE_CHIANTI_SPEC, MAKE_MANUAL_FIT, MAP_DISCLA2CONT, MEAN_MAP
MK_CDS_GIF, MK_CDS_PLAN, MK_EIT_MAP, MK_LIMBFIT_BS, MK_MDI_MAP_EARTH
MK_PLAN_CHANGE, MK_PLAN_LOAD, MK_PLAN_PRIV, MK_PLAN_RECAL, MK_PLAN_RECOVER
MK_PLAN_REM, MK_PLAN_RESET, MK_PLAN_SHIFT, MK_PLAN_UNLOAD, MK_PLAN_WRITE
MK_POINT_BASE, MK_SOHO, MK_SOHO_EXTPLAN, MK_SOHO_MAP_EARTH, MK_SOHO_SETUP
MK_STUDY, MK_SUMER_DBASE, NIS_ROTATE, NL_MRQMIN, OPLOT_NAR [1], PLAN_XCAT_SUMM
PLOTSPEC, PLOT_MAP
PLOT_MAP2 WARNINGTEMPORARY FIX ONLY FOR 16 bit ZBuffer support
PLOT_SPEC [1], PPD, PTR_EMPTY, RATIO_PLOTTER [1], RDWRT_BUFF, RD_CDS_POINT, RD_GOES
RD_PLAN, RD_RESOURCE, RD_RSTN, READ_KAP, READ_NIMCP_CAL, READ_TTS_FITS, REBIN_FID
REM_ANON_TAG, REM_DUP_TAG, REM_TAG [2], RESET_NETWORK, RESOLVE_ALL, RM_FILE
RM_PATH [1], RM_PATH [2], ROLL_PLOT, ROT_CDS_XY, ROT_MAP, SCANPATH, SEL_BSC
SID__DEFINE, SMART_FTP, SMART_WINDOW, SOCK_FITS, SOCK_LIST, SOCK_OPEN, SOHO_XY
SPLIT_TAGS, STOKESFIT, STR_INDEX [1], STR_INDEX [2], STR_SPACE, ST_SUMER, SUB_MAP
SUMER_TOOL_PD_EVENT, SUPPRESS_MESSAGE, SXT_IMAGE_DECONVOLVE, SXT_TEEM1 [1]
SXT_TEEM1 [2], SXT_TEEM1 [3], SXT_TEEM2 [1], SXT_TEEM2 [2], SXT_TEEM2 [3]
Sxt_goes_teem, TKI_UDPSLIT, TRACE_CUBE_POINTING, TRACE_MDI_ALIGN, UPDATE_FITLIMB
UTPLOT__DEFINE, WBSC_SPC_EV [1], WBSC_SPC_EV [2], WCS_FIND_PIXEL_LIST, WTITLE
XCAT, XCDS_BOOK, XCFIT_BLOCK, XCRON, XGET_SYNOPTIC, XLIST, XRECORDER, XSPECT, XSTRUCT
XSTUDY, XYPLOT__DEFINE, accum_counts [1], accum_counts [2], avsig_1 [4]
box_sxthxt_fsp, bsc_spec_plot [1], bsc_spec_plot [2], ch_ss, collexc [1]
collexc [2], cube_edit, daily_forecast [2], db_gbo, dem_models, difference_movie
disp_sci160k [1], disp_sci160k [2], drexc [1], drexc [2], eit_fulldisk
eit_proton_summary, event_movie [2], evt_grid, extract_fids, fit_bsc, fit_bsc_as
ftp_copy_new, get_elemabun [1], get_elemabun [2], get_ksc_holiday, goes_log
gtt_info, help_merge [1], help_merge [2], his_suncen, hsi_badpak_test
hsi_clk_delta_read, hsi_obs_summ_allrates [1], hsi_obs_summ_soc__define
hsi_ok_intv [1], hsi_ok_intv [2], hsi_pixon_smooth_patterns
hsi_sim_dummy_livetime, html_get_files, hxt_chsums, ihy_db, interpu_2d [2]
is_open, leak_sub [1], leak_sub [2], leak_sub [3], local_mag_extrap
make_goes_chianti_response [1], make_goes_chianti_response [2]
make_goes_chianti_response [3], make_goes_chianti_response [4], mdi_display
mdi_write_genxcat, merc_lwa, merc_pix, mewe_spec mewe_spec_lwa, mewe_spec [1]
mewe_spec [2], mk_sdcs, mk_spd, mk_ssc [1], mk_ssc [2], mkthumb, mon_sci5k
mreadfits_header, mreadfits_urls, mxf_read_data, oneline [1], oneline [2]
oneline_event [1], oneline_event [2], op_get_special, op_term_score, op_times
plot_ace, quick_hkplot [1], quick_hkplot [2], ratio_plotter [2], rd_fdss, rd_rasm
rd_sda_flare, rd_therm_rs232, read_eit, read_genxcat, read_trace, redo_disploi
redo_mon_sci5k, save_idl_routines, set_new_db, sobel_scale, spectro_plot
spex_delete [1], spex_delete [2], spex_hold [1], spex_hold [2], spex_merge [1]
spex_merge [2], spex_source [1], spex_source [2], split_colortab
ssw_fov_context, ssw_getcme_cdaw, ssw_getdst, ssw_sec_aktxt2struct
ssw_time2paths, sswstruct_fill [1], sxt_off_axis, sxt_patch_att, sxt_psf
sxt_uvf_info [1], sxt_uvf_info [3], sxtbox_fsp, temp_redo_catalog, timeline
trace_get_vignette, trace_jpeg_decomp, trace_make_tma, trace_make_tmr [1]
trace_rd_jpeg, trace_success_file, tv2 [1], tv2 [2], uncompress, unpack_trace
web_seq, write_trace_bin, xanal_emi, yo_mkos1_dbase, yo_xda2legacy, yopos [1]
yopos [2], zdeheliographinize, zhelio2xy, zheliographinize, zradialize
Common : None.
Restrictions: Can't use recursively due to EXECUTE function, TEMPORARY
function not available in idl versions < 2.2
Side effects: None.
Method : Uses EXECUTE and TEMPORARY function
Category :
Prev. Hist. :
slf, 8-mar-1993 ; bug fix
slf, 25-mar-1993 ; made it work for non-scalers!
Written : slf, 25-feb-1993
Modified :
Version :
[Previous]
[Next]
Name: delvarx
Purpose: delete variables for memory management (can call from routines)
Input Parameters:
p0,p1...p9 - variables to delete
Calling Sequence:
delvarx, a [,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i,j] ;deletes named variables
;like idl delvar, but may be used
;from any calling level
CALLED BY:
ADD_TAG [2], ARCMIN2HEL2, ATV, BOOST_TAG, CACHE_DATA, CDS_ASRUN_POINT, CDS_ENG_N1
CDS_ENG_N4, CDS_PLAN_POINT, CDS_SLIT6_BURNIN, CDS_STACK, CFIT_APIXLIST, CFIT_BLOCK
CFIT_BLOCK_ERROR, CF_GIS1A, CF_GIS1B, CF_GIS1C, CF_GIS2A [1], CF_GIS4A, CF_GIS4B
CF_GIS4C, CHECK_KAP, CHIANTI_NE, CHIANTI_TE, CLEAN_GOES, CLEAN_PATH, CONCAT_STRUCT
CROSS_HAIR, DATA_PATHS, DEF_INST_PLAN, DEF_STUDY, DELETE_ANALYSIS, DELETE_CDS_ADEF
DELETE_QLDS, DISPLAY_CDS_BURNIN, DROT_MAP, EIS_IMAGE_TOOL [1]
EIS_IMAGE_TOOL [2], EIS_IMAGE_TOOL_EVENT [1], EIS_IMAGE_TOOL_EVENT [2]
EIS_ITOOL_PTOOL [1], EIS_ITOOL_PTOOL [2], EIS_ITOOL_ZOOMINOUT [1]
EIS_ITOOL_ZOOMINOUT [2], EIS_LIST_EXPER [1], EIS_LIST_EXPER [2]
EIS_LIST_MAIN [1], EIS_LIST_MAIN [2], EIS_LOAD_IMAGE [1], EIS_LOAD_IMAGE [2]
EIT_CATRD [1], EIT_PREP, ESPAWN, FILE2FID, FIND_CAMPAIGN, FIND_CDS_STUDIES
FIND_CDS_STUDY, FIND_FID, FIT2GIF, FITS2MAP [1], FITS2MAP [2], FITSHEAD2WCS
FIX_ZDBASE, FREE_VAR, FTP_BBSO, FTP_KISF, FTP_MLSO_IMAGES, FTP_MWSO, FTP_NOBE
GEN__DEFINE, GET_CDS_RASTER, GET_CDS_STUDY, GET_LATEST_IAP, GET_MAP_REGION
GET_NAR, GET_SC_POINT, GET_SID, GET_SOHO_ROLL, GET_SUMER_FILES, GET_SUMER_POINT
GET_SYNOPTIC, GET_TEMP_DIR, GET_WIDTH_CORR, GE_WINDOW_SIM, GIS_UTPLOT, GOES_TF
GOES_TF_COEFF, GOES__DEFINE, GSSSADXY, GT_SOLAR_XY, HANDLE_KILLER_HOOKUP
HAVE_NETWORK, HAVE_PROC, HAVE_TAG, HFITS__DEFINE, HSI_BTOT, HSI_CLOCK_DRIFT
HSI_MODEL_TO_SCORE, HSI_PIXON_IMAGE [1], HSI_PIXON_IMAGE [2]
HSI_SEQ_CNT_CORRECT, HSI_SIM11, HSI_VCFILE_PACKET_RATE, HTTP__DEFINE
Hsi_contact2fits [1], Hsi_contact2fits [2], IAP2STC, IDL_ROUTINE, IHY_READ
IMAGE_TOOL, IMAGE_TOOL_EVENT, INDEX2MAP, ITOOL_CROSS_HAIR, ITOOL_DRAW
ITOOL_DRAW_DRAG, ITOOL_DRAW_ICON, ITOOL_LIMBFITTER, ITOOL_LOAD_IMAGE
ITOOL_OVERLAYER, ITOOL_PICKFILE, ITOOL_PTOOL, ITOOL_ZOOMINOUT, LATEST_IMAGE
LIST_ANOMALY, LIST_CACHE__DEFINE, LIST_RESOURCE, LIST_SUPPORT, LOCATE_FFCAL
MAKE_AUTO_FIT, MAKE_CHIANTI_SPEC, MAKE_MANUAL_FIT, MAP_DISCLA2CONT, MEAN_MAP
MK_CDS_GIF, MK_CDS_PLAN, MK_EIT_MAP, MK_LIMBFIT_BS, MK_MDI_MAP_EARTH
MK_PLAN_CHANGE, MK_PLAN_LOAD, MK_PLAN_PRIV, MK_PLAN_RECAL, MK_PLAN_RECOVER
MK_PLAN_REM, MK_PLAN_RESET, MK_PLAN_SHIFT, MK_PLAN_UNLOAD, MK_PLAN_WRITE
MK_POINT_BASE, MK_SOHO, MK_SOHO_EXTPLAN, MK_SOHO_MAP_EARTH, MK_SOHO_SETUP
MK_STUDY, MK_SUMER_DBASE, NIS_ROTATE, NL_MRQMIN, OPLOT_NAR [1], PLAN_XCAT_SUMM
PLOTSPEC, PLOT_MAP
PLOT_MAP2 WARNINGTEMPORARY FIX ONLY FOR 16 bit ZBuffer support
PLOT_SPEC [1], PPD, PTR_EMPTY, RATIO_PLOTTER [1], RDWRT_BUFF, RD_CDS_POINT, RD_GOES
RD_PLAN, RD_RESOURCE, RD_RSTN, READ_KAP, READ_NIMCP_CAL, READ_TTS_FITS, REBIN_FID
REM_ANON_TAG, REM_DUP_TAG, REM_TAG [2], RESET_NETWORK, RESOLVE_ALL, RM_FILE
RM_PATH [1], RM_PATH [2], ROLL_PLOT, ROT_CDS_XY, ROT_MAP, SCANPATH, SEL_BSC
SID__DEFINE, SMART_FTP, SMART_WINDOW, SOCK_FITS, SOCK_LIST, SOCK_OPEN, SOHO_XY
SPLIT_TAGS, STOKESFIT, STR_INDEX [1], STR_INDEX [2], STR_SPACE, ST_SUMER, SUB_MAP
SUMER_TOOL_PD_EVENT, SUPPRESS_MESSAGE, SXT_IMAGE_DECONVOLVE, SXT_TEEM1 [1]
SXT_TEEM1 [2], SXT_TEEM1 [3], SXT_TEEM2 [1], SXT_TEEM2 [2], SXT_TEEM2 [3]
Sxt_goes_teem, TKI_UDPSLIT, TRACE_CUBE_POINTING, TRACE_MDI_ALIGN, UPDATE_FITLIMB
UTPLOT__DEFINE, WBSC_SPC_EV [1], WBSC_SPC_EV [2], WCS_FIND_PIXEL_LIST, WTITLE
XCAT, XCDS_BOOK, XCFIT_BLOCK, XCRON, XGET_SYNOPTIC, XLIST, XRECORDER, XSPECT, XSTRUCT
XSTUDY, XYPLOT__DEFINE, accum_counts [1], accum_counts [2], avsig_1 [4]
box_sxthxt_fsp, bsc_spec_plot [1], bsc_spec_plot [2], ch_ss, collexc [1]
collexc [2], cube_edit, daily_forecast [2], db_gbo, dem_models, difference_movie
disp_sci160k [1], disp_sci160k [2], drexc [1], drexc [2], eit_fulldisk
eit_proton_summary, event_movie [2], evt_grid, extract_fids, fit_bsc, fit_bsc_as
ftp_copy_new, get_elemabun [1], get_elemabun [2], get_ksc_holiday, goes_log
gtt_info, help_merge [1], help_merge [2], his_suncen, hsi_badpak_test
hsi_clk_delta_read, hsi_obs_summ_allrates [1], hsi_obs_summ_soc__define
hsi_ok_intv [1], hsi_ok_intv [2], hsi_pixon_smooth_patterns
hsi_sim_dummy_livetime, html_get_files, hxt_chsums, ihy_db, interpu_2d [2]
is_open, leak_sub [1], leak_sub [2], leak_sub [3], local_mag_extrap
make_goes_chianti_response [1], make_goes_chianti_response [2]
make_goes_chianti_response [3], make_goes_chianti_response [4], mdi_display
mdi_write_genxcat, merc_lwa, merc_pix, mewe_spec mewe_spec_lwa, mewe_spec [1]
mewe_spec [2], mk_sdcs, mk_spd, mk_ssc [1], mk_ssc [2], mkthumb, mon_sci5k
mreadfits_header, mreadfits_urls, mxf_read_data, oneline [1], oneline [2]
oneline_event [1], oneline_event [2], op_get_special, op_term_score, op_times
plot_ace, quick_hkplot [1], quick_hkplot [2], ratio_plotter [2], rd_fdss, rd_rasm
rd_sda_flare, rd_therm_rs232, read_eit, read_genxcat, read_trace, redo_disploi
redo_mon_sci5k, save_idl_routines, set_new_db, sobel_scale, spectro_plot
spex_delete [1], spex_delete [2], spex_hold [1], spex_hold [2], spex_merge [1]
spex_merge [2], spex_source [1], spex_source [2], split_colortab
ssw_fov_context, ssw_getcme_cdaw, ssw_getdst, ssw_sec_aktxt2struct
ssw_time2paths, sswstruct_fill [1], sxt_off_axis, sxt_patch_att, sxt_psf
sxt_uvf_info [1], sxt_uvf_info [3], sxtbox_fsp, temp_redo_catalog, timeline
trace_get_vignette, trace_jpeg_decomp, trace_make_tma, trace_make_tmr [1]
trace_rd_jpeg, trace_success_file, tv2 [1], tv2 [2], uncompress, unpack_trace
web_seq, write_trace_bin, xanal_emi, yo_mkos1_dbase, yo_xda2legacy, yopos [1]
yopos [2], zdeheliographinize, zhelio2xy, zheliographinize, zradialize
History:
slf, 25-feb-1993
slf, 8-mar-1993 ; bug fix
slf, 25-mar-1993 ; made it work for non-scalers!
Method: uses execute and temporary function
Restrictions: cant use recursively due to execute function
temporary function not available in idl versions < 2.2
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : DEMO_4TH_PIX
Purpose : Demonstrates the 4th pixel readout effect in NIS1 data.
Explanation : The NIS1 readout causes a depression in the counts of every
4th pixel. This is illustrated here together with a possible
fix (at least in a cosmetic sense) by adding 0.16 counts to
each affected pixel.
Use : IDL> demo_4th_pix
Inputs : None
Opt. Inputs : None
Outputs : None
Opt. Outputs: None
Keywords : None
Calls : ***
AVERAGE, CIRCLE_SYM, CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2], CONCAT_DIR [3], PIX2WAVE
READFITS [1], READFITS [2], READFITS [3], concat_dir [4]
Common : None
Restrictions: None
Side effects: None
Category : None
Prev. Hist. : None
Written : C D Pike, RAL, 13-Nov-96
Modified :
Version : Version 1, 13-Nov-96
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
deriv_arr
PURPOSE:
Procedure to return the rate of change of the
input array
INPUT:
inarr - the vector to find the derivative of
OUTPUT:
returns - If the input is "n" elements, the
output is "n-1" elements.
CALLED BY:
STR2ARR [1], STR2ARR [2], avoid_spikes [1], avoid_spikes [2], cal_fig_mich
calc_mtm_therm, check_ql_after_lz, check_sci5k_trunc, cnvtimstr, contact_num [1]
contact_num [2], eit_proton_summary, find_contig [1], find_contig [2], get_pks
goes2str, goes_plot [1], goes_plot [2], goes_plot [3], goes_plot [4]
goes_plot [5], histscale [1], histscale [2], img_summary [1], img_summary [2]
ip_que_dmpver, lwa_plot_arc, mdi_comp_eff, mk_orbit [1], mk_orbit [2]
mk_timarr [1], mk_timarr [2], mk_trace_i0, multi_hda2hxi, nobeyama_update
oplot_nts, plot_arc [1], plot_arc [2], plot_arc [3], plot_fft, plot_img_cadence
plot_sxl [1], plot_sxl [2], pr_uniq_hk, rd_ssl, rd_ydbtap, show_pix [1]
show_pix [2], sobel_scale, soon_catstat, sort_index [1], sort_index [2]
ssw_deltat, str2cols [1], str2cols [2], str2html [1], str2html [2], str2html [3]
strlist2html [1], strlist2html [2], sumvec, sxt_uniq [1], telem_sum, tim2tfss
timeavg [1], timeavg [2], timeline, totvect, tr_build_img [1], tr_rd_inventory
trace_goodobs, where_change [1], where_change [2], xso_butevents [1]
xso_butevents [2]
HISTORY:
Written 1988 by M.Morrison
17-Apr-92 (MDM) - Changed to be a "lindgen"
8-Sep-93 (MDM) - Return value as scalar if only one value
[Previous]
[Next]
Project:
SOHO - SUMER
Name:
destr_bilin
Purpose:
Apply distortion correction to sumer data
++ derived from destretchn.pro of T. Moran modif. by L.A. Smaldone
on Feb,6 1997
Use:
data_out = destr_bilin(data,slit,RefPix,detector)
Inputs
Data - data to be destretched. 1 2-d array
Slit - Number of Slit used
Refpix = 1023-pixpos(header_data)+1
RefPix = not the actual reference pixel but the reference co-pixel +1
(this is the Refpix in the binary FITS header, and pixpos is the
actual reference pixel of the SCL code)
Det - Detector type, 'a' or 'b'
Keyword Input:
Quiet - supress the general information printed out at start of program
Keyword Output:
delta - the delta arrray
Output
Data_Out - destretched data
CALLS: ***
BILIN_INTERP, CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2], CONCAT_DIR [3], LOC_FILE [1]
LOC_FILE [2], LOC_FILE [3], concat_dir [4]
CALLED BY:
FF_GC
Restrictions:
This program should NOT be used on data which has been binned or
subject to compression schemes 6 and up.
The delta x and y files must be in a directory called by the logical
name 'sumer_calib'.
For example, to set the logical name from within IDL,
IDL> setenv,'SUMER_CALIB = files_directory ' , where the delta files are
contained in files_directory.
This was changed on 21. December 2001 by U. Schuehle according to a
suggestion of Terry Kucera. Now the program finds itself the VMS or
UNIX environment.
;
Written:
Tom Moran, July 15, 1996
Changes Oct, 3 1996:
Corrected in case where full 1024 pixels used
Comon block added & some of file reading logic changed
Quiet keyword introduced
Changes Dec 3, 1996:
Program can now destretch data from either detector A or B
Files called by Destretch must now be in directory defined
by logical SUMER_CALIB. These files are:
del_x_at.dat, del_x_bt.dat, del_y_at.dat, del_y_bt.dat,
size_fac.dat
Deals correctly with cases in which 120" slit is
used with 360 Y-direction formats
Changes Feb 6, 1997 by L.A. Smaldone :
substitute spline interpolations by bilinear interpolation to
speed-up the routine
[Previous]
[Next]
Project:
SOHO - SUMER
Name:
destr_bilin
Purpose:
Apply distortion correction to sumer data
++ derived from destretchn.pro of T. Moran modif. by L.A. Smaldone
on Feb,6 1997
Use:
data_out = destr_bilin(data,slit,RefPix,detector)
Inputs
Data - data to be destretched. 1 2-d array
Slit - Number of Slit used
RefPix - Refernce Pixel for the wavelength. Should be either
the actual reference pixel or the reference co-pixel +1
(the latter is in the binary fits header)
Det - Detector type, 'a' or 'b'
Keyword Input:
Quiet - supress the general information printed out at start of program
Keyword Output:
delta - the delta arrray
Output
Data_Out - destretched data
CALLS: ***
BILIN_INTERP, CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2], CONCAT_DIR [3], DESTR_BILIN2, LOADCT
LOC_FILE [1], LOC_FILE [2], LOC_FILE [3], REVERSE, TRIM, concat_dir [4], sgt_bin
sgt_detector, sgt_dims, sgt_range, sgt_refpix, sgt_slit, sumer_destretch
CALLED BY:
FF_GC
Restrictions:
This program should NOT be used on data which has been binned or
subject to compression schemes 6 and up.
The delta x and y files must be in a directory called by the logical
name 'sumer_calib'.
For example, to set the logical name from within IDL,
IDL> setenv,'SUMER_CALIB = files_directory ' , where the delta files are
contained in files_directory.
Written:
Tom Moran, July 15, 1996
Changes Oct, 3 1996:
Corrected in case where full 1024 pixels used
Comon block added & some of file reading logic changed
Quiet keyword introduced
Changes Dec 3, 1996:
Program can now destretch data from either detector A or B
Files called by Destretch must now be in directory defined
by logical SUMER_CALIB. These files are:
del_x_at.dat, del_x_bt.dat, del_y_at.dat, del_y_bt.dat,
size_fac.dat
Deals correctly with cases in which 120" slit is
used with 360 Y-direction formats
Changes Feb 6, 1997 by L.A. Smaldone :
substitute spline interpolations by bilinear interpolation to
speed-up the routine
[Previous]
[Next]
Project:
SOHO - SUMER
Name:
destretch
Purpose:
Apply distortion correction to sumer data
Use:
data_out = destretch(data,slit,RefPix,detector)
Inputs
Data - data to be destretched. 1 2-d array
Slit - Number of Slit used
RefPix - Refernce Pixel for the wavelength. Should be either
the actual reference pixel or the reference co-pixel +1
(the latter is in the binary fits header)
Det - Detector type, 'a' or 'b'
Keyword Input:
Quiet - supress the general information printed out at start of program
Keyword Output:
delta - the delta arrray
Output
Data_Out - destretched data
CALLS: ***
CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2], CONCAT_DIR [3], DESTRETCHN, LOC_FILE [1]
LOC_FILE [2], LOC_FILE [3], SPLINE, concat_dir [4]
Restrictions:
This program should NOT be used on data which has been binned or
subject to compression schemes 6 and up.
The delta x and y files must be in a directory called by the logical
name 'sumer_calib'.
For example, to set the logical name from within IDL,
IDL> setenv,'SUMER_CALIB = files_directory ' , where the delta files are
contained in files_directory.
Written:
Tom Moran, July 15, 1996
Changes Oct, 3 1996:
Corrected in case where full 1024 pixels used
Comon block added & some of file reading logic changed
Quiet keyword introduced
Changes Dec 3, 1996:
Program can now destretch data from either detector A or B
Files called by Destretch must now be in directory defined
by logical SUMER_CALIB. These files are:
del_x_at.dat, del_x_bt.dat, del_y_at.dat, del_y_bt.dat,
size_fac.dat
Deals correctly with cases in which 120" slit is
used with 360 Y-direction formats
Zarro, 22-Dec-1998 -- removed har-w
[Previous]
[Next]
Project:
SOHO - SUMER
Name:
destretch
Purpose:
Apply distortion correction to sumer data
Use:
data_out = destretch(data,slit,RefPix)
Inputs
Data - data to be destretched. 1 2-d array
Slit - Number of Slit used
RefPix - Refernce Pixel for the wavelength. Should be either
the actual reference pixel or the reference co-pixel +1
(the latter is in the binary fits header)
Keyword Input:
Quiet - supress the general information printed out at start of program
Keyword Output:
delta - the delta arrray
Output
Data_Out - destretched data
CALLS: ***
SPLINE
Restrictions:
This program should NOT be used on data which has been binned or
subject to compression schemes 6 and up.
Written:
Tom Moran, July 15, 1996
Changes Oct, 3 1996:
corrested in case where full 1024 pixels used
comon block added & some of file reading logic changed
Quiet keyword introduced
[Previous]
[Next]
Project:
SOHO - SUMER
Name:
destretch
Purpose:
Apply distortion correction to sumer data
Use:
data_out = destretch(data,slit,RefPix,detector)
Inputs
Data - data to be destretched. 1 2-d array
Slit - Number of Slit used
RefPix - Refernce Pixel for the wavelength. Should be either
the actual reference pixel or the reference co-pixel +1
(the latter is in the binary fits header)
Det - Detector type, 'a' or 'b'
Keyword Input:
Quiet - supress the general information printed out at start of program
Keyword Output:
delta - the delta arrray
Output
Data_Out - destretched data
CALLS: ***
CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2], CONCAT_DIR [3], DESTRETCHN, LOC_FILE [1]
LOC_FILE [2], LOC_FILE [3], SPLINE, concat_dir [4]
Restrictions:
This program should NOT be used on data which has been binned or
subject to compression schemes 6 and up.
The delta x and y files must be in a directory called by the logical
name 'sumer_calib'.
For example, to set the logical name from within IDL,
IDL> setenv,'SUMER_CALIB = files_directory ' , where the delta files are
contained in files_directory.
Written:
Tom Moran, July 15, 1996
Changes Oct, 3 1996:
Corrected in case where full 1024 pixels used
Comon block added & some of file reading logic changed
Quiet keyword introduced
Changes Dec 3, 1996:
Program can now destretch data from either detector A or B
Files called by Destretch must now be in directory defined
by logical SUMER_CALIB. These files are:
del_x_at.dat, del_x_bt.dat, del_y_at.dat, del_y_bt.dat,
size_fac.dat
Deals correctly with cases in which 120" slit is
used with 360 Y-direction formats
Zarro, 22-Dec-1998 -- removed har-w
[Previous]
[Next]
Project:
SOHO - SUMER
Name:
destretcht
Purpose:
Apply distortion correction to sumer data
Use:
data_out = destretch(data,slit,RefPix,detector)
Inputs
Data - data to be destretched. 1 2-d array
Slit - Number of Slit used
RefPix - Refernce Pixel for the wavelength. Should be either
the actual reference pixel or the reference co-pixel +1
(the latter is in the binary fits header)
Det - Detector type, 'a' or 'b'
Keyword Input:
Quiet - supress the general information printed out at start of program
old - to use original destretch routine
Keyword Output:
delta - the delta arrray
Output
Data_Out - destretched data
CALLS: ***
CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2], CONCAT_DIR [3], LOC_FILE [1], LOC_FILE [2]
LOC_FILE [3], SPLINE, concat_dir [4]
Restrictions:
This program should NOT be used on data which has been binned or
subject to compression schemes 6 and up.
The delta x and y files must be in a directory called by the logical
name 'sumer_calib'.
For example, to set the logical name from within IDL,
IDL> setenv,'SUMER_CALIB = files_directory ' , where the delta files are
contained in files_directory.
Written:
Tom Moran, June 8,1999
Changes Oct, 3 1996:
Corrected in case where full 1024 pixels used
Comon block added & some of file reading logic changed
Quiet keyword introduced
Changes Dec 3, 1996:
Program can now destretch data from either detector A or B
Files called by Destretch must now be in directory defined
by logical SUMER_CALIB. These files are:
del_x_at.dat, del_x_bt.dat, del_y_at.dat, del_y_bt.dat,
size_fac.dat
Deals correctly with cases in which 120" slit is
used with 360 Y-direction formats
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - SUMER
NAME:
DET_SAVE_DEF
PURPOSE:
Save default Values for Detector A/B in tki_det_set.rst
CATEGORY:
EXPLANATION:
For the SUMER Cmd RestoreSettings the previews values
saved in the File TKI_DET_SET.RST are restored. This
File is Created by this Procedure as default.
SYNTAX:
det_save_def
EXAMPLES:
INPUTS:
None.
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
TKI_DET_SET.RST
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORDS:
None.
CALLS: ***
CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2], CONCAT_DIR [3], concat_dir [4]
COMMON:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
HISTORY:
Version 1, September 12, 1996, Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau. Written
CONTACT:
Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau (germerott@linax1.mpae.gwdg.de)
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name :
DETABIFY()
Purpose :
Converts tabs to spaces in character strings.
Explanation :
Replaces tabs in character strings with the appropriate number of
spaces. The number of space characters inserted is calculated to space
out to the next effective tab stop, each of which is eight characters
apart.
Use :
Result = DETABIFY(CHAR_STR)
Inputs :
CHAR_STR = Character string variable (or array) to remove tabs from.
Opt. Inputs :
None.
Outputs :
Result of function is CHAR_STR with tabs replaced by spaces.
Opt. Outputs:
None.
Keywords :
None.
Calls :
None.
CALLED BY:
FXADDPAR [1], FXADDPAR [2], XDIFF, XMESSAGE, XTEXT, mees_log_read
Common :
None.
Restrictions:
CHAR_STR must be a character string variable.
Side effects:
None.
Category :
Utilities, Strings.
Prev. Hist. :
William Thompson, Feb. 1992.
Written :
William Thompson, GSFC, February 1992.
Modified :
Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 12 April 1993.
Incorporated into CDS library.
Version :
Version 1, 12 April 1993.
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : DETDATA()
Purpose : Retrieve Spectral Window data from a QL Data Structure
Explanation : The information in the detector descriptors
(QLDS.DetDesc) is used to retrieve the data from
QLDS.DetData corresponding to the spectral window that
is requested.
The windows may be referred to by NUMBER (1..N)
or the name (TLABEL) of the detector window.
Use : data = DETDATA(QLDS,WINDOW)
Inputs : QLDS: An IDL structure containing data in
the CDS QL Data Format.
WINDOW: Either the NUMBER of the data window
(NOTE: numbering from 1...N) or a text
with the LABEL of the desired spectral window.
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : Returns an array containing the detector data for
the chosen spectral window.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : NOCHECK :
Set to skip QLMGR checking
Used to speed up processing inside QL software
ERRMSG = If defined and passed, then any error messages will be
returned to the user in this parameter rather than
depending on the MESSAGE routine in IDL. If no errors
are encountered, then a null string is returned. In
order to use this feature, ERRMSG must be defined
first, e.g.
ERRMSG = ''
D = DETDATA(A, I, ERRMSG=ERRMSG)
IF ERRMSG NE '' THEN ...
Calls : ***
QLMGR, TAG_EXIST [1], TAG_EXIST [2], TRIM, WINDOWNO
CALLED BY:
AN_NIMCP, AN_NIMCP_1_2, AN_NIMCP_AVG, CDS_CLEAN, CDS_ENG_N1_RD, CDS_ENG_N4_AN
CDS_SIMPLE_FITS, NIS_CALIB, VDS_CALIB, VDS_DEBIAS
Common : None.
Restrictions: QLDS must adhere to the CDS QL Data Format.
WINDOW must be a scalar.
Side effects: None.
Category : Data_Handling, CDS, QuickLook
Prev. Hist. : Earlier version DETWND_DATA modified to take
WINDOW as the window NUMBER (1 and up) instead
of the window INDEX (0 and up), and also to
recognize the use of a text matching a LABEL.
Written : Stein Vidar Hagfors Haugan, 1 October 1993
Modified : SVHH, 4 October 1993 -
Added verification of data by call to QLMGR
SVHH, 8 October 1993 -
Separated out WINDOWNO()
SVHH, 17 October 1993 -
Added NOCHECK keyword
Version 2, 23-Jul-1996, William Thompson, GSFC
Added ERRMSG keyword
Version 3, 12 August 1996, SVHH
Compatible with new and old storage system.
Version 4, 15 October 1997
Added error handling for empty windows, old storage
system.
Version : 4, 15 October 1997
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : DETDESC()
Purpose : Retrieve Spectral Window info from a QL Data Structure
Category : Data_Handling, CDS, QuickLook
Explanation : Returns the detector descriptor (QLDS.DetDesc) corresponding to
the spectral window that is requested. The windows may be
referred to by NUMBER (1..N) or the name (TLABEL) of the
detector window.
Syntax : Result = DETDESC(QLDS,WINDOW)
CALLED BY:
CDS_CLEAN, CDS_SIMPLE_FITS, NIS_CALIB, VDS_CALIB, VDS_DEBIAS
Examples :
Inputs : QLDS = An IDL structure containing data in the CDS QL data
format.
WINDOW = Either the NUMBER of the data window (NOTE: numbering
from 1...N) or a text with the LABEL of the desired
spectral window.
Opt. Inputs :
Outputs : The result of the function is the detector descriptor for the
chosen spectral window.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : NOCHECK = Set to skip QLMGR checking.
ERRMSG = If defined and passed, then any error messages will be
returned to the user in this parameter rather than
depending on the MESSAGE routine in IDL. If no errors
are encountered, then a null string is returned. In
order to use this feature, ERRMSG must be defined
first, e.g.
ERRMSG = ''
D = DETDESC(A, I, ERRMSG=ERRMSG)
IF ERRMSG NE '' THEN ...
Calls : ***
QLMGR, TRIM, WINDOWNO
Common : None.
Restrictions: QLDS must adhere to the CDS QL Data Format.
WINDOW must be a scalar.
Side effects: None.
Prev. Hist. : Based on DetData() by Stein Vidar Hagfors Haugan
History : Version 1, 20-May-1996, William Thompson, GSFC
Version 2, 23-Jul-1996, William Thompson, GSFC
Added ERRMSG keyword
Contact : WTHOMPSON
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - SUMER
NAME:
DETECTOR()
PURPOSE:
Return Number for which Detecto is used (0:no, 1:A, 2:B, 3:RSC)
CATEGORY:
SUMER Header Decoding
EXPLANATION:
det=0 for no detector
det=1 for A
det=2 for B
det=3 for RSC
SYNTAX:
Result = detector()
CALLED BY:
FF_GC, FF_ODDEVEN, MAKE_FF, XEVENT, YEVENT
EXAMPLES:
INPUTS:
header - BYTARR(92) Image Header
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
None.
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORDS:
original - give value of ssstat for detetctor back
otherwise get Sensor out of combination of
ssstat and Image type
COMMON:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
HISTORY:
Version 1, October 7, 1996, Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau. Written
Version 2, April 28, 1998, Dietmar Germerott, MPAE Lindau
get detector out of combination of ssstat and Image type
CONTACT:
Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau (germerott@linax1.mpae.gwdg.de)
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : DETREAD()
Purpose : Reads detector data from CDS FITS level-1 file.
Explanation : Based on information from DETSELECT(), read and store
detector data from the file into one contiguous array,
QLDS.DetData, with descriptors (indexes & wavelength
information) in QLDS.DetDesc(WndNo)
Use : DetRead,UNIT,HEADER,QLDS,SELECTION_DATA
Inputs : UNIT = Device unit associated with the FITS file
HEADER = Header (string array) of the FITS file
QLDS = The QuickLook data structure to put data into.
SELECTION_DATA = Structure from DETSELECT() with
information on windows etc.
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : Places the data from the file into the QLDS.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : STATUS : Set to an initialized, named variable to
return an error message instead of crashing. If
everything's ok, a null string will be returned.
Calls : ***
FXBDIMEN [1], FXBDIMEN [2], MKDETWDESC, READCDSCOL, STORE_WND, TRIM
CALLED BY:
GT_NUMWIN, GT_WLABEL, GT_WNUM, READCDSFITS
Common : None.
Restrictions: UNIT/HEADER must refer to a CDS FITS level-1 file.
Normally used internally from READCDSFITS.
Side effects: None.
Category : Data_Handling, I_O, CDS, FITS, QuickLook
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : Stein Vidar Hagfors Haugan, 27 September 1993
Modified : SVHH, 1 October 1993 -- accomodate possible LONG INTEGER
format.
SVHH, 26 October 1993
Changed FXBPARSETDIM -> FXBTDIM
and FXBPARSETFORM -> FXBTFORM
Version 2, William Thompson, GSFC, 4 March 1994
Changed to call FXBDIMEN
SVHH, Version 3, 8-June-1994,
Included keywords MEMLIMIT etc.. as in CAL_DETREAD()
SVHH, Version 4, 11-June-1994,
Split in two (DETSELECT + DETREAD) to minimize
memory overhead.
SVHH, 25 Aug. 1994,
Switched READ_CDS --> READCDSCOL
Version 5, SVHH, 12 August 1996
Slightly different marker for nonselected windows.
To make ixstop negative even for wavelength-summed
windows, the ixstart/ixstop are shifted.
The formula abs(ixstop(0))-ixstart(0)+1 to get
the size of the windows still works, though.
Version : Version 5, 12 August 1996
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : DETSELECT()
Purpose : Select detector data from CDS FITS level-1 file.
Explanation : Figure out how much space will be needed to store all
detector data in this file into one contiguous array,
Det.DetData, and return information necessary for
DETREAD to actually read the data and store them.
Use : Det = Detselect(UNIT,HEADER)
Inputs : UNIT = Device unit associated with the FITS file
HEADER = Header (string array) of the FITS file
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : Structure with information for DETREAD.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : SELECT : set to enable selection of some data windows
For the windows that are not selected, descriptive
information (DetDesc's) are created, but no detector
data is stored. For windows that are not selected,
ixstart will be all zeros, while ixstop will have
a negative lambda entry, but by using absolute values,
the sizes of the potential data block can be found.
Note that, as with selected data, the size of
dimension i is now: sz = abs(ixstop(i)) - ixstart(i) + 1
PRESELECTED : Array of selected windows to read in.
References the windows by their index (0..Nwindows-1)
/HEADER : Set to only read descriptive information
about detector data windows -- no data will be loaded
/AUTO : Set to force automatic, silent truncation of the data
by reading just those detector data windows that
fit below the memory limit. If the memory limit is exceeded
withouth this flag set, the user is prompted for either
setting the /HEADER flag or making a manual selection of
the data windows.
MEMLIMIT : Set to the maximum size of memory that
the detector data are allowed to occupy.
STATUS : Set to a initialized, named variable to
return an error message instead of crashing. If
everything's ok, a null string will be returned.
BACKGROUND : Structure returning the BACKGROUND
window statistics if present.
Tags AVERAGE, STDEV, MINVAL, MAXVAL. These are
arrays with dimension (EXPCOUNT,4), reflecting
the values for each exposure and quadrant.
Calls : ***
Bell, FXBDIMEN [1], FXBDIMEN [2], FXBFIND [1], FXBFIND [2], FXBTFORM [1]
FXBTFORM [2], FXPAR [1], FXPAR [2], GET_VDS_BIAS, MKDETWDESC, READCDSCOL, TRIM, YES_NO
CALLED BY:
GT_NUMWIN, GT_WINSIZE, GT_WLABEL, GT_WNUM, READCDSFITS
Common : None.
Restrictions: UNIT/HEADER must refer to a CDS FITS level-1 file.
Normally used internally from READCDSFITS.
Side effects: None.
Category : Data_Handling, I_O, CDS, FITS, QuickLook
Prev. Hist. : Taken out of the old DETREAD. Split done to minimize
memory overhead. Also fixed a bug that was making all data
storage LONGs (instead of INTs whenever possible).
Written : Stein Vidar Hagfors Haugan, 11 June 1994
Modified : SVHH, 25 Aug. 1994,
Switched READ_CDS --> READCDSCOL, and
'TDETY'-->'TDETX'
Version 2, SVH Haugan, UiO, 9-November-1995
Ignores BACKGROUND data extraction windows.
Calculates the mean, standard deviation and
min/max values for each quadrant (if present),
and returns them through keyword BACKGROUND.
Version 3, William Thompson, GSFC, 16 November 1995
Corrected definition of quadrant for background windows
to match VDS nomenclature of A, B, C, D.
Version 4, William Thompson, GSFC, 22 January 1996
Call BASELINE instead of AVERAGE. Avoids pixels
contaminated by cosmic ray hits.
Version 5, William Thompson, GSFC, 13 February 1996
Split off background calculation to GET_VDS_BIAS
Version 6, SVHH, UiO, 19 February 1996
Keeping background windows in DET_COLNO until
after GET_VDS_BIAS has been performed.
Version 7, SVHH, UiO, 26-February-1996
Improved background window detection
Version 8, SVHH, UiO, 8 May 1996
Added PRESELECTED option.
Version : Version 8, 8 May 1996
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name :
DEVICELIB
Purpose :
Definitions needed for the SERTS graphics device library.
Explanation :
Defines variables and common blocks needed for the SERTS graphics
device library. Adds system variables !BCOLOR and !ASPECT.
Use :
DEVICELIB
Inputs :
None.
Opt. Inputs :
None.
Outputs :
None.
Opt. Outputs:
None.
Keywords :
None.
Calls :
None.
CALLED BY:
ADD_PSYS, EIT_DISPLAY, EIT_POSTAGE, USE_CHIANTI, eit_ratio, plotman
ssw_setup_windows
Common :
None.
Restrictions:
This routine should be called only once, preferably in the startup
procedure.
Side effects:
System variables may be changed to their default values.
Category :
Utilities,
Prev. Hist. :
William Thompson, 10 November 1992.
Written :
William Thompson, GSFC, 10 November 1992.
Modified :
Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 23 June 1993.
Incorporated into CDS library.
Version :
Version 1, 23 June 1993.
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME: diafrai.pro
PURPOSE: apply a circular mask for photometry's studies
to a selected frame
(define a circular ROI or apply a diaphragm)
CATEGORY: Processing high level
CALLING SEQUENCE: diafrai,ima_name,Xc,Yc,R,intval,extval
INPUTS: ima_name Name of image
OPTIONAL INPUT PARAMETERS: Xc,Yc circle's coords
R radius of mask
intval value inside to be multiplied
extval value outside to be multiplied
KEYWORD PARAMETERS: None
OUTPUTS: ima_name image with mask
OPTIONAL OUTPUT PARAMETERS: None
CALLS: ***
ALIGN1, visu_cal
COMMON BLOCKS: None
SIDE EFFECTS: None
RESTRICTIONS: None
PROCEDURE:
MODIFICATION HISTORY: defined by M.B 02/17/94 : LAS
SCCS variables for IDL use
@(#)diafrai.pro 1.0 02/17/94 :LAS
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
DIFBKGND
PURPOSE:
Difference the appropriate background image
CATEGORY:
DATA_ANAL
CALLING SEQUENCE:
Result = DIFBKGND(Img,Hdr)
INPUTS:
Img = Input Image array. It is assumed that the array is full image,
(either 1024x1024 or 512x512) so that if the original image was
a subimage, it must be put into the proper place in a full image
array.
Hdr = FITS header
KEYWORDS:
MINVAL: If set, the minimum value for the byte scaling is set to
this value. The default is the minimum value in the image.
MAXVAL: If set, the maximum value for the byte scaling is set to
this value. The default is the maximum value in the image.
LOGSCL: If set, a logarithmic scaling is applied. The default is
linear scaling.
ALTMIN: If set, the minimum value for the byte scaling when the
background image is NOT found is set to this value. The
default is the minimum value in the image.
ALTMAX: If set, the maximum value for the byte scaling when the
background image is NOT found is set to this value. The
default is the maximum value in the image.
ALTLOG: If set, a logarithmic scaling is applied when the background
image is NOT found. The default is linear scaling.
RATIO: If set the input image is divided by the model. Zeroes in
the model or input are set to 1. The default is to perform
a subtraction.
NO_SCALE:If set the output image is not byte scaled. The default is
to byte scale the image.
OUTPUTS:
The function returns a byte scaled difference image.
CALLS: ***
CONGRID [1], CONGRID [2], CONGRID [3], DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3]
GETBKGIMG, HIST_EQUAL, LASCO_FITSHDR2STRUCT, OFFSET_BIAS
CALLED BY:
WRITE_LAST_IMG [1], WRITE_LAST_IMG [2], WRITE_SUMMARIES [1]
PROCEDURE:
The input header is examined to extract the telescope, filter and
polarizer/sector. The directory pointed to by the environment
variable $MONTHLY_IMAGES is searched for all monthly images that
exist for that combination. If only one monthly image is found it
is used. Otherwise the monthly image whose Mid-Date is closest to
the date of the input image is used.
No background subtraction is performed if the input image is a dark,
cal lamp, and continuous mode. In these cases the image is byte
scaled using histogram equalization. If the image is not 1024x1024.
or 512x512 then no background subtraction is used, but the image is
scaled according to the input keywords.
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Written, RA Howard, NRL, 16 October 1996
24 Oct 96, RAH, Added ratio
25 Oct 96, RAH, Added save of last background in common
16 Jul 97, RAH, Modified call to OFFSET_BIAS to pass header
26 Feb 98, RAH, Modified method for determining whether a background image was found
29 Sep 99, NBR, Remove CURRENT keyword from GETBKGIMG call
@(#)difbkgnd.pro 1.6 09/29/99 LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
FUNCTION: DIFF
Returns values in arr1 that are not in arr2; if none, then returns -1.
INPUTS:
arr1, arr2 Arrays to compare, can be any size or type (???)
OUTPUTS:
flag Zero if no values are returned (-1), else is 1
Written by N. Rich, NRL/Interferometrics, about 2000
Modified:
01.11.06, nbr - Rewrite so it works one way only.
11/08/01 @(#)diff.pro 1.2 - NRL LASCO IDL Library
CALLS:
CALLED BY
REDUCE_LEVEL_1
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME: DIFF2TIME
PURPOSE: Compares two times
CATEGORY: REDUCTION
CALLING SEQUENCE: Result = DIFF2TIME (Time1, Time2)
INPUTS: Time1 = First time as CDS time structure
Time2 = Second time as CDS time structure
OUTPUTS: Result = Result of comparison:
-1 if Time1 > Time2
0 if Time1 = Time2
+1 if Time1 < Time2
CALLED BY:
REDUCE_MAIN
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
@(#)diff2time.pro 1.1 04 Apr 1996 LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - CDS
NAME:
DIFF_ROT()
PURPOSE:
Computes the differential rotation of the sun
EXPLANATION:
CALLING SEQUENCE:
Result = DIFF_ROT(ddays,latitude)
INPUTS:
DDAYS -- number of days to rotate
LATITUDE -- latitude in DEGREES
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
Result -- Change in longitude over ddays days in DEGREES
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORD PARAMETERS:
ALLEN -- use values from Allen, Astrophysical Quantities (DEFAULT)
HOWARD -- use values for small magnetic features from Howard et al.
SIDEREAL -- use sidereal rotation rate (DEFAULT)
SYNODIC -- use synodic rotation rate
CALLS:
None.
CALLED BY:
ALIGN1BIGGRAM, ALIGN_AR, DROT_MAP, EIS_ITOOL_PTOOL [1], EIS_ITOOL_PTOOL [2]
EIT_SUB_UTIL_ROT, ITOOL_DISP_ROT, ITOOL_PTOOL, LAY1GKM, LIMB2DISK, MK_POINT_BASE
RD_AR, ROTATE_LIMB, ROT_SUBIMAGE, ROT_XY, SEL_AR, SXT_QLOOK, TRACE_ALIGN_CUBE
TRACE_CUBE_POINTING, TRACE_MDI_ALIGN, V4DIFF_ROT, get_survey, mplot_nar
plot_ar_pfi, plot_nar [1], plot_nar [2], sleazy_rot, sol_rot [1], sol_rot [2]
ssw_track_fov, track_h2a [1], track_h2a [2], track_h2a [3], zdiff_rot, zhelio2xy
ztrack
COMMON BLOCKS:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
CATEGORY:
PREVIOUS HISTORY:
Written T. Metcalf June 1992
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Version 1, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC, November 17, 1994
Incorporated into the CDS library
VERSION:
Version 1, November 17, 1994
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME: diff_str
PURPOSE: Boolean function returns true (1) when differences
are found between the two input structures. IF no
differences are found returns false (0).
INPUT:
str1 1st structure for comparison
str2 2nd structure for comparison
CALLS: ***
STR_DIFF, str_is [1], str_is [2], tag_index [1], tag_index [2]
Optional Keyword Input:
diff - if set, only checks tags (
tnames - vector of tagnames to check
tnums - vector of tnums to check
Optional Keyword Output:
dtnames - vector of tagnames which differ
dtnums - vector of tagnumbers which differ
RETURNED:
0 no differences found
1 differences found and listed in dtags
HISTORY: written 20-Feb-92, slf/gal
Restrictions - not yet recursive (no nested tags)
[Previous]
[Next]
Name: dir_exist
Purpose: check if elements of input list are existing directories
Input Parameters:
dirlist - string/string array of directories to check
Output:
function returns boolean (0 - not directory, 1-directory)
Calling Sequence:
dirs=dir_exist(dirlist)
CALLS: ***
str_replace [1], str_replace [2]
CALLED BY:
MAKE_CHIANTI_SPEC, USE_CHIANTI, ch_ss
History:
2-Aug-93 (SLF)
[Previous]
[Next]
Name: dir_list
Purpose: find directories
Input Paramters:
toplev - upper level path(s) to search (string/string array)
dirspec - specification(s) to check (string/string array)
CALLED BY:
adsdirs [1], adsdirs [2], mk_pix [1], mk_pix [2], ucon_check
History:
SLF - 1-apr-93
CALLS: ***
str_perm
Restrictions:
not recursive
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
dirpath
PURPOSE:
Converts input into a directory with a delimiter on the end.
Takes OS differences into account.
CATEGORY:
System File Utility
CALLING SEQUENCE:
Result = DIRPATH(Rootdir, Subdirs)
INPUTS:
Rootdir: The first portion of the directory structure
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
Subdirs STRARR List of subdirectories to add to rootdir
KEYWORD PARAMETERS:
None
OUTPUTS:
Returns directory with correct delimiters.
PROCEDURE:
Uses !DELIMITER if defined, else uses GET_DELIM()
CALLS: ***
DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], GET_DELIM
EXAMPLE:
dir = DIRPATH(getenv('NRL_LIB'),['idl','expfac']) returns
DIR STRING = '/net/cronus/opt/local/idl_nrl_lib/idl/expfac/'
for OS Solaris (UNIX)
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Written by: N. Rich, 01/12/17, NRL
@(#)dirpath.pro 1.1, 12/17/01 LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
Name: disk_monitor
Purpose: monitor disk space on critical disks (run via cron job)
Input Parameters:
Keyword Parameters:
infile - if set, use input file (def=$DIR_SITE_SETUPD/disk_monitor.dat)
loud - if set, report nominal disks (def=warning and critical)
hc - if set, produce hardcopy
nomail - if set, dont mail message (default for interactive)
mail - if set, mail message (default for batch)
Calling Sequence:
disk_monitor [infile=infile, /nomail , /loud , /hc]
CALLS: ***
ARR2STR [1], Arr2Str [2], CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2], CONCAT_DIR [3]
STR2ARR [1], STR2ARR [2], concat_dir [4], diskfree [1], diskfree [2]
get_logenv [1], get_logenv [2], mail [1], mail [2], prstr [1], prstr [2]
rd_tfile [1], rd_tfile [2], uniqo [1], uniqo [2]
History:
22-Feb-1993 (SLF)
8-Jun-1994 (SLF) - look for bad status (-1) from diskfree.pro
add EXPAND & NOEXPAND keyword and reformat
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
diskfree
PURPOSE:
To return the number of free bytes available on the disk in megabytes.
Also returns total and used bytes and file system and mount names.
CALLING SEQUENCE:
d = diskfree('/yd0')
d = diskfree('/yd0', tot=tot, used=used, filesys=filesys, mount=mount)
INPUT:
disk
OUTPUT:
Returns the number of free bytes in units of megabytes
OPTIONAL KEYWORD OUTPUT:
tot - Total # bytes on the disk (in megabytes)
used - # of bytes used
filesys - the file system name
mount - the mount name
CALLS: ***
STR2ARR [1], STR2ARR [2], is_member [1], is_member [2]
CALLED BY:
NET_DIR_DIFF, data_compress [1], data_compress [2], data_compress [3]
dbase2disk, delete_week [1], delete_week [2], disk_monitor [1], disk_monitor [2]
flares2disk, mo_check, mo_prep
HISTORY:
Written 14-Mar-92 by M.Morrison
19-Mar-92 (MDM) - Modified to return results as scalars if only
only called for one disk
24-Mar-92 (MDM) - Modified to work on sun machines - there is
only one header line
14-Dec-92 (MDM) - Modified calculation for number of lines for
header to use 1 for all machines except
DEC/Ultrix which has 2 lines of header.
Confirmed 1 line of header for Sun, Mips, SGI
- Also modified to work on SGI
8-Jun-1994 (SLF) - Return -1 if cannot stat disk (avoid crash)
3-Dec-1994 (SLF) - handle long disk names(caused split entries&crash!)
7-Mar-1995 (SLF) - add OSF, flag vms
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : DISMOUNT
Purpose : Emulates the VMS DISMOUNT function in Unix.
Explanation : Emulates the VMS DISMOUNT function in the Unix environment.
Although this is not a standard IDL function, it is available
as a separate LINKIMAGE routine for VMS.
The main purpose of this procedure is to close the file unit
open on the tape device, and optionally to unload the tape.
Errors can result if the tape is unloaded manually rather than
using this routine.
**Unix only**
Use : DISMOUNT, UNIT
Inputs : UNIT = Tape unit number. Tape drives are selected via the UNIX
environment variables "MT1", "MT2", etc. The desired
tape drive is thus specified by numbers, as in VMS.
Must be from 0 to 9.
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : None.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : NOUNLOAD = If set, then the tape is simply rewound, not taken
off line.
Calls : ***
CHECK_TAPE_DRV [1], CHECK_TAPE_DRV [2]
Common : CHCK_TAPE_DRVS contains array TAPE_LUN, containing logical unit
numbers for each tape device, and TAPE_OPEN, which tells
whether each device is open or not.
Restrictions: The environment variable "MTn", where n corresponds to the
variable UNIT, must be defined. E.g.,
setenv MT0 /dev/nrst0
Requires IDL v3.1 or later.
Side effects: The device file is opened.
Category : Utilities, I/O, Tape.
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : William Thompson, GSFC, 21 December 1993.
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 21 December 1993.
Version : Version 1, 21 December 1993.
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
disp_dt_genx
PURPOSE:
To display the detune GENX data image results
SAMPLE CALLING SEQUENCE:
disp_dt_genx, struct
disp_dt_genx, struct, 0.5
disp_dt_genx,st(0:15),style=20,sigma=1
disp_dt_genx,st(0:15),style=21,sminmax=[.99,1.01]
INPUTS:
style - 1 = simple images
10 = different of alternate solutions (mag (lcp-rcp))
20 = differences from average
21 = ratio to average
CALLS: ***
ARR2STR [1], Arr2Str [2], SETPS, STDEV, pprint [1], pprint [2], tv2 [1], tv2 [2]
xyouts2 [1], xyouts2 [2]
HISTORY:
Written 24-Jun-96 by M.Morrison
V2.0 8-Aug-96 (MDM) - Added difference and ration options (20 and 21)
V2.1 24-Aug-96 (MDM) - Modified so that the scaling is fixed across each
image unless /EACH option is used. When SIGMA
option is used, it is only relative to the first
image
V2.2 24-Aug-96 (MDM) - Corrected displaying of sigma image (wasn't
displaying it)
6-Nov-96 (MDM) - Replaced "set_plot,'ps'" with setps
V2.3 28-May-97 (MDM) - Patched to work on a single detune
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
disp_focus
PURPOSE:
To display the focus information
SAMPLE CALLING SEQUENCE:
disp_focus, sharp
INPUT:
sharp - A 2xN array with the sharpness information for each image
fd_loc - A structure with the information on the location used for
sharpness derivation for full disk images
hr_loc - A structure with the information on the location used for
sharpness derivation for high res images
CALLS: ***
CONGRID [1], CONGRID [2], CONGRID [3], DISP_FOCUS_S1, GAUSSFIT3, GAUSS_FUNCT3
WDEF [1], WDEF [2], plots2, pprint [1], pprint [2], tv2 [1], tv2 [2], xyouts2 [1]
xyouts2 [2]
CALLED BY:
mdifocus2
OPTIONAL KEYWORD INPUT:
title - The title information to display
hc - If set, then make a hardcopy
HISTORY:
Written 6-Apr-94 by M.Morrison using Zayer's "plotfocus.pro"
Ver 1.2 20-Jun-95 (MDM) - Modified to print the HR center coordinate
on the display in FD units
Ver 1.3 21-Jun-95 (MDM) - Changed the label for center coordinate
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
disp_gen
PURPOSE:
To use the "TV2" and "XYOUTS2" options to display images and
data. Useful for making pretty prints.
SAMPLE CALLING SEQUENCE:
disp_gen
disp_gen, 0, bytscl(img, top=!d.n_colors-1), 'MDI Dopplergram', $
'16-JAN-96 12:49:09 UT', foot1='SOI/MDI'
disp_gen, 0, bimg, tit1, subtit1, /std_foot
disp_gen,10,dist(200),'main tit1',/std_foot,img2=dist(200),smin=[0,0],smax=[141,100], $
tit1='image 1 tit',tit2='image 2 tit',subtit1='subtitle for image 1',/date,mask=indgen(2000)
disp_gen,20,dist(200),xarr=indgen(100),yarr=findgen(100)^3.,xtit='x-title',ytit='y-title',mtit='plot title'
disp_gen,40,img1,img2=img2,img3=img3,img4=img4,smin=[0,0,-10,20],smax=[100,200,400,400]
disp_gen, code0, img1, mtit, msubtit, $
tit1=tit1, subtit1=subtit1, $
img2=img2, tit2=tit2, subtit2=subtit2, $
smin=smin, smax=smax, sigma=sigma, $
foot1=foot1, foot2=foot2, date=date, $
xsize=xsize, ysize=ysize, $
color=color, hc=hc, fix_font=fix_font, $
loadct=loadct, mask_ss=mask_ss, $
nlab=nlab, fmt=fmt, axis1=axis1, $
avg=avg, log_hist=log_hist, $
std_foot=std_foot, outfil=outfil, $
xarr=xarr, yarr=yarr, xrange=xrange, yrange=yrange, xtit=xtit, ytit=ytit
disp_gen, 1, img, cmds='disp_mdi_hr_fov, 0, 100, scale=0.5'
disp_gen, 100, img, msubtit, msubtit2, titn=titn, subtitn=subtitn
disp_gen,100,indgen(20,20,9),titn=sindgen(9),'main tit', 'sub tit',subtitn='subtit'
CAUTION:
Use the LOADCT keyword option to be sure that the colors are all reset
and that the color table is correct. The capability to inherit
the modified table (by xloadct or something else) should work, but
is limited by a bug with IDL (applies only to 8 bit color displays?)
INPUT:
code - =0 for just a single image with titles
=1 for a single image with a color bar
=10 for single image shown twice with 3 plots
=11 for two separate images being passed in, with 3 plots
=12 for two separate images being passed in, no plots
=20 for single image with plot
=40 for four image display with color bar
=100 for NxN images (put in images as data cube)
=104 for 2x2 images (put in images as img1,img2,img3,img4)
img1 - the image to display
mtit - Main title
msubtit - Main subtitle
tit1 - Title to go over image 1 (only code 10 and 11)
subtit1 - subtitle over image 1 (only code 10 and 11)
img2 - the second image to display (only code 11)
tit2 - Title to go over image 2 (only code 10 and 11)
subtit2 - subtitle over image 2 (only code 10 and 11)
smin - the scaling minimum for display (two element array for code 11)
smax - the scaling minimum for display (two element array for code 11)
sigma - the scaling range for code 10 option (defaults to +/- 1 sigma)
Set the range for code 0 and 1 options
foot1 - footnote for lower left corner
foot2 - footnote for lower right corner
std_foot- if set, use foot1='SOI/MDI' and foot2='Stanford Lockheed
institute for Space Research'
date - if set, display the date at the bottom of the plot
hc - if set, set device to PS and send to the printer (hardcopy)
color - if set, use color option on hard copy and send to the color
printer on /HC option
fix_font -if set, set the default font so the X display character sizes
are closer to matching the printouts
loadct - the color table to establish
nlab - number of labels for the color bars (optionally two elements)
fmt - format statement for the color bar labels and avg/min/max option
avg - if set, plot all line/column average instead of center line/column
(only code 10 and 11)
log_hist- if set, display the histogram in log (only code 10 and 11)
mask_ss - the mask for the values to display min/max/avg/dev/histogram
(only code 10 and 11)
outfil - the output file name if device is PS (or /hc is used)
xarr - x-array to plot (code 20 only)
yarr - y-array to plot (code 20 only)
xrange - x-range to plot (code 20 only)
yrange - y-range to plot (code 20 only)
xtit - x-title (code 20 only)
ytit - y-title (code 20 only)
compass - If set, then draw a little N/S, E/W compass in lower left
gif - If set, redirect to the Z buffer and then read into a GIF file
cmds - If set, EXECUTE the command strings (allows the execution
of subroutines to do secondary displaying)
footnotes- A string array of items to display under the image (only
good for code 0 and code 1.
ppinch - Pixels per inch value to use with TV2
Sample: X = 7.0 inch max for 600 pixel = 85.7 ppinch
Y = 9.5 inch max for 800 pixel = 84.2 ppinch
When adjusting sizes with XSIZE and YSIZE, it will take the largest ppinch
to make sure the other dimension fits.
For LPARL, the codonics color printer wants ppinch = 90 to fix
(because of reduced page size)
gamma - Adjust the color table by this value if passed
CALLS: ***
CONGRID [1], CONGRID [2], CONGRID [3], DISP1GEN, GAMMA_CT, LOADCT, SETPS, STDEV
get_xfont [1], get_xfont [2], mk_refbar [1], mk_refbar [2], plots2, pprint [1]
pprint [2], tv2 [1], tv2 [2], ut_time [1], ut_time [2], xyouts2 [1], xyouts2 [2]
zbuff2file [1], zbuff2file [2]
CALLED BY:
check_ff_load, xdisp_fits, xdisp_trace [1], xdisp_trace [2], xdisp_trace2
xdisp_trace3
HISTORY:
Written 22-Apr-96 by M.Morrison
23-Apr-96 (MDM) - Added AXIS2 option and enabled labeling the bar for code 12
15-May-96 (MDM) - Added msubtit2
15-May-96 (MDM) - Added option 40
1-Aug-96 (MDM) - Added COMPASS and GIF options
21-Oct-96 (MDM) - Expanded SIGMA option to codes 0 and 1
24-Oct-96 (MDM) - Added WINDOW option
- Modified so that SMIN/SMAX were not defined
and passed out (when not passed in)
6-Nov-96 (MDM) - Put 24-Oct mods online
- Replaced "set_plot,'ps'" with setps
21-Nov-96 (MDM) - Added FOOTNOTES
10-Jun-97 (MDM) - Added code 100
13-Jun-97 (MDM) - Added code 104 and keywords xcorner,ycorner,land
25-Jun-97 (MDM) - Added ppinch and gamma
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
disp_mdi_hr_fov
PURPOSE:
Plot the MDI high resolution field of view on an image
SAMPLE CALLING SEQUENCE:
disp_mdi_hr_fov
disp_mdi_hr_fov, x0, y0, scale=scale, color=color
disp_mdi_hr_fov, nxy=[1024,500], cornxy=[0,100], scale=0.5
OPTIONS INPUTS:
x0 - The pixel coordinate of the lower-left corner of
the image display
y0 - (same as x0)
OPTIONAL KEYWORD INPUTS:
scale - The rebinned scaling factor for the display
nxy_extract - The extract size being used
cornxy_extract - The lower left corner of the extract
CALLS: ***
plots2
HISTORY:
Written 5-Aug-96 by M.Morrison
8-Jan-97 (MDM) - Added nxy_extract and cornxy_extract
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
disp_sci160k
PURPOSE:
To make a gif file of the last few images in the sci160k file
INPUT PARAMETERS:
NXOUT - Number of columns
NYOUT - Number of rows
NOUT - x and y output image size in pixels
OUTFIL - the file to write the final gif image to
OPTIONAL KEYWORD INPUTS:
CALLS: ***
CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2], CONCAT_DIR [3], CONGRID [1], CONGRID [2]
CONGRID [3], DELVARX [1], DELVARX [2], DELVARX [3], DELVARX [4], GET_CAM_OBS_INFO
GET_MDI_SCALE, ISVALID [1], ISVALID [2], ISVALID [3], LOADCT, MASK, SSW_FILE_DELETE
STR2ARR [1], STR2ARR [2], SXPAR [1], SXPAR [2], SXPAR [3], anytim [1], anytim [2]
anytim [3], anytim [4], anytim [5], ccd_hdr_info, concat_dir [4], data_type [1]
data_type [2], delvarx [5], file_append [1], file_append [2], file_info2 [1]
file_info2 [2], fmt_tim [1], fmt_tim [2], get_dpc_info, get_last_tfr
int2secarr [1], int2secarr [2], list_tfi, mk_dpc_image, read_mdi, tv2 [1], tv2 [2]
xyouts2 [1], xyouts2 [2], zbuff2file [1], zbuff2file [2]
HISTORY:
Written 5-Jan-2000 by R. Bush based on go_gif_last9
29-Jan-2001 (RIB) - corrected offset_value output
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
disp_sci160k
PURPOSE:
To make a gif file of the last few images in the sci160k file
INPUT PARAMETERS:
NXOUT - Number of columns
NYOUT - Number of rows
NOUT - x and y output image size in pixels
OUTFIL - the file to write the final gif image to
OPTIONAL KEYWORD INPUTS:
CALLS: ***
CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2], CONCAT_DIR [3], CONGRID [1], CONGRID [2]
CONGRID [3], DELVARX [1], DELVARX [2], DELVARX [3], DELVARX [4], GET_CAM_OBS_INFO
GET_MDI_SCALE, ISVALID [1], ISVALID [2], ISVALID [3], LOADCT, MASK, SSW_FILE_DELETE
STR2ARR [1], STR2ARR [2], SXPAR [1], SXPAR [2], SXPAR [3], anytim [1], anytim [2]
anytim [3], anytim [4], anytim [5], ccd_hdr_info, concat_dir [4], data_type [1]
data_type [2], delvarx [5], file_append [1], file_append [2], file_info2 [1]
file_info2 [2], fmt_tim [1], fmt_tim [2], get_dpc_info, get_last_tfr
int2secarr [1], int2secarr [2], list_tfi, mk_dpc_image, read_mdi, tv2 [1], tv2 [2]
xyouts2 [1], xyouts2 [2], zbuff2file [1], zbuff2file [2]
HISTORY:
Written 23-Aug-96 by M.Morrison
16-Oct-96 (MDM) - Write out offset values
8-Jan-97 (MDM) - Made into subroutine and also save last 4 images
30-Sep-97 (MDM) - Added X0SHIFT to display tracking
16-Aug-99 (CED) - Added a modicum of documentation to Mons's spaghetti.
Added pageback capability if infil is not specified:
if there are no data at all in the current .tfrx file,
then we pageback to the previous one, and so on up to
8 files back. If there are data in the current .tfrx
file, but not enough, we *don't* pageback -- but in that
case we can at least generate something.
[Previous]
[Next]
SAMPLE CALLING SEQUENCE:
disp_sci5k, '1-Jun-97'
disp_sci5k, '2-Jul-97', disp_size=256, dpc_filter='168*', win_size=400
CALLS: ***
CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2], CONCAT_DIR [3], CONGRID [1], CONGRID [2]
CONGRID [3], GET_MDI_SCALE, RFITS [1], RFITS [2], RFITS [3], SCI5K_DISP_IMG2, STDEV
SXPAR [1], SXPAR [2], SXPAR [3], WDEF [1], WDEF [2], anytim2ex [1], anytim2ex [2]
anytim2ints [1], anytim2ints [2], concat_dir [4], data_type [1], data_type [2]
ex2fid [1], ex2fid [2], fid2ex [1], fid2ex [2], file_list [1], file_list [2]
fmt_tim [1], fmt_tim [2], get_dpc_info, int2secarr [1], int2secarr [2]
mk_dpc_image, str_replace [1], str_replace [2], tim2dset [1], tim2dset [2]
tv2 [1], tv2 [2], wc_where [1], wc_where [2], xyouts2 [1], xyouts2 [2]
CALLED BY:
mon_health [1], mon_health [2]
HISTORY:
Written Feb-96 by M.Morrison
14-Mar-96 (MDM) - Added "missing" keyword option
- Dropped the last data point from the scaling
2-Apr-96 (MDM) - Scale only for the range of values which are non -32768 (missing)
- let missing be 0 by default
- display the min/max excluding the missing
28-May-96 (MDM) - Added special handling of LOI image
12-Sep-96 (MDM) - Modified to not grab the image on the edge
of the requested time since it is probably
incomplete
14-Apr-97 (MDM) - Added call to GET_MDI_SCALE to force magnetogram scaling
2-Jul-97 (MDM) - Added DISP_SIZE and DPC_FILTER options, WIN_SIZE
27-May-99 (RIB) - Selected only 0* and 168* dpcs
22-Nov-99 (RIB) - Changed indir fromm /md84/fits to $MDI_FITS_DIR
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : DISPLAY_CDS_BURNIN
Purpose : Displays the relevant NIS burn-in data for a given date
Explanation : This routine reads in the burn-in data for a given date,
characterizing lines which have been partially burned into the
detector. The total amount of burn-in for each line is then
printed to the screen.
Use : DISPLAY_CDS_BURNIN, DATE
Inputs : DATE = The observation date, in any CDS time format.
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : Messages about the burn-in corrections will be printed to the
screen.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : ANALYSIS_DATE = Date on which the data was analyzed. This
allows comparison between old and new burn-in
calibrations. The default is to use the most
up-to-date calibration.
ERRMSG = If defined and passed, then any error messages will
be returned to the user in this parameter rather than
depending on the MESSAGE routine in IDL. If no errors
are encountered, then a null string is returned. In
order to use this feature, ERRMSG must be defined
first, e.g.
ERRMSG = ''
DISPLAY_CDS_BURNIN, ERRMSG=ERRMSG, ...
IF ERRMSG NE '' THEN ...
Calls : ***
ANYTIM2TAI, ANYTIM2UTC [1], ANYTIM2UTC [2], BOOST_ARRAY [1], BOOST_ARRAY [2]
BOOST_ARRAY [3], CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2], CONCAT_DIR [3], DELVARX [1]
DELVARX [2], DELVARX [3], DELVARX [4], FIND_WITH_DEF [1], FIND_WITH_DEF [2]
FIND_WITH_DEF [3], FXREAD [1], FXREAD [2], GET_NIMCP, GET_UTC, NIMCP_DEPTH_FUNCT
PIX2WAVE, POLY, STR_SEP, UNIQ [1], UNIQ [2], UNIQ [3], UTC2TAI, WAVE2PIX, concat_dir [4]
delvarx [5]
Common : None.
Restrictions: See GET_NIMCP for more information.
Side effects: The wavelengths displayed will be based on the currently loaded
wavelength calibration. See LOAD_WAVECAL for more information.
Category : Class4, Calibration
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : William Thompson, GSFC, 13-November-2003
Modified : Version 1, 13-Nov-2003, William Thompson, GSFC
Version : Version 1, 13-Nov-2003
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : DISPLAY_GIS_WIN
Purpose : Display GIS line-windows on the technical planning plot.
Explanation : On the technical planning TPLAN display, draw an outline of
the defined line window(s), or if in display-windows-only mode
just display the data within the window(s). If in flag
window display mode then assumes a maximum of max_num_fwindow
plots will be needed.
Use : IDL> display_gis_win [,num, /solid]
Inputs : None
Opt. Inputs : num - the number of the line to display. If absent, all are
displayed.
Outputs : None
Opt. Outputs: None
Keywords : Solid - if present delineate window with a solid line
rather than a dashed one.
Calls : ***
FILL_BOX, PIX2WAVE, WHICH_GIS_BAND
CALLED BY:
LOAD_TP_STRUCT, MK_RASTER, TP_DISP_IEF, TP_REDISPLAY
Restrictions: Variable are transferred in the tp_page1 common blocks
Side effects: None
Category : Technical planning.
Prev. Hist. :
Written : C D Pike, RAL, 10-Jun-1993
Modified : To handle flag windows. CDP, 19-Sep-94
Update plotting of flag windows. CDP, 07-Nov-95
Version : Version 3, 07-Nov-95
[Previous]
[Next]
PRO display_jpg, lzorql, day, tscope
PURPOSE:
DISPLAY_JPG is called by the VIEW_JPG2 procedure to display
.jpg images from a certain day and telescope, from cplex1
or cplex2 on corona. It is also designed to print these
images.
CALLING SEQUENCE:
display_jpg, lzorql, day, tscope
INPUTS:
lzorql, day, tscope: all string variables
OUTPUT:
Draw widget on screen; postcript file '~/printjpg.ps'
Written by Nathan Rich, July 1996
MODIFIED: NR 1 Aug 1996 rename findfile directories
NR 5 Aug added -o nobanner to print
nbr, 5 Nov 2001 - Add SCCS tags
11/05/01 @(#)display_jpg.pro 1.3 - NRL LASCO IDL Library
CALLS:
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : DISPLAY_NIMCP
Purpose : Displays the relevant NIMCP data for a given date
Explanation : This routine reads in the NIMCP data for a given date,
characterizing lines which have been partially burned into the
detector. The total amount of burn-in for each line is then
printed to the screen.
Use : DISPLAY_NIMCP, DATE
Inputs : DATE = The observation date, in any CDS time format.
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : Messages about the burn-in corrections will be printed to the
screen.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : CALIBRATION = The number of the calibration to use. Must be 2
or greater. (With /POST, it must be 1 or
greater.) The default is to use the most
up-to-date calibration.
POST = When used with the CALIBRATION keyword, specifies
that the post-recovery databases be searched instead
of the pre-accident databases. The post-recovery
databases have a completely separate list of version
numbers, starting with 1.
ERRMSG = If defined and passed, then any error messages will
be returned to the user in this parameter rather than
depending on the MESSAGE routine in IDL. If no errors
are encountered, then a null string is returned. In
order to use this feature, ERRMSG must be defined
first, e.g.
ERRMSG = ''
DISPLAY_NIMCP, ERRMSG=ERRMSG, ...
IF ERRMSG NE '' THEN ...
Calls : ***
ANYTIM2UTC [1], ANYTIM2UTC [2], GET_NIMCP, PIX2WAVE, UNIQ [1], UNIQ [2], UNIQ [3]
Common : None.
Restrictions: See GET_NIMCP for more information.
Side effects: The wavelengths displayed will be based on the currently loaded
wavelength calibration. See LOAD_WAVECAL for more information.
Category : Class4, Calibration
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : William Thompson, GSFC, 10 September 1996
Modified : Version 1, 08-Mar-1999, William Thompson, GSFC
Version 2, 09-Aug-1999, William Thompson, GSFC
Added keyword POST
Version : Version 2, 09-Aug-1999
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : DISPLAY_NIS_WIN
Purpose : Display NIS line-windows on the technical planning plot.
Explanation : On the technical planning page1 display, draw an outline of
the defined line windows, or if in display windows only mode
just display the data within the window. Any windows with
invalid parameters are displayed in dashed line mode.
Use : IDL> display_nis_win [,num, /dash]
Inputs : None
Opt. Inputs : num - the number of the line to display. If absent all are
displayed.
Outputs : None
Opt. Outputs: None
Keywords : dash - if present the outline is drawn with a dashed line
Calls : ***
DASH_LINE, TP_BSCALE
CALLED BY:
LOAD_TP_STRUCT, MK_RASTER, TP_DISP_IEF, TP_REDISPLAY
Restrictions: Variable are transferred in the tp_page1 common blocks
Side effects: None
Category : Technical planning.
Prev. Hist. :
Written : C D Pike, RAL, 14-May-1993
Modified : Replace calls to NINT by ROUND. CDP, 17-Jun-95
Cater for choice of flag window modes (flag_state).
CDP, 18-oct-95
Fix bug in display of flag windows. CDP, 3-Nov-95
Version : Version 4, 3-Nov-95
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
DISPLOI_MON5K
PURPOSE
Displays an LOI image -- part of the mon_5k suite.
INPUT PARAMETERS
REC - contains the "record" (LOI image) to display
INPUT KEYWORD PARAMETERS
LOG - If set, we write stuff to a mon5k log file
NODISPLAY - if set, don't put up a display window.
RMETHOD - Passed through to CALC_LOI_ROLL.
FRONT - If set (and NODISPLAY is not set) then bring the window to the front
every minute.
OUTPUT KEYWORD PARAMETERS
TREF - Gets the reference time of the image
ROLL - Gets the value of the roll angle
ECLIPTIC_ROLL - Gets the value of the roll angle in ecliptic coords
CALLS: ***
CALC_LOI_ROLL, ISVALID [1], ISVALID [2], ISVALID [3], MASK, STDEV, SXADDPAR [1]
SXADDPAR [2], SXADDPAR [3], UNSIGN, anytim [1], anytim [2], anytim [3], anytim [4]
anytim [5], anytim2ex [1], anytim2ex [2], anytim2ints [1], anytim2ints [2]
ex2fid [1], ex2fid [2], file_append [1], file_append [2], fmt_tim [1], fmt_tim [2]
int2secarr [1], int2secarr [2], mk_dpc_image, mk_fits_head [1], mk_fits_head [2]
str_replace [1], str_replace [2], wrt_fits [1], wrt_fits [2]
CALLED BY:
mon_sci5k, redo_disploi, redo_mon_sci5k
HISTORY:
Written 24-Jan-96 by M.Morrison
25-Jan-96 (MDM) - added /qfloat switch to mk_dpc_image call
23-Apr-96 (MDM) - added /nonorm switch to mk_dpc_image call
30-Apr-96 (MDM) - Added code to protect against garbled DPC but still
thinks it's an LOI image
15-May-96 (MDM) - Added conditional for WSHOW
23-May-96 (MDM) - Allow normaliztion since it's done correctly now
- Added adjustment to the LOI-C 7007 data for setting
the high bits.
23-May-96 (MDM) - Added /LOG option to save the data to a file
2-Aug-96 (MDM) - Added /nodisplay (so that log option only works)
28-Oct-96 (MDM) - Corrected "day_datafile" file name for LOI image per day
29-Jan-97 (MDM) - Added extra column on the summary log file which
indicated P30 and P60
22-Mar-99 (CED) - Added roll determination with 'roll=roll' output keyword
10-May-99 (CED) - Cleaned up roll determination; reduced size of images;
made less obnoxious regarding windows (wshow only happens
if you ask for it). Deleted leftover cruft in the
parameters -- Mons's original code included the parameters
LUN, I, NON_CNT, CNT_MINUTES, SIMPLE=SIMPLE, and
FILL_CNT=FILL_CNT, none of which are mentioned in the program.
11-May-99 (CED) - Removed "window" call in NODISPLAY case.
8-Jun-99 (CED) - Forced calculated-orbit roll determination (no CDHF
usage at all)
30-Jun-99 (CED) - Fixed 'aa55' negative number screw in IDL 5.2
24-Oct-99 (RIB) - Changed /mdisw/data/health to /mdisw/health/loi_images
17-Oct-05 (SEG) - Subtracting 130000 from the LOI_C scaling to get rid of bright
non-limb pixels that appeared after exposure update from June 2004.
01-Feb-06 (SEG) - Changing subtraction from LOI_C to 120000.
21-Mar-06 (SEG) - Commenting out recent changes to LOI_C and going back to original scaling
after today's exposure load.
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
DIST2SUN
PURPOSE:
This function computes the distance from SOHO to the sun in km
CATEGORY:
DATA_ANAL
CALLING SEQUENCE:
Result = DIST2SUN(Date)
INPUTS:
Date: The date in any CDS time format
OUTPUTS:
This function returns the distance from SOHO to the sun in km.
The type is double precision.
PROCEDURE:
The orbit ephemeris files are read for the desired date.
The solar vector is returned and the distance is computed.
If an error is found getting the orbit file, the result will be zero
CALLS: ***
GET_ORBIT_CDF2
EXAMPLE:
dist = DIST2SUN('1995-dec-21')
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Written by: R.A. Howard, 25 Jan 2001
@(#)dist2sun.pro 1.1 01/25/01 LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
DISTARR
PURPOSE:
This function generates an array whose elements are the Euclidean
distance from a given point.
CATEGORY:
LASCO UTIL
CALLING SEQUENCE:
Resut = DISTARR([xsize[,ysize[,xcen[,ycen[,dxs[,dys]]]]]])
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
Xsize: The size of the array along the abscissa. Default is 1024
YSIZE: The size of the array along the ordinate. Default is equal to xsize
XCEN: The position of the center. Default is half of xsize
YCEN: The position of the center. Default is half of ysize
KEYWORDS:
MEM: Setting this keyword sacrifices some speed for lower memory consumption
during routine. Has no effect on output or side effects, nor does it have any effect if
either xcen or ycen are float or double.
OUTPUTS:
Result: The euclidean distance from (Xcen, Ycen)
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
Dxs: The distance from (Xcen,0)
Dys: The distance from (0,Ycen)
CALLED BY:
PB_INVERTER
PROCEDURE:
Generates a 2D matrix whose elements are the RMS distance from sun center
in pixels. Also returns two matrices whose elements are the signed
distances in either x or y from sun center
CALLS: ***
DIST
EXAMPLE:
To generate a 1024x1024 matrix whose values are the Euclidean distance from (512,512)
result = distarr()
To generate a 1024-element by 512-element matrix whose values are the Euclidean
distance from (X,Y)
result = distarr(512,1024,X,Y)
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Written by: Andrew Hayes, NRL Dec, 1998
Modified by: Andrew Hayes, NRL Aug, 2000 Rewritten for greater speed if parameters
are integers, changed inputs to optional input parameters, now chooses calculation
method and output type intelligently depending on the type[s] of the input
parameters instead of forcing double.
%W% %H% LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME: DISTORTION_COEFFS
PURPOSE: Returns a 3-element array of distortion
coefficients (mm) for the requested telescope
CATEGORY: REDUCTION
CALLING SEQUENCE: Result = DISTORTION_COEFFS (Telescope)
INPUTS: Telescope = Number of the telescope that the
distortion coefficients are desired
Either (C1..C4/EIT) or (0..3)
OPTIONAL INPUTS: None
KEYWORD PARAMETERS: None
OUTPUTS: Result = A 3-element array of distortion
coefficients in millimeters (mm).
Returns zeros if telescope not defined.
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS: None
CALLS: ***
DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3]
CALLED BY:
C2_DISTORTION, C3_DISTORTION
COMMON BLOCKS: None
MODIFICATION HISTORY: Written, AEE, NRL
Version 1 aee 24 Nov 1998
nbr 21 Jul 2000 - Put version info in common block
version= '@(#)distortion_coeffs.pro 1.3 08/07/00' ; LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : dl2vel
Purpose : transform from delta wavelength to velocity (km/s)
Explanation : uses formula for velocity: v = c*(dl/l),
where c = velocity of light, dl = shift in
wavelength and l = wavelength of line
Use : IDL> dl_to_vel, fitted parameters, background value
Inputs : fitted parameters (3, 5 or 7), backround level
Opt. Inputs : None
Outputs : fitted parameters with line shifts in km/s
Opt. Outputs: None
Keywords : None
Calls : None
CALLED BY:
hrts_w [1], hrts_w [2]
Common : None
Restrictions: None
Side effects: None
Category : ?
Prev. Hist. : ?
Written : Nils Brynildsen, ITA, UiO 19-July-1993
Modified : Version 1 Nils Brynildsen, ITA, UiO, 19-July-1993
Version : Version 1 19-July-1993
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : dl_to_vel
Purpose : transform from delta wavelength to velocity (km/s)
Explanation : uses formula for velocity: v = c*(dl/l),
where c = velocity of light, dl = shift in
wavelength and w0 = wavelength of line
Use : IDL> dl_to_vel, fitted parameters, background ; value, lab. wavelength of line
Inputs : fitted parameters (3, 5 or 7), backround level,
lab. wavelength of spectral line
Opt. Inputs : None
Outputs : fitted parameters with line shifts in km/s
Opt. Outputs: None
Keywords : None
Calls : None
Common : None
Restrictions: None
Side effects: None
Category : ?
Prev. Hist. : ?
Written : Nils Brynildsen, ITA, UiO 13-Sep.-1993
Modified : Version 1 Nils Brynildsen, ITA, UiO, 13-Sep.-1993
Version : Version 1 13-Sep.-1993
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - LASCO
Name : DMEMORY
Purpose :
Category :
Explanation :
Syntax :
CALLED BY:
WCALCL, WIMG_INFO1, WIMG_INFO3, WIMG_INFO4, WINFO_ACTIV, WLOADINFO
Examples :
Inputs : None
Opt. Inputs : None
Outputs : None
Opt. Outputs: None
Keywords : None
CALLS: ***
UNDEFINE
Common :
Restrictions:
Side effects: Not known
History : Version 1, 02-Sep-1995, B Podlipnik. Written
Contact : BP, borut@lasco1.mpae.gwdg.de
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
DMOVIE
PURPOSE:
This procedure will generate a list of images for selected day, create
image reduce header catalog, sort images on date and time, write a list
of images on ../work/$USER/list with name of the last processed day:
960704.lst and write processed images on ../work/$USER/fits.
CATEGORY:
LASCO DATA ANALYSIS
CALLING SEQUENCE:
DMOVIE
INPUTS:
KEYWORD PARAMETERS:
INST: A string for instrument: 'C1' is default.
DAY: A string array: day = ['960703','960704']
FILTER: A string for the filter: filter = 'Fe XIV'
TSPAN: A float number, time span in sec. between C1 off and on
line image (default 700 sec).
LAYOUT: IF this keyword is set, no layout will be processed.
NO_PROCESS: If this keyword is set, images will not be processed,
only a list file will be written on disk.
CALLS: ***
ANYTIM2UTC [1], ANYTIM2UTC [2], C1_IOD, CHK_DIR [1], CHK_DIR [2], GAMMA_CT
GET_ARRAY, LOADCT, PATH_FILE, UNDEFINE, UTC2TAI, YYMMDD, mk_query [1], mk_query [2]
SIDE EFFECTS:
A list file in the $WORK/$USER/list directory will be written.
PROCEDURE:
EXAMPLE:
DMOVIE,day='960704'
DMOVIE,day=['960703','960704'],inst='C1',filter='Fe XIV'
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Written by: B Podlipnik, 04 Jul 1996
@(#)c1_iod.pro 1.1 11/02/01 LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
DMOVIE
PURPOSE:
This procedure will generate a list of images for selected day, create
image reduce header catalog, sort images on date and time, write a list
of images on ../work/$USER/list with name of the last processed day:
960704.lst and write processed images on ../work/$USER/fits.
CATEGORY:
LASCO DATA ANALYSIS
CALLING SEQUENCE:
DMOVIE
INPUTS:
KEYWORD PARAMETERS:
INST: A string for instrument: 'C1' is default.
DAY: A string array: day = ['960703','960704']
FILTER: A string for the filter: filter = 'Fe XIV'
TSPAN: A float number, time span in sec. between C1 off and on
line image (default 700 sec).
LAYOUT: IF this keyword is set, no layout will be processed.
NO_PROCESS: If this keyword is set, images will not be processed,
only a list file will be written on disk.
CALLS: ***
ANYTIM2UTC [1], ANYTIM2UTC [2], CHK_DIR [1], CHK_DIR [2], DIFF_OF, GET_ARRAY
MVI2MPG2, PATH_FILE, UNDEFINE, UTC2TAI, WRT_ASC, YYMMDD, mk_query [1], mk_query [2]
SIDE EFFECTS:
A list file in the $WORK/$USER/list directory will be written.
PROCEDURE:
EXAMPLE:
DMOVIE,day='960704'
DMOVIE,day=['960703','960704'],inst='C1',filter='Fe XIV'
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Written by: B Podlipnik, 04 Jul 1996
@(#)dmovie.pro 1.1 11/02/01 LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
Name: do_demo
Purpose: run an idl demo program (format can be IDL main routine)
Input Parameters:
demofile - name of file to demo (execute) - if none, menu select from
files in $DIR_GEN_DOC with names: XXXdemo.pro
Keyword Parameters:
pause - if set, pause after IDL statement execution until user <CR>s
wait - if set, number of seconds to wait between each line
Calling Sequence:
do_demo [,demofile]
Non comment lines in demofile are displayed with highlights to terminal
and then executed - comment lines are echoed
History:
10-Jan-1995 (SLF)
CALLS: ***
FILE_EXIST [2], file_exist [1], file_exist [3], file_list [1], file_list [2]
prstr [1], prstr [2], rd_tfile [1], rd_tfile [2], strjustify, tbeep [1], tbeep [2]
tbeep [3], wmenu_sel [1], wmenu_sel [2]
Restrictions:
single line IDL commands for now
[Previous]
[Next]
.Name: DO_LUT
.Type: IDL procedure
.Filename: DO_LUT.PRO
.Purpose:
This procedure builds a set of new look up tables based on the
reference IDL color table, and reserves 6 indices of the new table
to well identified colors.\\
It takes into account the number of colors allowed to IDL, and
builds a new color table with less color than original color table.
To reduce the number of colors, keeping the color spirit of the
original color table, an interpolation is done.\\
The new color tables are stored into the files
QL_CONFIG_DIR:CQ_LUT_n.PRO where n is the index of the original look
up table.\\
The output luts are loadable by IDL using the procedure LOAD_LUT.\\
This procedure is normally executed during the installation of the
software, or when the IDLSAVE files has been destroyed
.History:
0.0 20-DEC-1993 P. Gallais - First writting
0.1 13-JAN-1993 P. Gallais - add the B/W inverse color table
0.2 17-JAN-1993 P. Gallais - add a new reserved color
0.3 10-SEP-1997 C. Maurel - produce files in qlroot
.Calling sequence:
DO_LUT
.Arguments:
none
.Inputs:
r_orig colors bytarr Red indices of original $
lut
g_orig colors bytarr Green indices of $
original lut
b_orig colors bytarr Blue indices of original$
lut
.Outputs:
r_orig idlsave bytarr Red indices of new lut
g_orig idlsave bytarr Green indices of new lut
b_orig idlsave bytarr Blue indices of new lut
.Calling:
none
.Called by:
User
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME: do_polariz
PURPOSE: Reduce Polarization Sequences for C1, C2 & C3
CATEGORY:
CALLING SEQUENCE: do_polariz
INPUTS: NONE
OPTIONAL INPUTS: Batch Mode requires INDEXLIST, SAVEPATH, CAMERA keywords
and one or more of: SAVE_POLARIZ, SAVE_PERCENT, SAVE_MU,
SAVE,US,SAVE_UNPOLARIZ, SAVE_TOTAL, SAVE_JY, SAVE_JZ
SAVE_ALL
INDEXLIST = list of img_hdr.txt files including pathnames
SAVEPATH = location to put saved output files
CAMERA = camera number (C1 = 1, C2 = 2, C3 = 3)
DIFF - input difference images (C1)
C1TRIPLE - input 3 wavelength C1 images
FIXC3ZERO - Define C3 +00 filter image to be 3.0*j0 - (j+60 + j-60)
instead of using +00 image (must be used after 10/14/98)
PTF - point filter output files
AUTO - for days with multiple PW sequences try to match
them automatically (BATCH mode only)
ROI = Region of Interest in pixels for computing Ave
SEQNO = sequence number of the day e.g to process the
2nd sequence of the day set seqno=2
DATATYPE = 5 for quicklook
1 for level 0
2 for level 1
OUTPUTS:
OPTIONAL OUTPUT PARAMETERS:
CALLS: ***
POLARIZ_BATCH, READ_LIST, polariz, polariz_display
CALLED BY:
REDUCE_DAILY
COMMON BLOCKS: POLARIZ_DATA, POLARIZ_DISPLAY
SIDE EFFECTS:
RESTRICTIONS:
PROCEDURE:
Example: Normal Interactive File Selection
do_polariz
Example: Batch Mode - File Selection by input file list
do_polariz,INDEXLIST='it.lst',SAVEPATH='/mypath',CAMERA=1,/SAVE_ALL
Example: Difference Image Analysis
do_polariz,/DIFF
Example: C3 Fix
do_polariz,/FIXC3ZERO
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
WRITTEN BY: Dennis Wang, Interferometrics/NRL, 1996
14 Jul 97 - Added SAVE_PERCENT
27 Oct 97 - Added PTF - point filter keyword to batch
and interactive mode
- changed output FITS headers
- changed output filenames and type codes
- changed output for brightness to DN instead of DN/sec
10 Nov 97 - C2 & C3 vignetting Functions added to 'Recalc' Button
- Point Filter added to 'Recalc' Button
- saved Files now have LASCO FITS Headers
- Added AUTO keyword - batch mode sequence matching
27 Oct 98 - Added FixC3ZERO keyword and supporting code
07 Jun 00 - Added SEQNO and DATATYPE Keywords
15 Aug 2000 - Fixed CAMERA Keyword
@(#)do_polariz.pro 1.7 03/05/01 LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
DO_RATIO
PURPOSE:
This function computes the ratio between two images. If there is a zero
in the image in the demoninator, the ratio is set to 1.
CATEGORY:
Utility
CALLING SEQUENCE:
Result = DO_RATIO(Im0, Ref)
INPUTS:
Im0: Image in the numerator
Ref: Image in the denominator
OUTPUTS:
This function returns the ratio of Im0 to Ref.
RESTRICTIONS:
No check is made of the type of the images. If both are integers, then
the result will be an integer. That may not be what you want.
PROCEDURE:
Result = Im0/Ref
EXAMPLE:
F = DO_RATIO(a,b)
computes the ratio of a/b
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Written by: Unknown.
10/26/2005 RAH: set the ratio to 1 where the ref image was zero.
@(#)do_ratio.pro 1.2 10/26/05 LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
Name: doc_cats
Purpose: string array of currently registered documentation categories
Output Parameters:
function returns string array of requested categories
count - number of elements returned
Keyword Parameters:
yohkoh, general, toplev, class - input switches for selection
descript - output, desription of return values
Calling Sequence:
categors=doc_cats([/toplev] [descript=descript, /class] [/yohkoh] [general])
Category: swmaint, documentaion, help
History: slf, 25-Jul-92
slf, 10-Dec-92 added count parameter,
changed decript to keyword
[Previous]
[Next]
Name: doc_head
Purpose: return idl documentation header from source file
Input Paramters:
source - file name containing idl source code and header
Output Paramters:
header - all text between ;+ and ;-
definition - procedure/function definition
CALLS: ***
rd_tfile [1], rd_tfile [2], remtab [1], remtab [2], wc_where [1], wc_where [2]
CALLED BY:
break_doc [1], break_doc [2], break_doc [3], fastdoc [1], fastdoc [2]
History: slf, 8-feb-1993
slf, 15-mar-1993 ; add case check for definition
slf, 25-Jan-1993 ; allow comments = ;-----------------
slf, 30-Mar-1994 ; case where 2 headers in one file, protect
MDM, 8-Mar-1995 ; Fixed problem case
slf, 9-mar-1995 ; definition termination criteria
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
DOC_LIB_UNIX
PURPOSE:
Extract the documentation template of one or more procedures.
CATEGORY:
Help, documentation.
CALLING SEQUENCE:
doc_lib_unix ;For prompting.
doc_lib_unix, Name ;Extract documentation for procedure Name using
the current !PATH.
INPUTS:
Name = string containing the name of the procedure or "*" for all.
OPTIONAL INPUT PARAMETERS:
PRINT = keyword parameter which, if set to 1, sends output
of doc_lib_unix to lpr. If PRINT is a string, it is a shell
command used for output with its standard input the
documentation. I.e. PRINT="cat > junk"
DIRECTORY = directory to search. If omitted, use current directory
and !PATH.
MULTI = flag to allow printing of more than one file if the module
exists in more than one directory in the path + the current
directory.
OUTPUTS:
No explicit outputs. Documentation is piped through more unless
/PRINT is specified.
CALLED BY:
XDL [1], XDL [2]
COMMON BLOCKS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
output is produced on terminal or printer.
RESTRICTIONS:
??
PROCEDURE:
Straightforward.
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
DMS, Feb, 1988.
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
DOC_LIB_VMS
PURPOSE:
Extract the documentation template of one or more procedures.
CATEGORY:
Help, documentation.
CALLING SEQUENCE:
DOC_LIB_VMS ;For prompting.
DOC_LIB_VMS, Name ;Extract documentation for procedure Name using
the current !PATH.
INPUTS:
Name: A string containing the name of the procedure.
KEYWORDS:
FILE: If this keyword is set, the output is sent to the file
"userlib.doc", in the current directory.
PRINT: If set, this keyword sends the output of DOC_LIB_VMS to lpr.
PATH: An optional directory/library search path. This keyword uses
the same format and semantics as !PATH. If omitted, !PATH is
used.
OUTPUTS:
Documentation is output to terminal or printer.
CALLED BY:
XDL [1], XDL [2]
COMMON BLOCKS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
Output is produced on terminal or printer.
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
PROCEDURE:
Straightforward.
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Written, DMS, Sept, 1982.
Added library param, Jul 1987.
Unix version, Feb, 1988.
Revised for VMS Version 2, 15 December 1989
Mods by RDB, MSSL, 12-Mar-92:
i) fix search of long path names by segmenting
ii) include current directory in search
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
doc_library2
PURPOSE:
To find a routine and to display the full contents of the file.
Search in the order of !path. If a wildcard * is used, then
all matches in !path are found.
SAMPLE CALLING SEQUENCE:
doc_library2, 'file_info2'
doc_library2, 'plot_*'
INPUTS:
arg - The input routine name to search for.
OPTIONAL OUTPUT:
files - The files found
CALLS: ***
MORE [1], MORE [2], PATH_LIB [1], PATH_LIB [2], input [1], input [2], prstr [1]
prstr [2], rd_tfile [1], rd_tfile [2]
CALLED BY:
dlib
HISTORY:
Written 7-Mar-95 by M.Morrison
[Previous]
[Next]
Name: doc_summ
Purpose:
Extract portions of documentation headers and present in some
standardized format
Input Parameters:
infiles - list of
Calling Sequence:
doc_summ, infiles, outdoc [/hc]
doc_summ, path, outdoc [/hc]
CALLS: ***
FILE_EXIST [2], break_doc [1], break_doc [2], break_doc [3], data_chk [1]
data_chk [2], file_exist [1], file_exist [3], file_list [1], file_list [2]
fmt_doc [1], fmt_doc [2], fmt_doc [3], prstr [1], prstr [2], str_concat [1]
str_concat [2]
History:
30-Mar-1994 (SLF)
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
dont_use_this
PURPOSE:
To print a message to the screen asking that the routine not be
used and optionally lists the name of the routine that should be
used
CALLING SEQUENCE:
dont_use_this, 'YODAT'
dont_use_this, 'GET_RB0P', 'SUN_R', 'Sample calling sequence: r = get_rb0p(times)'
OPTIONAL INPUT:
other - The name of the other routine to use (new routine)
this - The name of the routine not be used (Old routine)
extra - Extra string array information to print
CALLS: ***
prstr [1], prstr [2], tbeep [1], tbeep [2], tbeep [3]
CALLED BY:
HEL2PIX, PIX2HEL, RdTap [3], SUN_B0, SUN_P, SUN_R, go_lasdisk2 golaserdisk
go_rdtap [2], gt_fov_center, sxt_prep2
HISTORY:
Written 22-Feb-93 by M.Morrison
18-Jul-93 (MDM) - Added THIS and EXTRA inputs
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
doop
PURPOSE:
process requested operation defined by 'op'.
HISTORY:
Written 16-Dec-91
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
DOPP_ROLL
PURPOSE
Calculate the SOHO roll angle from a Dopplergam. The Dopplergram is assumed to
be in the form of a square array, reasonably cropped. We take the inner 4/5 of
a circle centered at the center of the image to be the locus of the Dopplergram.
CALLING SEQUENCE
roll = DOPP_ROLL(img,date)
INPUT PARAMETERS
IMG - the Dopplergram itself
DATE - A string containing the time and date at which the image was recorded.
RETURNS
ROLL - the roll angle relative to P=0, in degrees.
HISTORY
Hacked together, 22-March-99, by Craig DeForest
CAVEATS
Don't know which direction the roll is supposed to go yet.
Haven't included annual variations in the roll.
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
doy2date
PURPOSE:
convert DOY and year to month and day.
CALLING SEQUENCE:
DOY2date, DOY, year, month, day [, yymmdd]
INPUT:
doy day of year
year year (e.g. 90, 91, 92...)
OUTPUT:
month month number (01,02,03,..)
day day of the month
Optional/Output:
yymmdd string with 'yymmdd'
CALLED BY:
FndIDs, doytim2ex [1], doytim2ex [2], rd_so_at_ftr, sxt_mauna, timeline2html
todays_targets, ttim2ex
HISTORY:
Extended from Mons Morrison's DOY2Date,
done 19-Sept-91 by GAL.
[Previous]
[Next]
Name:
doytim2ex
Purpose:
Convert a string with day-of-year and time into external format.
For example, the string "316 21:45" will be converted to
[21,45,0,0,12,11,year]
Calling Sequence:
timarr = doytim2ex(buf, [doy=doy, year=year] )
Inputs:
buf = A string array with doy of year and time.
Example, "316, 21:45"
"316 21:45"
"316"
"342 2145"
CALLS: ***
doy2date [1], doy2date [2], timstr2ex [1], timstr2ex [2]
CALLED BY:
deciyr2ints, dsn_input, fmt_rasm, rd_goes3sec [1], rd_goes3sec [2]
rd_raw_station_plan
Note: The day of year is required. It must be first and
can be deliminated by space, comma or tab.
Outputs:
Returns 7-element array in external format.
Optional input keywords:
year = Year in 199x or 9x format. If this is not specified,
the current year will be used.
Optional return keywords:
doy = The day of year number.
Method:
Calls doy2date and timstr2ex
History:
Written, 12-Nov-91, J. Lemen
Updated, 11-Dec-91, J. Lemen; Allow time to be entered as 1200 for 12:00"
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
dpc_decode
PURPOSE:
To decode the MDI Data Product Code (DPC)
SAMPLE CALLING SEQUENCE:
dpc_decode, 'c2000fc0'x
dpc_decode, ['C2000FC0'x,'C2400FC0'x,'C6000FC0'x,'C6400FC0'x,'C3409001'x,'C7409001'x,$
'C9400FC0'x,'C8400FC0'x,'9180AFB0'x,'83006001'x,'85805001'x,'87805001'x], /table
CALLS: ***
DPC_DATA, MASK, rd_tfile [1], rd_tfile [2]
HISTORY:
Written 15-Nov-95 by Dan Goldberg
16-Nov-95 (MDM) - Modified slightly
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
dpc_img_summary
PURPOSE:
A front driver to read MDI data and then call IMG_SUMMARY
SAMPLE CALLING SEQUENCE:
dpc_img_summary, '960220_163120', 16, 'ICE Dark Frame'
dpc_img_summary, img, head
dpc_img_summary, infil, dset, tit, hc=hc
CALLS: ***
SXPAR [1], SXPAR [2], SXPAR [3], data_type [1], data_type [2], gt_day [1]
gt_day [2], img_summary [1], img_summary [2], mk_dpc_image, read_mdi
CALLED BY:
rd_obs4
HISTORY:
V1.0 Written 22-Feb-96 by M.Morrison
V1.01 22-Feb-96 (MDM) - Changed the margin from 20 pixels to 12
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
dpc_summary
PURPOSE:
To list the unique post-launch high word DPC values (observables)
and the low word DPC values (formatting)
SAMPLE CALLING SEQUENCE:
dpc_summary
dpc_summary, 'xyz.out'
CALLS: ***
MASK, UNIQ [1], UNIQ [2], UNIQ [3], file_append [1], file_append [2], get_dpc_info
prstr [1], prstr [2]
HISTORY:
Written 6-Mar-96 by M.Morrison
V1.1 11-Mar-96 (MDM) - Added showing the output size of the data product in
the format summary portion
- Corrected the description to be correct for the
format portion
[Previous]
[Next]
dpcstr
PURPOSE
Decode an MDI Data Product Code into English according to the Rock
Bush rules (an alternative to dpc_decode)
CALLING SEQUENCE
str = dpcstr(dpc,[keyword])
INPUTS
dpc is either a string containing a hexadecimal DPC, or an
integer number.
OPTIONAL INPUTS
If defined, "stuff" tells what to display. If it's undefined,
it defaults to "all". Recognized key strings are:
all - Mention everything
obs - Describe the main observation type
pre - Generate a prefix for timestamp-filename generation
siz - Size information only
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS (by keyword)
size: the size of the associated image, in pixels
bins: The size of NxM bins, in pixels (currently we only
support 2x2, 4x4, and 8x8)
TO DO
Should understand DPCs better -- we just interpret the rules in a
rudimentary fashion and don't keep track of historical or accidental
nuances within the rules.
BUGS
Kludgey vectorization should be fixed -- it uses a for loop.
HISTORY
8-May-97 At MDM's request, removed all non-documentation
references to the FUG() routine. (CED)
28-April-97 Vectorized (in a kludgey way) (CED)
16-Jan-97 Fixed problem with modding of negative numbers (CED)
Improved 15-Jan-97 (Regularized spacing, etc.) (CED)
Written 10/14/96 (based on the description at
http://www.lmsal.com/MDI/ops/dep_stuff/dpc_rules2.txt )
[Craig DeForest]
27-Feb-2006 (SEG) - Fix n2b array out of range error
CALLS:
CALLED BY
datify, fixinate_mdi, list_tfi, mdialign
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
dprate2sec
PURPOSE:
Given a DP_RATE code, return the major frame rate in sec
CALLING SEQUENCE:
rate = dprate2sec(roadmap)
rate = dprate2sec(index)
INPUT:
dprate - the "dp_rate" field in a structure
OUTPUT:
returns Major frame rate in seconds
CALLS: ***
gt_dp_rate [1], gt_dp_rate [2]
CALLED BY:
AVE_CTS2 [1], AVE_CTS2 [2], AVE_CTS2 [3], HXTPIXON, HXT_QLOOK, WBS_DB2, fix_hxtindex
fort2hxi_tim, grs32_fsp, grsl1_dead [2], grsl2_dead, grsl_fsp, hxs_chsums, hxs_dead
hxt_chsums, hxtaccumulate, mk_timarr [1], mk_timarr [2], plott_hi_sum
plott_low_sum, plott_med1_sum, plott_med2_sum, rd_sxs_pha [1], rd_sxs_pha [2]
rd_wbs_pha [1], rd_wbs_pha [2], read_yohkoh_4_spex [1], read_yohkoh_4_spex [2]
time_vec [1], time_vec [2]
HISTORY:
Written Fall 91 by M.Morrison
19-Feb-92 (MDM) - fixed bug. when checking to see if
telemetry value had been /32, it was not
checking properly - if initial rate was low,
it thought the value had be /32 already
31-May-92 (MDM) - Modified so that input can be structure with
.DP_RATE field (it will call GT_DP_RATE if so)
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
DR_CARR
PURPOSE:
If ARG is a time interval (in decimal days) this routine
calculates the Carrington differential rotation for the
latitude specified by LAT (in degrees, default is 0).
If ARG is an angle (in either degrees or radians), this
routine calculates the time interval (in decimal days)
required for Carrington rotation by that angle at a
latitude specified by LAT.
CATEGORY:
Solar astronomy trivia.
CALLING SEQUENCE:
OUT = dr_carr([lat,arg,ang2tim=ang2tim,rad=rad])
INPUTS:
LAT: Latitude in degrees
ARG: Either a time difference (if ANG2TIM is not
present or is zero), or a rotation angle in
degrees or radians (if ANG2TIM is present
and non-zero).
OPTIONAL INPUT PARAMETERS:
None.
KEYWORDS:
ANG2TIM: If present and non-zero then ARG is interpreted
as a rotation angle, and the time in decimal days
required for rotation by angle ARG (in either
degrees or radians) is returned.
RAD: If present and non-zero then if ARG is non-zero
the returned rotation angle is in radians. If ARG
is absent then the returned rotation rate is in
microradians per second. If RAD is zero or absent
then the returned rotation angle or rate is in
degrees or degrees per day.
PERIOD: If present and non-zero then if ARG is absent
the rotation period in days at latitude LAT is
returned. If PERIOD is zero or absent then if ARG
is absent the rotation rate in microradians per sec
is returned.
OUTPUTS:
OUT: Either rotation angle or time in decimal days
necessary to rotate by angle ARG, depending on the
value of ANG2TIM.
CALLED BY:
BUILD_SSX, DR, GET_SSX_SLICE, MK_SSX, TV_SSX
COMMON BLOCKS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
PROCEDURE:
The sidereal Carrington rotation rate is 2.666 microradians/sec.
We have borrowed the higher order coefficients for photospheric
differential rotaion from Howard and Harvey (1970):
omega_sidereal = 2.865 - 0.351(+/-0.03)*sin(beta)^2
- 0.443(+/-0.05)*sin(beta)^4 microradians/sec
EXAMPLE:
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Aug, 1992. Written by GLS, LMSC.
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
DR_PHOTO
PURPOSE:
If ARG is a time interval (in decimal days) this routine
calculates photosheric differential rotation for the
latitude specified by LAT (in degrees, default is 0).
If ARG is an angle (in either degrees or radians), this
routine calculates the time interval (in decimal days)
required for photosperic rotation by that angle at a
latitude specified by LAT.
CATEGORY:
Solar astronomy trivia.
CALLING SEQUENCE:
OUT = dr_photo([lat,arg,ang2tim=ang2tim,rad=rad])
INPUTS:
LAT: Latitude in degrees
ARG: Either a time difference (if ANG2TIM is not
present or is zero), or a rotation angle in
degrees or radians (if ANG2TIM is present
and non-zero).
OPTIONAL INPUT PARAMETERS:
None.
KEYWORDS:
ANG2TIM: If present and non-zero then ARG is interpreted
as a rotation angle, and the time in decimal days
required for rotation by angle ARG (in either
degrees or radians) is returned.
RAD: If present and non-zero then if ARG is non-zero
the returned rotation angle is in radians. If ARG
is absent then the returned rotation rate is in
microradians per second. If RAD is zero or absent
then the returned rotation angle or rate is in
degrees or degrees per day.
PERIOD: If present and non-zero then if ARG is absent
the rotation period in days at latitude LAT is
returned. If PERIOD is zero or absent then if ARG
is absent the rotation rate in microradians per sec
is returned.
OUTPUTS:
OUT: Either rotation angle or time in decimal days
necessary to rotate by angle ARG, depending on the
value of ANG2TIM.
CALLED BY:
DR, GET_TRACUBE, mplot_nar, plot_ar_pfi, plot_nar [1], plot_nar [2], rot_pix2
COMMON BLOCKS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
PROCEDURE:
The sidereal photospheric rotation equation of
Howard and Harvey (1970) is used:
omega_sidereal = 2.78(+/-0.003) - 0.351(+/-0.03)*sin(beta)^2
- 0.443(+/-0.05)*sin(beta)^4 microradians/sec
EXAMPLE:
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
May, 1992. Written by GLS, LMSC.
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
draw_boxcensiz
PURPOSE:
To draw a box on the screen in either data or device coordinates by
specifying the center and the size of the box
SAMPLE CALLING SEQUENCE:
draw_boxcensiz, x0, y0, x1, y1
INPUT:
x - The center x coordinate
y - The center y coordinate
xsiz - The size in the x coordinate
ysiz - The size in the y coordinate
OPTIONAL INPUT:
nxparts - Draw this many x grid marks
nyparts - Draw this many y grid marks
nytot - screen size excluding lines at the bottom to skip
nyskip - number of lines to skip a the bottom (for color bar)
label - optional label to be put in lower left corner
lab_siz - size of the label
CALLED BY:
SXT_QLOOK, TRACE_SSWHERE [1], pfi_loc, plot_fov [1], plot_gsn, plot_ssw_fov
sxt_plot_fov, trace_sswhere [2], trace_sswhere [3], trace_sswhere [4]
OPTIONAL KEYWORD INPUT:
device - If set, use device coordinates (DEFAULT)
data - If set, use data coordinates
color - If set, use that color
HISTORY:
Written Oct-91 by M.Morrison
18-Jun-93 (MDM) - Added COLOR option and documentation header
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
draw_boxcorn
PURPOSE:
To draw a box on the screen in either data or device coordinates
SAMPLE CALLING SEQUENCE:
draw_boxcorn, x0, y0, x1, y1
INPUT:
x0 - The lower left x coordinate
y0 - The lower left y coordinate
x1 - The upper right x coordinate
y1 - The upeer right y coordinate
OPTIONAL INPUT:
nxparts - Draw this many x grid marks
nyparts - Draw this many y grid marks
nytot - screen size excluding lines at the bottom to skip
nyskip - number of lines to skip a the bottom (for color bar)
label - optional label to be put in lower left corner
lab_siz - size of the label
lab_dir - orientation of the label
lab_col - color of the label
CALLED BY:
MARKS2BOX, PICK_PIX, READ_TRACE_FOV, SFD_CDS, SPOTTER, TOBAN_BOXES
TRACE_SSWHERE [1], ar_prep, bgrab Bruner Grab, box1_draw, box_lc_plot, dejitter
ext_subset [1], ext_subset [2], get_from_plot, obs_coord, obs_coord2, plot_fov [1]
pr_image, pr_teem, rect_rot, sel_region, sho, sho_max, show_obs2, show_obs3, show_obs4
soup_obs2, sxt_obs_coord [1], sxt_obs_coord [2], sxt_plot_fov, trace_sswhere [2]
trace_sswhere [3], trace_sswhere [4]
OPTIONAL KEYWORD INPUT:
device - If set, use device coordinates (DEFAULT)
data - If set, use data coordinates
color - If set, use that color
HISTORY:
Written Oct-91 by M.Morrison
18-Jun-93 (MDM) - Added COLOR option and documentation header
[Previous]
[Next]
Name:
draw_circle
Purpose:
Draw a circle.
Calling Sequence:
draw_circle, x0, y0, radius [, npts=npts]
Input Parameters:
x0 = Central x coordinate
y0 = Central y coordinate
radius = Radius
Optional input keywords:
Npts = Number of points (default = 10000)
device = If set, plots will assume device coordinates
data = If set, plots will assume data coordinates
psym = Plot symbol
color = Color
linestyle = Line style
CALLED BY:
MARK_POINT, stretch_circle, todays_targets, xy_lwa
Modification History:
Written, 26-feb-92, J. R. Lemen
2-feb-95, JRL, Added thick keyword
[Previous]
[Next]
pro drawcircle, ima_in, x_cntr, y_cntr, radius, ptyp, psiz, color
; Draw a circle of given radius and given center on a frame
; Created by M.B on 31/01/94 : LAS v1.0
; Modified by M.B on 17/02/94 : LAS
; inputs :
; ima_in image that receives the picture
; x_cntr, y_cntr center coordinates of the drawn circle
; radius radius of the drawn circle
; ptyp selected drawn points (0 --> 9)
; psiz heigth of the drawn points (scale*1.)
; color color of the drawn points (0(black) --> 255(white))
; outputs :
; on the selected window, the picture appears
[Previous]
[Next]
Name: dset_range
Purpose: handle incrementing/reseting of range widget parameters
Input Parameter - range = array(4,2)
min max current incr
Defaults xx xx xx xx
Current xx xx xx xx
History - slf, 7/91
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : DSP_AUX
Purpose : Plot/display auxiliary data from a qlds.
Explanation : The Quick Look Data Structure contains informations about
auxiliary data derived from telemetry data by fitsgen. This
routine is designed to plot those data.
Use : DSP_AUX,QLDS
Inputs : QLDS : Quick Look Data Structure.
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : None.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : GROUP_LEADER : Widget group leader
Calls : ***
ASSIGN_NOCOPY, BREAK_FILE [1], BREAK_FILE [2], BREAK_FILE [3], CLEANPLOT [1]
CLEANPLOT [2], CLEANPLOT [3], CLIPBOX, CW_PLOTZ [1], DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2]
DATATYPE [3], DEFAULT, DSP_AUX_EVENT, DSP_AUX_PRINT, EXIST, PS [1], PS [2]
PSCLOSE [1], PSCLOSE [2], PSPLOT [1], PSPLOT [2], QLDS_CHECKIN, QLDS_MANAGED
QLDS_REPORT, QLMGR, REPSTR [1], REPSTR [2], REPSTR [3], STR_SEP, TRIM, XACK, XALIVE, XKILL
XMANAGER, XPS_SETUP, break_file [4], cw_plotz [2]
CALLED BY:
dsp_menu
Common : QLSAVE : See e.g., QLDS_CHECKIN.
Restrictions: QLDS should be valid.
Side effects: If the QLDS is not managed by the Quick Look memory management
system, the call will not return until the widget is dead, to
ensure that the QLDS can be returned safely.
Category : Quick Look, Display.
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : Stein Vidar H. Haugan, UiO, 19 August 1996
Modified : Version 2, SVHH, 28 April 1997
Renamed GROUP -> GROUP_LEADER, started actually
*using* GROUP to make the top level base be killed
when group leader dies.
Added graceful exit with XACK when plotting is not
possible.
Version : 2, 28 April 1997
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : DSP_CUBE
Purpose : Display CDS QLDS data cubes any way you like it...
Explanation : DSP_CUBE uses the general data cube display widget CW_CUBEVIEW
to display the data from a CDS QuickLook Data Structure.
Each column in the display shows one data cube, corresponding
to one data window in the QLDS. You may choose which data
window should be shown in which window by choosing from the
pulldown menus at the top of each column of data (labeled
"Win: xxxx").
Each column consists of one image and one plot.
The image is a cross-section of your data along two of the
data dimensions. The plot is a cross-section of the data along
one dimension. Right above the image/plot windows, there are
buttons showing which dimension(s) have been used to form the
image or plot. To view the data along different dimensions,
click these buttons to change the current dimensions.
You move around in the data cubes by pressing the middle mouse
button to move the focus. When you move along a "physical"
dimension such as SOLAR_X, SOLAR_Y or DEL_TIME, the focus of
all the display columns will be changed to point to the same,
or "corresponding" point. The wavelength dimension is not
coupled in this way, and you may move independently along the
wavelength dimension in each column.
To zoom in/out in the image or plot, press the right/left
mouse button.
The color scaling of each image may be adjusted by pressing
the "Adjust color scaling" button.
The plot scaling (min/max etc) may be adjusted by pressing the
"Adjust plot scaling" button.
Use : DSP_CUBE,QLDS [,NWIN]
Inputs : QLDS : QuickLook Data Structure
Opt. Inputs : NWIN : The number of data cubes to be displayed
simultaneously.
Outputs : None.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : GROUP : Set to the group leader to make the widget die when
the group leader dies.
Calls : ***
CWQ_CUBE, CW_MOUSE, DEFAULT, DSP_CUBE_EVENT, QLDS_CHECKIN, QLDS_MANAGED, QLDS_REPORT
XALIVE, XMANAGER
CALLED BY:
dsp_menu
Common : QLSAVE : See qlds_report/qlds_checkin
Restrictions: ..
Side effects: ..
Category : CDS QuickLook, Display
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : Stein Vidar H. Haugan, UiO, 29 May 1997
Modified : Not yet.
Version : 1, 29 May 1997
[Previous]
[Next]
Project:
SOHO - SUMER
Name:
dsp_fov
Purpose:
To display SUMER Field of View on solar images using IMAGE_TOOL
Use:
dsp_fov, header, binheader
Inputs
Header - FITS primary header
Binheader - Binary header
Output
Input Keywords: group - Should be set if called from within another
widget application
Calls: ***
FXPAR [1], FXPAR [2], IMAGE_TOOL, MK_POINT_STC
Common:
None
Written:
Paal Brekke, October 5 1996
Modifications
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : DSP_INFO
Purpose : Display basic information from a CDS QL Data Structure
Explanation : Displays basic information in a window about the
structure containing data from a CDS FITS level-1 file.
Optional display of information concerning each spectral
window appears in a separate window, as is also the case
with the optional display of auxiliary data information.
Use : DSP_INFO, QLDS
Inputs : QLDS = A CDS QL Data Structure variable as returned by
READCDSFITS(). See also "CDS QL data format".
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : None.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : ALL: Set to display all information (basic+window+aux)
WINDOW: Set to display detector window information
AUX: Set to display auxiliary data information
NO_BASIC:
Set to suppress basic header info display
(to add, e.g., AUX-window without duplicating
basic header information)
GROUP_LEADER:
If this invoked by any other CDS QuickLook
display routine (group leader responsible for
keeping the QLDS), this keyword should have
the widget ID of the top level base of the
calling routine.
If it is not set, the Xmanager is called to
handle the widgets until they die..
NOCHECK:
Set this to avoid calls to QLMGR to check
validity of the QLDS.
Calls : ***
DSP_INFO_EVENT, GT_DIMENSION, LEFTLABEL, NTRIM, QLMGR, SINCE_VERSION [1]
SINCE_VERSION [2], TRIM, XMANAGER
CALLED BY:
READCALFITS, READCDSFITS, READSUM2CDS, dsp_menu
Common : QLMGR
Restrictions: The routine is intended solely for CDS QuickLook data,
and requires a strict adherence to the QL data format,
version 1.1
Side effects: Creates widget windows on the screen. Does not
use xmanager (only "dead" windows).
Category : Display_Info, QuickLook, CDS
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : Stein Vidar Hagfors Haugan, Oslo Univ., 27 September 1993
Modified : SVHH, 4 October 1993
added QLMGR call & common block to avoid
multiple window copies & keep window placings
SVHH, 21 October 1993
added /NOCHECK, GROUP_LEADER keywords
SVHH, 29 October 1993
Made the widget active, with "Done" buttons
and CLEANUP keywords
SVHH, 3 November 1993
Added display of ORIGIN in spectral window
information, added Units (Angstrom, etc.)
Fixed bug for 1-dimensional (GIS) data
SVHH, Version 2, 4 October 1995
Changed the handling of auxiliary data.
SVHH, Version 2.1, 25-January-1995
Took out LL_TITLE line.
Version 3, SVHH, 27 February 1996
Modified output format.
Version 4, SVHH, 25 November 1996
Avoid using DETDATA tag. Shrunk widgets,
counteracting RSI's brilliant (NOT!) brand new
interpretation of e.g., XPAD=0.
Version 5, SVHH, 28 April 1997
Using NTRIM instead of TRIM when displaying the
min/max values, to cope with byte values.
Version : 5, 28 April 1997
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : dsp_menu
Purpose : Selection of display modes for CDS QL data.
Explanation : Creates a menu with selections for the different display
modes possible for the CDS QuickLook Data Structure
passed as a parameter.
It's also possible to initiate reading of another
FITS file with new data, to display more than one
data set at the same time.
If you supply more than one QLDS, there will be one menu for
each one.
Use : DSP_MENU,QLDS [, QLDS2, QLDS3, ...]
Inputs : QLDS : A CDS QuickLook Data structure containing data
from CDS FITS level-1 file, as returned
by READCDSFITS(). See "CDS QL data format".
Opt. Inputs : Up to 15 data structures may be supplied.
Outputs : None.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : GROUP_LEADER:
Set to indicate that this window should
have another (top-level) menu as a group
leader. This has implications for how
the QLDS is stored during the lifetime
of the menu.
NOCHECK:
Set to avoid checking the QLDS by a call
to QLMGR. Used by the QL routines to speed
up processing.
MODAL: Make the widget modal.
DELETE: Make the widget delete the QLDS when it dies.
Calls : ***
ANYTIM2UTC [1], ANYTIM2UTC [2], ASSIGN_NOCOPY, BREAK_FILE [1], BREAK_FILE [2]
BREAK_FILE [3], Bell, CDSLOG, CDSNOTIFY, CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2]
CONCAT_DIR [3], CW_LOADCT, DEFAULT, DELETE_QLDS, DSPEXP, DSPSPEC, DSP_AUX, DSP_CUBE
DSP_INFO, DSP_MENU_EVENT, DSP_MOVIE, DSP_POINT, DSP_WAV, EXIST, FILE_EXIST [2]
GT_DETECTOR, GT_DIMENSION, PICKFITS, QLDS_CHECKIN, QLDS_REPORT, QLMGR
SINCE_VERSION [1], SINCE_VERSION [2], STR_SEP, TRIM, UTC2DOW, VDS_CALIB, VDS_DEBIAS
WIDG_HELP, XALIVE, XCAT, XCDS_ANALYSIS, XCDS_COSMIC, XCDS_SNAPSHOT, XLOAD, XLOADCT [1]
XLOADCT [2], XLOADCT [3], XMANAGER, XPALETTE, XPDMENU, XPL_STRUCT, break_file [4]
concat_dir [4], file_exist [1], file_exist [3]
CALLED BY:
DSPWAV, PICKFITS, QL_MENU, XCAT
Common : QLSAVE: See QLDS_CHECKIN
Restrictions: The QLDS must adhere to the "CDS QL data format".
Side effects: Initiates the QLMGR, if not already initiated.
Kills any previous menu for this particular data
structure, taking the same position on the screen.
Category : CDS, QuickLook, Display
Prev. Hist. : Idea/setup by Paal Brekke
Written : Stein Vidar Hagfors Haugan, October 1993
Modified : SVHH, 29 October 1993 - Added CLEANUP to xmanager call.
PB, November 1993 - Added several new features
(Full spectrum, NIS Movie..)
SVHH, 20 November 1993 - Brushed up documentation and
nomenclature (as much as possible), moved the
selection of spectral windows into a separate
window popping up when needed.
SVHH, Feb-March 1994, - Added structure browsing,
skipped spectral window selection for waveslice,
included file name and Sci-obj. on top of the menu,
added QL Menu (to display other files).
PB, July 8 1994 - Added help button
PB, Aug 24 1994 - Fixed bug: Added keyword X/Yoffset
in call to Xselect, changed size of movie-image.
PB, Sept 21 - 94 Added Help using WIDG_HELP
SVHH, 16-May-1995 - Version 2.7
Added XPL_STRUCT button
PB, February 26 1996, Check on dimension of qlds
before starting movie.
Added buttons for VDS_DEBIAS and CDS_CALIB
PB, March 3 1996, Notify user if VDS_DEBIAS already has
been applied
Version 4, SVHH, 20 May 1996
Added 'Quit and free space' option at request
from Bill.
Version 5, SVHH, 22 May 1996
Added MODAL and DELETE options, trying to be clever
about when the user should be allowed to delete
the data.
Version 6, SVHH, 18 June 1996
Switched to dsp_wav instead of dspwav.
Using dsp_movie for movies.
Added XCAT and Pickfits possibilities, and took
away the ql_menu option.
Version 7, SVHH, 29 July 1996
Added CW_LOADCT for color table manipulation,
and added XCDS_SNAPSHOT button.
Version 8, SVHH, 8 August 1996
Added IMAGE_TOOL button, and the 'Enable structure
browser' feature to shorten startup time.
Added VDS_CALIB call as well.
(Added group in dsp_point call 15 August 1996)
Version 9, SVHH, 19 August 1996
Added DSP_AUX call.
Version 10, SVHH, 3 October 1996
Added multi-menu startup capability.
Added pulldown menu for starting up dsp_wav with
variable number of windows. Added test call to
pickfits to see if lfitslist.txt could be found.
Version 11, SVHH, 16 December 1996
Complete redesign of the text + layout of buttons
Version 12, SVHH, 7 January 1997
Enabled XCDS_COSMIC button.
Version 13, SVHH, 9 January 1997
De-sensitizing some more buttons for 2D data.
Version 14, SVHH, 25 March 1997
Added /OWN_WINDOW switch in XCDS_SNAPSHOT call.
Version 15, SVHH, 28 April 1997
Sending GROUP_LEADER info to DSP_AUX to avoid dangling
windows that do not control the QLDS.
Version 16, SVHH, 29 May 1997
Added DSP_CUBE.
Version 17, SVHH, 9 November 1999
Using delete_qlds instead of delvarx to free
storage (as we're supposed to!)
Version : 17, 9 November 1999
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : DSP_MOVIE
Purpose : Display a movie of CDS "slit spectrograms" (SCANX/Y/T)
Explanation : If a QLDS contains data with at least three dimensions
it is possible to make a sequence of "slit" spectrograms
and play them as a "movie". Note that the sequence needn't
be ordered in such a way that it is the physical time that
plays the role of time in the movie. It is, however
easier to interpret a sequence that represents a succession
of time rather than a physical movement of the "slit".
This routine uses the GT_SCANX/Y/T routines to create
a succession of slit spectrograms from the data in the
supplied Quick Look Data Structure.
Use : dsp_movie,qlds
Inputs : QLDS : Quick Look Data Structure as returned by readcdsfits.
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : None.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : NOCHECK: Set to skip testing the QLDS validity.
NOSQUARE: Set to allow a size scaling of the data
that does not preserve the axis ratios.
Calls : ***
ASSIGN_NOCOPY, DEFAULT, DSP_MOVIE_EVENT, DSP_MOVIE_ROLL, GT_DIMENSION, GT_SCANT
GT_SCANX, GT_SCANY, PARCHECK, QLMGR, TRIM, TYP, XMANAGER, XMOVIE [1], XMOVIE [2]
CALLED BY:
dsp_menu
Common : DSP_MOVIE_COMMON. Used to make the QLDS visible inside
the event/moviemaking procedures.
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: Displays a window while composing the picture.
Modal.
Category : Quick Look, Display
Prev. Hist. : Taken partially from DSP_MENU.
Written : Stein Vidar H. Haugan, UiO, 28 February 1996
Modified : Version 2, SVHH, 29 February 1996
Changed name from dsp_scanm->dsp_movie.
Packaged the whole thing into a widget
thing.
Version 3, SVHH, 12 November 1996
Added MISSING keyword in XMOVIE call.
Version : 3, 12 November 1996
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : DSP_POINT
Purpose : Show pointing area for QLDS with IMAGE_TOOL
Explanation : This application can be used to pinpoint the area covered
by a CDS raster. Pointing and area information is picked
up from the header information in the QLDS, and is put
into a pointing structure as used by IMAGE_TOOL.
In addition, if XIX and/or YIX are supplied, DSP_POINT will
make two additional pointings in the same pointing structure,
forming a cross at the specified point in the raster.
The information about the pointings are also used to make
a Field Of View structure, FOV, which is also accepted by
IMAGE_TOOL. The FOV data cannot be rotation compensated by
IMAGE_TOOL, however.
Both the pointing structure and the FOV structure can be
retrieved through the POINTING_STC and FOV output keywords
respectively.
SHOWING THE CENTER OF EACH EXPOSURE
If you set the keyword /UNFOLD, the center of each exposure
will be pinpointed (like when XIX/YIX is set), but the center
coordinates of each exposure will also be rotated to the time
of the beginning of the raster, unless the NO_ROTATION keyword
is set. Beware that e.g., a 6x6 GIS raster will result in a
total of 2x6x6 + 1 = 73 pointings with this keyword set!! That
takes a lot of time to plot in image_tool!
SHOWING MULTIPLE RASTER AREAS
To show the areas of more than one raster together, given
QLDS'es A, B and C, use the following sequence:
IDL> dsp_point,A,point_stc=point_stc,/accumulate
IDL> dsp_point,B,point_stc=point_stc,/accumulate
IDL> dsp_point,C,point_stc=point_stc
What DSP_POINT will do is to create a pointing structure
during the first call, and place it in point_stc (make sure
point_stc is NOT a structure the first time you call dsp_point
-- if it is a structure, it must be a pointing structure).
The /ACCUMULATE keyword tells dsp_point to return after
creating the correct pointing structure, skipping the
call to IMAGE_TOOL.
The second call to DSP_POINT adds the pointing of B to the
pointing structure given in POINT_STC.
SOLAR ROTATION COMPENSATION, MULTIPLE RASTERS
A pointing structure contains only one observation time, so
DSP_POINT will rotate all observations to a common time, the
time of the *initial* observation supplied to DSP_POINT.
If you observe one feature over a considerable time, this is
the "common sense" way to treat pointings. As long as the
structure is moving according to plan, any pointing centered
on the feature will remain pointed at the feature when
displayed with IMAGE_TOOL, when IMAGE_TOOL time projection is
turned on.
The FOV structure (which cannot be rotated by IMAGE_TOOL)
is composed of the "static" fields of view *after* DSP_POINT
has rotated all pointings to a common time.
Using the fixed FOV or the pointing structure without time
projection will thus give you a fairly accurate view of
what regions of an *instantaneous* sun will be covered by
a sequence of rasters. Try to accumulate a pointing structure
with all nine synoptic rasters. If you display this pointing
structure without time projection, you will see the region
that would be covered by the synoptic *if the synoptic was
started at the exact time of this image*.
To check the *absolute*, *true* pointings of multiple rasters,
you should turn off the rotation to a common time by using the
/NO_ROTATION keyword in DSP_POINT. Accumulating the pointings
of a synoptic sequence of rasters with this keyword will give
you a sequence of rasters lined up on the meridian, given that
you turn the IMAGE_TOOL time projection off.
Using /NO_ROTATION in DSP_POINT but time projection in
IMAGE_TOOL does not make sense, afaik.
Use : DSP_POINT,QLDS
Inputs : QLDS: Quick Look Data Structure.
Opt. Inputs : XIX/YIX : The X and Y indices of a point within the supplied
QLDS. DSP_POINT will make two additional pointings
in the pointing structure to form a "crosshair"
pinpointing the location.
POINT_STC : If this is a structure, it is assumed to be a
pointing structure, and the pointings for the
current QLDS will be added to the pointings in
this structure. Unless /NO_ROTATION is set, the
pointings of the current QLDS will be rotated to
the date_obs of the supplied POINT_STC.
FOV : If supplied, assumed to be a Field Of View structure
with tags X and Y. ALL pointings in the POINT_STC after
adding the current QLDS pointing will be added to the
supplied FOV.
I.e., if you use both FOV *and* POINT_STC
in all calls when accumulating multiple pointings,
you'll end up with a lot of uneccessary entries in
FOV. If you want the correct FOV, get it as an output in
the last call to DSP_PONT.
Outputs : None.
Opt. Outputs: POINT_STC : The pointing structure after processing/adding
the current QLDS pointing to any pre-existing
pointings in the POINT_STC.
FOV : The fixed Fields-Of-View for the pointings in POINT_STC,
added to any entries previously in the FOV
structure. The FOV entries show the pointing coordinates
at the time given by the pointing structure tag DATE_OBS
(in TAI format).
Keywords : MODAL: Modality
GROUP: Group leader. Since IMAGE_TOOL seems to dislike
widget apps that do not pass on any group leader
(xkills them), a dummy base is used when this is
not supplied.
UNFOLD : Takes the information in the QLDS about the
instrument X/Y values for each exposure and pinpoints
each of them with a "crosshair".
ACCUMULATE : If set, DSP_POINT will not call IMAGE_TOOL with
the resultant pointing and FOV structures, but
return immediately.
NO_ROTATION : If set, DSP_POINT will not rotate the current
QLDS pointing to the time of the supplied
pointing structure.
Calls : ***
ANYTIM2TAI, DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], DEFAULT, GT_DIMENSION
GT_SPECTRUM, IMAGE_TOOL, MK_POINT_STC, PARCHECK, QLMGR, ROT_XY, TYP, XACK
CALLED BY:
DSPWAV, DSP_WAV, NDSPSPEC, dsp_menu
Common : None.
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: Starts XACK/IMAGE_TOOL if /ACCUMULATE is not set. This means
that if GROUP is not set, all widgets will be killed.
Create a dummy group leader (must be *realized*) along
if you don't want this to happen.
Category : Quicklook, Display
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : Stein Vidar H. Haugan, UiO, 23 May 1996
Modified : Not yet, but /SHOW_POINTING keyword should be added to
Image_tool call when applicable. Using both FOV and
POINT_STC for now.
Version 2, SVHH, 15 August 1996
Added the stuff that accumulates pointings from more
than one raster, and corrected a problem that caused
image_tool to be killed immediately after launch when
it was not modal.
Version 3, SVHH, 15 August 1996
Decided not to interfere with xack/image_tool xkill
policy, especially since xack required the group
leader to be realized as well as alive.
Version 4, SVHH, 20 August 1996
Added /UNFOLD feature.
Version : 4, 20 August 1996
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : DSP_RASTER
Purpose : Displays locations of CDS raster using IMAGE_TOOL.
Explanation : Passes on the pointing information in the QLDS structure to IMAGE_TOOL
and displays the location of the CDS RASTER.
Use : DSP_RASTER, QLDS, [SOURCE=SOURCE, GROUP=GROUP]
Inputs : QLDS: CDS QuickLook Data structure
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : None.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : SOURCE - Image source. Can either be SYNOPTIC
(using the default IMAGE_TOOL
image selection) or EIT. The latter is the defult.
EIT - Selects from latest EIT data base.
i
Calls : ***
GT_START, IMAGE_TOOL, MK_POINT_STC, PICKFILE, UTC2TAI, XGET_SYNOPTIC
CALLED BY:
NDSPSPEC
Common : None.
Restrictions: Require access to the synoptic images and the EIT data located
at GSFC:
/soho-archive/private/data/processed/eit/quicklook/
Side effects: ..
Category : CDS, QL, DISPLAY
Prev. Hist. :
Written : P. Brekke, 26-February-1996
Modyfied : P.B. 28-Feb-1996, Changed default search directory to be SYNOPTIC
Still kept the EIT keyword for use during
planning of observations.
Version : 1.0
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : DSP_WAV
Purpose : Show images at given wavelengths + spectra at given point
Explanation : The displayed image is taken at the wavelength indicated by
the plotting symbol in the spectrum below. The displayed
spectrum is taken at the point indicated by the cross-hair
in the displayed image.
You can zoom in and out and move the points by using the mouse
buttons inside the plot windows.
Try anything. *IF* anything should crash, type
IDL> @recover
to avoid having to read in the QLDS over again.
Use : dsp_wav,qlds [, NWINDOWS]
Inputs : QLDS : Quick look data structure read in by readcdsfits.
Opt. Inputs : NWINDOWS : The number of line windows to be displayed.
Outputs : None.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : NOCHECK: Don't bother checking whether the QLDS is a QLDS.
GROUP_LEADER: The group leader.
NOKEEP: Don't store the quick look data structure in the quick
look memory management system (see qlds_report and
qlds_checkin). The group leader must be responsible
for having the QLDS available during event processing
if this keyword is set.
Calls : ***
ANYTIM2UTC [1], ANYTIM2UTC [2], BREAK_FILE [1], BREAK_FILE [2], BREAK_FILE [3]
CLEANPLOT [1], CLEANPLOT [2], CLEANPLOT [3], CLIPBOX, CWQ_DSPWAV [1], CW_LOADCT
CW_MOUSE, CW_PSELECT, DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], DEFAULT, DSP_POINT
DSP_WAV_EVENT, DSP_WAV_POINT_UPDATE, DSP_WAV_PRINT, EXIST, PARCHECK, PS [1], PS [2]
PSCLOSE [1], PSCLOSE [2], PSPLOT [1], PSPLOT [2], QLDS_CHECKIN, QLDS_FETCH
QLDS_REPORT, QLMGR, REPSTR [1], REPSTR [2], REPSTR [3], SINCE_VERSION [1]
SINCE_VERSION [2], STR_SEP, TRIM, TYP, WIDG_HELP, XACK, XMANAGER, XPS_SETUP, XTVSCALE
break_file [4], cwq_dspwav [2]
CALLED BY:
dsp_menu
Common : QLSAVE : See e.g., QLDS_CHECKIN.
DSP_WAV_XPS_SETUP : To keep XPS_SETUP stuff between calls.
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: None known.
Category : QuickLook, Display
Prev. Hist. : Based on dspwav, completely rewritten, though the layout has
not changed a lot.
Written : S.V.H.Haugan, UiO, June 1996 (s.v.h.haugan@astro.uio.no)
Modified : Version 2, SVHH, 18 June 1996
Added keywords NOCHECK, GROUP_LEADER and NOKEEP to fit
the routine in with the rest of QL software.
Version 3, SVHH, 10 July 1996
Added possibility for fixed pattern smoothing for
GIS data.
Version 4, SVHH, 2 August 1996
Added some cleanplot statements + buttons, should
be able to refresh image automatically.
Added CW_LOADCT and rehashed layout slightly.
Default XTVSCALE action now uses CDS_CLEAN_IMAGE.
Version 5, SVHH, 15 August 1996
Added XIX/YIX keywords in dsp_point call, dropped
making it modal.
Version 6, SVHH, 16 October 1996
Modified IDL v 4.0(.1) widgets to save space.
Version 7, 10-Dec-1997, William Thompson, GSFC
Use AMOEBA_C instead of AMOEBA, to avoid conflict with
IDL/v5 routine of that name.
Version : 7, 10-Dec-1997
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : DSPEXP
Purpose : Display all exposures of selected Spectral Windows.
Explanation : A window is created to show all the exposures of
the selected Spectral Windows, spread out one after
another, and to report the identity of the
Spectral Window/exposure number that is clicked on
by the user.
To do: Logarithmic scaling of data.
Interactive selection of windows to be displayed,
More information to the status line when clicking.
Use : DSPEXP,QLDS,WINDOWS
Inputs : QLDS: CDS QuickLook data structure.
Opt. Inputs : WINDOWS:Array containing the numbers of the
detector data windows to be displayed.
Outputs : None.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : GROUP_LEADER:
If this invoked by any other CDS QuickLook
display routine (group leader responsible for
keeping the QLDS), this keyword should have
the widget ID of the top level base of the
calling routine.
NOCHECK:
Set this to avoid calls to QLMGR to check
validity of the QLDS.
Calls : ***
AMOEBA_C, ASSIGN_NOCOPY, BREAK_FILE [1], BREAK_FILE [2], BREAK_FILE [3], Bell
CDSCONGRID, CDSLOG, CDSNOTIFY, CDS_FIT_WAVE, CLIPBOX, CMOUSE, CMOUSE_ACTION, CURVEFIT
CW_LOADCT, DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], DEFAULT, DSPEXP_EVENT
DSPEXP_FITVEL, DSPEXP_VELOCITY, GAUSSFIT [1], GAUSSFIT [2], GAUSSFIT [3]
GAUSSFIT [4], GAUSSFIT [5], GT_DIMENSION, GT_SCANY, GT_WINDATA, LOAD_RED, LSTSQR
NEXPOSURES, PCONVERT, PFIND, PLOT_DSPEXP, PQLPROFILE, PQLZOOM, PS [1], PS [2]
PSCLOSE [1], PSCLOSE [2], PSPLOT [1], PSPLOT [2], PSTORE, QLDS_CHECKIN, QLDS_REPORT
QLMGR, QL_BSCALE, RESET [1], RESET [2], RESET [3], SETWINDOW [1], SETWINDOW [2]
STR_SEP, TRIM, WAVESIZE, WIDG_HELP, WINDOWNO, WMAX, XMANAGER, XPS_SETUP, XSELECT, ZSIZE
break_file [4]
CALLED BY:
XCDS_COSMIC, dsp_menu
Common : QLSAVE: See QLDS_CHECKIN
Restrictions: QLDS must adhere to "CDS QL data format"
The number of spectral windows must be gt 0
and le 4
Side effects: Kills any earlier copy displaying data from the
same QLDS.
Category : CDS, QuickLook, Display
Prev. Hist. : Idea/origin: Paal Brekke, September 1993
Written : Stein Vidar Hagfors Haugan, Medio October 1993
Modified : Several times....
SVHH, 22 October 1993
Added event handling to report the raster number
and the line name....
SVHH, 29 October
Terminology: Raster -> Exposure
Exposure numbers from 1 and up...(consistency)
CLEANUP keyword added in xmanager call.
SVHH, 29 October
Added DRAWZOOM functionality
SVHH, 20 November
Documentation brush-up to v. 1.0
SVHH, March 1994,
Added cdslog calls to save status line.
SVHH, Version 2, June 1994
PB, Version 2.1 Aug 24 1994
Added buttons - Help, and Hardcopy
PB, August 26, 1994
Changed dety --> detx
PB, Sept 21 - 94 Added Help using WIDG_HELP
SVHH, 10-December 94 -- Added CMOUSE/CMOUSE_ACTION
mouse control.
Version 3, SVHH, 8 May 1996
Added velocity/intensity/line width analysis (test)
Version 4, SVHH, 9 May 1996
LEGEND (astrolib routine) call taken out
Using XPS_SETUP for printing. Some mixups
about the fitting routines resolved.
Version 5, 18 August 1996
Using gt_scany instead of expslice, now compatible with
both storage systems.
Version 6, 5 September 1996
Subtracting one from the exposure number after
switching to gt_scany.
Version: 7, 30 September 1996
Fixed bug in handling time series.
Version 8, SVHH, 27 November 1996
Fixed a bug that made QLDS disappear when called from
prompt. Added cw_loadct.
Version 9, SVHH, 5 December 1996
Fixed a bug in solar x/y calculations.
Version 10, 10-Dec-1997, William Thompson, GSFC
Use AMOEBA_C instead of AMOEBA, to avoid conflict with
IDL/v5 routine of that name.
V. 11, 1-June-2001, Giulio Del Zanna, DAMTP.
Allow any number of windows to be plotted.
Version : Version 11, 1-June-2001
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
DSPLINE (Deluxe SPLINE)
PURPOSE:
Perform cubic spline interpolation or linear interpolation
CATEGORY:
util, Interpolation - E1.
CALLING SEQUENCE:
Result = DSPLINE(X, Y, T [, Sigma]) ; Spline
Result = DSPLINE(X, Y, T [, Sigma],interp=0) ; Linear
INPUTS:
X: Abcissa vector. The values need not monotonically increase.
Y: The vector of ordinate values corresponding to X.
T: The vector of abcissae values for which the ordinate is
desired. The values of T need not monotonically increase.
OPTIONAL INPUT PARAMETERS:
Sigma: The amount of "tension" that is applied to the curve. The
default value is 1.0. If sigma is close to 0, (e.g., .01),
then effectively there is a cubic spline fit. If sigma
is large, (e.g., greater than 10), then the fit will be like
a polynomial interpolation.
OPTIONAL INPUT KEYWORDS:
interp =0 For linear interpolation
=1 For spline interpolation (default)
OUTPUTS:
DSPLINE returns a vector of interpolated ordinates.
Result(i) = value of function at T(i).
CALLS: ***
DSPLINE, INTERPOL, SPLINE
COMMON BLOCKS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
Data must not be string or structure type.
PROCEDURE:
Sorts T and abssica and then calls spline or interpol.
EXAMPLE:
The commands below show a typical use of DSPLINE:
X = [2.,3.,4.] ;X values of original function
Y = (X-3)^2 ;Make a quadratic
T = FINDGEN(20)/10.+2 ;Values for interpolated points.
;twenty values from 2 to 3.9.
Z = DSPLINE(X,Y,T) ;Do the interpolation.
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
26-Jan-93, J. R. Lemen LPARL, Written
28-oct-93, JRL, Force T to be a vector when calling sort
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : DSPSPEC()
Purpose : Displays all Spectral Windows from specific exposures.
Explanation : The individual Spectral Windows are deselected
into their corresponding positions on the detector.
A somewhat different approach is used with NIS/GIS
data - see NDSPSPEC/GDSPSPEC. This is just a wrapper routine.
Use : dspspec,QLDS
Inputs : QLDS: A CDS QL data structure
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : None.
Opt. Outputs: Should return the displayed data for further analysis
and PostScript file. To be written.
Keywords : GROUP_LEADER:
If this invoked by any other CDS QuickLook
display routine (group leader responsible for
keeping the QLDS), this keyword should have
the widget ID of the top level base of the
calling routine.
NOCHECK:
Set to skip QLMGR parameter check.
Calls : ***
GDSPSPEC, NDSPSPEC, QLMGR
CALLED BY:
dsp_menu
Common : None.
Restrictions: QLDS must be a valid CDS QL data structure
Side effects:
Category : QuickLook, Display,
Prev. Hist. : Used to be just NIS-compatible. Now
Written : Paal Brekke, 17 November 1993
Modified : SVHH, 20 November 1993 - Brushed up documentation.
SVHH, Jan/Feb/March 1994 - Added new features to
the NIS version (zoom, profile, line identification)
Made the GIS version and made this into a
wrapper calling either NDSPSPEC/GDSPSPEC
SVHH, 21 May 1994
Made it recognize Calibration data.
Version : 2.0
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : DSPWAV
Purpose : Display data slices at specific wavelength +line profiles
Explanation : A window is created with two types of display of the
data in four selected spectral windows.
The upper display is is a cross section of the
data at a specific wavelength, giving a spatial
view of the region that has been scanned by the CDS NIS/GIS.
The lower display is the intensity profile along the
dispersion direction (line profile), at a selected
point in the two-dimensional image displayed in the
window above.
Although only four spectral windows may be shown
on screen at any time, it is possible to select
which spectral window is to be shown where from
the pulldown menu between the upper and lower
displays.
To change the spatial views from one wavelength to
another, click on the line profile at the desired
wavelength.
The point from which the line profile is taken
is selected by clicking the left mouse button in the
spatial view, and it is marked by a cross in the
spatial view.
Incremental positioning is done by clicking the left
mouse button outside the axes of the displayed area.
The point/cross is then moved one pixel in the direction
of the mouse marker.
Cursor action is as follows:
B1: select point/wavelength of interest
B2: extract profiles (profile window appear)
B3: zooming
Use : DSPWAV,QLDS
Inputs : QLDS: CDS QuickLook data structure.
Opt. Inputs : WINDOWS:Array containing the numbers of the
detector data windows to be displayed.
Outputs : None.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : GROUP_LEADER:
If this invoked by any other CDS QuickLook
display routine (group leader responsible for
keeping the QLDS), this keyword should have
the widget ID of the top level base of the
calling routine.
NOCHECK:
Set this to avoid invoking QLMGR to check
validity of the QLDS.
Calls : ***
ASSIGN_NOCOPY, Bell, CDSNOTIFY, CDSPICKFILE, CDS_GAUSS, CLIPBOX, CMOUSE, CMOUSE_ACTION
CW_PSELECT, DRAW_WAVE, DSP_POINT, GFIT, GT_DIMENSION, GT_IIMAGE, GT_SPECTRUM
INT_FWHM_2, LOAD_RED, NEXPOSURES, POLY_FIT, PQLPROFILE, PQLZOOM, PRESTORE, PS [1]
PS [2], PSCLOSE [1], PSCLOSE [2], PSPLOT [1], PSPLOT [2], PSTORE, PS_DRAW_WAVE
QLDS_CHECKIN, QLDS_REPORT, QLMGR, SELPOINT, SELWAVE, SETWINDOW [1], SETWINDOW [2]
TRIM, WAVESIZE, WIDG_HELP, XACK, XMANAGER, XPDMENU, ZSIZE, dsp_menu
Common : QLSAVE: See QLDS_CHECKIN
Restrictions: The QLDS must adhere to the "CDS QL data format"
Side effects: Kills any previous copy displaying data from the
same QLDS, taking its position on the screen.
Category : CDS, QuickLook, Display
Prev. Hist. : Idea/origin: Paal Brekke, September 1993
Written : Stein Vidar Hagfors Haugan, Medio October 1993
Modified : Several times.... cut /no_copy keyword CDP
SVHH, 26 October
BASES are now lonarr, not intarr..
SVHH, 29 October
Added DRAWZOOM functionality
PB, 8 November
Added wavelength scales in plot window.
Pointing and exposure info diplayed.
Calculates intensity, FWHM and shifts..
Slitposition on Sun etc.
SVHH, 21 November
Documentation brush-up
SVHH, January -94
Added interactive selection of spectral windows.
Rotated image to have "correct" orientation.
SVHH, March -94
Added plot to file/printer routines.
SVHH, Version 2, 8-June-1994
Switched to PQLZOOM, added PQLPROFILE for
both image display and the point profile.
PB, June 29 -94
Added frame around images
Modyfied layout slightly; more full disk images
available, prepared for n(e)/T diagnostics,
Added call to WIDG_HELP <--
PB, Sept 21 - 94 Added Help using WIDG_HELP
SVHH, 29-Nov - 94, Fixed POSITION keyword roundoff error
SVHH, 10-Dec - 94, Added CMOUSE/CMOUSE_ACTION() Mouse
control functionality. Redesigned the layout and
made the line fit type selection into a pulldown
selection menu (CW_PSELECTION).
Added x/y-format/units in PQLZOOM call.
Version 2.6, William Thompson, GSFC, 24 March 1995
Changed so that axes are not reversed, and changed
references from Solar_Y/Z to Solar_X/Y.
Version 2.6a, SVHH, 28 July 1995
Removed reversal of axes for PQLZOOM/PROFILE
calls.
Version 3, SVHH, 22-December-1995
Linear/logarithmic plot toggle
added. Displaying all rasters inside a 120x120
pixel box.
VErsion 3.1, PB,1-February-1996
Changed the GFIT routine to call
CDS_GAUSS(). Background is now subtarcted .
Also removed the Widget_LABEL keywords,
XSIZE-YSIZE. Exp. No. etc. are now displayed
again.
Version 4, SVHH, 8 April 1996
Using gt_spectrum to extract spectra. Avoids
crash with rasters w/summed dispersion direction.
Also using gt_iimage instead of waveslice.
Version 5, SVHH, 23 May 1996
Using IMAGE_TOOL to show raster location.
Version : 5, 23 May 1996
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
DTSELECT
PURPOSE:
Widget tool for date/time selection.
CATEGORY:
Widgets.
CALLING SEQUENCE:
dtselect, curtime
INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
curtime: Time selection as defined by user.
CALLS: ***
ANYTIM2UTC [1], ANYTIM2UTC [2], DTSELECT_EVENT, XMANAGER
CALLED BY:
STARFIELD
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Written by: Simon Plunkett, May 1995.
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME: dvpt_fra.pro
PURPOSE: make a polar development of OE fringe or
of OI blocked fringe
CATEGORY: Processing high level
CALLING SEQUENCE: dvpt_fra,ima_in,Xc,Yc,R,delta_R,ima_out
INPUTS: ima_in reference's image
OPTIONAL INPUT PARAMETERS: Xc,Yc fringe's center
R internal radius
delta_R width of fringe
KEYWORD PARAMETERS: None
OUTPUTS: ima_out result frame
OPTIONAL OUTPUT PARAMETERS: None
CALLS: ***
ALIGN1, visu_cal
COMMON BLOCKS: None
SIDE EFFECTS: None
RESTRICTIONS: Applications limited to 512*512 frames
PROCEDURE:
MODIFICATION HISTORY: defined by M.B 09/24/93
modified by M.B 02/17/94 : LAS
SCCS variables for IDL use
@(#)dvpt_fra.pro 1.0 09//93 :LAS
[Previous]
[Next]
aij are four images taken using the M1 dynamic imaging technique
this procedure inserts the four images aij into the appropriate
array positions in a 2x larger array.
the four images are
a0 original position
a1 shifted 1/2 pixel to the right
a2 shifted 1/2 pixel to the right and 1/2 down
a3 shifted 1/2 pixel down
[ 0 1 0 1 ...
[ 3 2 3 2 ...
result = [ 0 1 0 1 ...
[ 3 2 3 2 ...
[ . . . .
ra howard 10 mar 93
SCCS variables for IDL use
@(#)dynimg.pro 1.2 4/8/93 :NRL Solar Physics